Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 18, 2014.

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



IRADIMED CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   3841   73-1408526
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

7457 Aloma Avenue
Winter Park, FL 32792
(407) 677-8022

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Roger Susi
President
iRadimed Corporation
7457 Aloma Avenue
Winter Park, FL 32792
(407) 677-8022

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Leib Orlanski, Esq.
Anh Q. Tran, Esq.
Mark L. Hammes, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
10100 Santa Monica Blvd., Seventh Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067
(310) 552-5000

 

Michael J. Kinkelaar, Esq.
Aaron B. Sokoloff, Esq.
Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves &Savitch LLP
525 B Street, Suite 2200
San Diego, CA 92101
(619) 238-1900



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.



           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  ý



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(4)

 

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $11,500,000   $1,481.20
 

Underwriters' Warrant to Purchase Common Stock(3)

  $—   $—
 

Common Stock Underlying Underwriters' Warrants, $0.0001 par value per share(3)

  $1,300,000   $167.44
 

Total Registration Fee

      $1,648.64

 

(1)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares the underwriters have the option to purchase in this offering to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within three years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in the offering (the "Underwriter Warrant") to the underwriters. The initial issuance of the Underwriter Warrant and resales of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrant are registered hereby. See "Underwriting."
(4)
The registration fee is being paid herewith.

            The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 18, 2014

LOGO

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of securities of iRadimed Corporation. We are offering to sell                shares of our common stock.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $            and $            per share. We intend to apply to list our shares of common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "IRMD."

         We are an "emerging growth company" and a "smaller reporting company" under federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

 
  Per Share   Total  

Public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

(1)
We have also granted warrants to the underwriters in connection with this offering. See "Underwriting" beginning on page       for a description of the compensation payable by us to the underwriters.

        We have granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase a maximum of                additional shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                        , 2014.



Sole Book-Running Manager

Roth Capital Partners

Co-Manager

Monarch Capital Group



   

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2014


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Offering Summary

  7

Summary Financial and Other Data

  8

Risk Factors

  10

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  30

Use of Proceeds

  32

Dividend Policy

  33

Capitalization

  34

Dilution

  36

Selected Financial and other Data

  38

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  41

Business

  56

Management

  81

Executive and Director Compensation

  85

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  91

Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock

  92

Description of Capital Stock

  94

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  99

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

  101

Underwriting

  105

Legal Matters

  111

Experts

  111

Where You Can Find More Information

  111

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1

Information Not Required in Prospectus

  II-1


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We take no responsibility for, and we provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

        Through and including                  , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

        For investors outside the U.S.: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the U.S. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

        Our name, our logo, and other trademarks or service marks of ours appearing in this prospectus are the property of iRadimed Corporation. Trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

i


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY DATA

        We use industry and market data throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from internal market research, independent industry publications, or other publicly available information. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our internal research, industry publications, and our management's knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. Although we believe that each such source and our internal data are reliable as of their respective dates, the information contained in such sources has not been independently verified. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry and market data or our internal data presented herein, such data are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite.

ii


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the shares of common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors," "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," Business," and our financial statements and related notes before deciding to invest in our common stock. References in this prospectus to "iRadimed," "our company," "we," "our," and "us" refer to iRadimed Corporation, unless the context indicates otherwise.


iRadimed Corporation

Our Company

        We are the leading provider of non-magnetic intravenous ("IV") infusion pump systems that are safe for use during magnetic resonance imaging ("MRI") procedures. Electromechanical medical devices and pumps contain magnetic and electronic parts which generate radio frequency ("RF") noise, create interference and are dangerous to operate in the presence of the powerful magnet which drives an MRI. Our mRidium (3850/3860+) IV pump systems have been designed with non-ferrous parts, ceramic ultrasonic motors, non-magnetic mobile stand and other special features in order to safely and predictably deliver anesthesia and other IV fluids during various MRI procedures. Many critically-ill patients cannot be removed from their vital medications, and children and infants must generally be sedated in order to remain immobile during an MRI scan. Our pump solution provides a seamless approach to providing IV fluids before, during and after an MRI scan. Given the rate of new MRI installations, expanding use of MRI procedures, growing attention to patient safety, and limited direct competition, we believe the market opportunity for our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps will grow over the next five years to over $500 million, with additional revenue generated from the sale of disposable IV sets used during every patient infusion.

        In fiscal year 2012, we undertook a direct sales strategy in the United States. Today, our direct sales force consists of eight sales representatives, supplemented by two clinical support representatives, and our goal is to expand our U.S. sales force to 10 sales representatives and three clinical support representatives by the end of 2014. We have distribution agreements with 35 independent distributors selling our products internationally.

        As of March 31, 2014 we estimate that we had approximately 1,917 IV infusion pump systems installed globally. Each system consists of an mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump, non-magnetic mobile stand, and proprietary disposable IV tubing sets and many systems contain additional optional upgrade accessories. We generate revenue from the one-time sale of pumps and accessories, ongoing service contracts and the sale of our proprietary disposable IV tubing sets, which are required to be used by our pump systems during each patient infusion. Our revenue growth has accelerated since initiating our direct sales effort. In fiscal year 2013, our revenue reached $11.3 million and our operating profit was $2.8 million representing an operating margin of 24.6%. This operating margin reflects the blended results of our IV infusion pumps, pump upgrades and disposable IV tubing sets.

        Today, we believe we face limited direct competition for our MRI compatible IV infusion pump system. During 2013, our largest competitor announced its decision to commence removal of its pump systems from the U.S. market, and to discontinue support throughout the world by June 30, 2015 due to ongoing regulatory issues. Since our inception, we have initiated two voluntary recalls on some of our pump systems when we became aware of operating issues in field use. However, we are currently selling all of our pump systems, and we intend to aggressively market our mRidium 3860+ IV pump

 

1


Table of Contents

system to the current users of our competitor's discontinued pump system as well as to new acute care facilities and trauma hospitals globally.

Our Products

        The mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system is based upon a patented non-magnetic ultrasonic motor and fluid control system and other uniquely-designed non-magnetic parts in order to provide accurate and dependable fluid delivery to patients undergoing a magnetic resonance ("MR") procedure. Our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system has been designed to offer numerous advantages to hospitals, clinicians and patients. mRidium's strengths include the following:

      The only truly non-magnetic MRI compatible IV infusion pump system specifically designed and built for the MRI environment.

      A mobile, rugged, easy-to-operate, and reliable system with a strong safety track record.

      Able to operate virtually anywhere in the MRI scanner room; approved for use in the presence of 0.2T to 3T magnets and fully operational in up to a 10,000 gauss magnetic field.

      The only non-magnetic MRI compatible IV infusion pump available with a Dose Error Reduction System ("DERS") to reduce the risk of medication errors and simplify clinician monitoring.

      Available with a wireless remote display/control providing clinicians and technicians control and visibility from outside of the MRI scanner room.

      Available with an add-on channel allowing for the easy addition of a second IV line for patients requiring multiple IV medications at a low incremental cost to the hospital.

      Available with a built-in SpO2 monitor using Masimo SET® technology and a specially designed fiber optic SpO2 sensor allowing one device to monitor oxygen saturation levels while safely providing IV infusion during an MRI procedure.

        Our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems include the 3850, 3850R and 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump, proprietary single-use IV tubing sets, a non-magnetic pole and a lithium battery. The newest model, 3860+, is currently being given the greatest marketing effort as we move to obsolete the 3850 type. In addition, we offer optional system upgrades including the 3865 Remote Display/Control, 3861 Side Car, DERS software feature, and an SpO2 sensor.

Market Opportunity

        MRI provides physicians a noninvasive method to visualize vital organs and to identify blockages, growths and other difficult to detect diseases, conditions and other valuable diagnostic information. Hospitals and other medical facilities have been increasingly developing and using MRI for new procedures. These procedures include cardiac stress testing, intraoperative MRI and neurology MRI techniques. We believe that our mRidium products offer a unique and effective way to offer delivery of critical IV fluids safely and accurately in the expanding MRI field. While the benefits and utility of MRI systems and interventional MR are manifest and increasing, there are hazards intrinsic to the MR environment which must be respected. The MRI suite is a harsh place for medical devices, and safe and proper patient care requires specialty equipment that is specifically designed and built for the MR environment.

        Intravenous fluids are needed during MRI procedures for many different reasons other than as contrast enhancement agents. Infusion pumps are often required in the MR scan room for patients who are not able to lie still without sedation or who require critical medications. For those medical facilities

 

2


Table of Contents

that do not currently own an MRI compatible IV infusion pump, one of the most common methods is to attempt to use a conventional (magnetic) pump with long IV lines at a great distance from the patient and MR machine or from outside the MRI scanner room. However, overextended tubing can cause inaccurate drug delivery and false alarms or, more seriously, delayed alarms for equipment issues such as occlusion, especially when low-delivery rates are being used. Such makeshift extension sets can also affect the effectiveness of fluid delivery. A user's adjustment of dosage and other settings may take longer to reach the patient due to the over-extended tubing, with an attendant waste of oftentimes expensive drugs.

        More seriously, there are risks in using a conventional IV pump that is mistakenly believed to be positioned at a safe distance from the MR scanner. The invisible powerful magnetic fields present during the MR procedure may result in metal objects in the MR environment being drawn with great force into the bore of the MR system, resulting in potentially deadly projectiles. Moreover, an MR scanner's radio frequency and time variant electro-magnetic field can induce currents in cables and other conductive materials near the MR system and cause the cables to heat. Hot cables may result in burns if they come into contact with a patient. Other problems in working in a MR environment include devices malfunctioning and low-quality images due to artifacts caused by RF interference.

        During 2012, our only direct competitor in the MRI compatible IV infusion pump business, Bayer Radiology (formerly MEDRAD, Inc.), became the subject of an FDA recall with respect to its market-leading Continuum device. In late 2013, Bayer Radiology announced to its customers its decision to remove all Continuum pumps from the market. Bayer Radiology currently intends to complete its removal of its Continuum pumps no later than June 30, 2015, at which time Bayer Radiology will end its limited supply of its proprietary consumable IV sets that some current customers are receiving. As a result of Bayer Radiology's announced exit from the market, we anticipate that many Continuum customers will replace their MRI compatible pumps with our mRidium 3860+. Based on this exit from the market, plus the estimated size of the untapped portion of the market for MRI compatible IV infusion pumps, we believe our current market opportunity represents approximately 19,800 pump systems.

Our Business Strategy

        Our goal is to provide access to MRI diagnostics to the patients who need assistance from IV pumps in the harsh magnetic MRI environment. We seek to grow our business by, among other things:

      Driving market awareness of MRI compatible IV infusion pumps and the safety risks associated with using conventional IV pumps with long IV lines .    We believe that the largest potential market for our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps is the segment of the market that is currently using workaround solutions. Such solutions include using conventional pumps outside the MRI scanner room and attaching multiple extension IV tubing sets through the wall or under the door into the magnet room to reach the patient. This practice of makeshift setups is fraught with risks to the patient and unnecessary costs and inefficiencies. We believe that increased market awareness and education will be required for these customers to appreciate the value for patients and the hospital of an efficient and patient-safe MRI environment which includes MRI compatible IV infusion pumps.

      Expanding our MRI-focused sales force and customer service teams.     We feel the single greatest impact of our commercialization strategy is the continued development and expansion of our direct sales force. Since there is currently no direct competitor for our MRI compatible IV infusion pump in the U.S., our focus is on expansion of the market through better education on advantages to patients, clinicians and hospitals of our pump systems and the shortcomings of current workaround solutions. Our challenge in the past

 

3


Table of Contents

        has been an understaffed sales team and our limited ability to educate new potential customers. We intend to devote a significant amount of time and resources to ensure that we provide our customers with a first-class clinical education to facilitate the adoption of our products. We believe that educated customers and potential customers, coupled with a positive user experience, will be critical to driving increased rates of utilization of our pump systems and their associated consumable IV sets.

      Continuing to innovate with MRI compatible patient care products.     Our management team collectively has more than 100 years of experience with MRI compatible products. We have entrenched relationships with many of the industry's top thought leaders, and we have, and will continue to, closely collaborate with them to build upon mRidium's innovative MRI compatible technologies to create next generation pump systems and other MRI compatible products. We currently have under development a new MRI compatible resuscitation device which includes multi-parameter vital signs, and are researching the market for a patient thermal management unit.

      Acquiring synergistic MRI patient care companies or products where we can leverage our experience and organization .    We have an experienced team of engineering and operations managers committed to improving on existing MRI patient care designs through our internal development efforts and the acquisition of technologies and intellectual property of others. We have an effective and growing direct sales organization in the U.S. and a team of experienced international distributors that can effectively go to market with additional MRI patient care products. We intend to actively analyze opportunities to improve our product mix and profitability.

Selected Risk Factors Associated with Our Business

        An investment in our common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. You should fully read and consider the information set forth under the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 9 and all other information included in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. Some of the more significant risks relating to an investment in our company include the following:

      Our financial performance is currently dependent on a single product which could be rendered obsolete or economically impractical by numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control;

      We have single-source suppliers for multiple components of our products, and the disruption of any part of our supply chain could negatively impact our business;

      If we or our suppliers fail to obtain, or experience delays in obtaining regulatory approval, our business could suffer;

      We manufacture and store our products at a single facility;

      We are highly dependent on our founder, Chief Executive Officer, President and controlling shareholder, Roger Susi, who will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval;

      If we fail to maintain relationships with group purchasing organizations, sales of our products could decline;

      Sales of our products generally require a lengthy sales cycle, which entails the passage of three to six months between initial discussions and the sale;

 

4


Table of Contents

      We rely on distributors to sell our products outside the U.S., and if they do not continue to purchase products from us our revenues could decline;

      We may be unable to scale our operations successfully;

      We may incur substantial product liability losses or become subject to other lawsuits relating to our products or business;

      Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property, and we cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken or will take in the future will be adequate;

      The market for our stock is likely to be illiquid meaning that it may be difficult for you to sell your stock in the future;

      If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution; and

      We may need to raise additional capital.

Corporate Information

        Our company is incorporated under the name iRadimed Corporation in Delaware. We were originally incorporated in Oklahoma under the name IRI Development, Inc. in 1992, and we merged our Oklahoma corporation into the newly formed Delaware corporation in April 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Winter Park, FL 32792, and our telephone number is (407) 677-8022. Our internet address is www.iradimed.com. Information contained in, or accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("JOBS Act"), enacted in April 2012. An "emerging growth company" may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

      not being required to comply with the audit or attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended ("Sarbanes-Oxley Act");

      reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and in our future periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

      not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or to seek stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

        We may take advantage of these reduced reporting obligations until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act"). This fifth anniversary will occur in 2019. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company.

 

5


Table of Contents

        The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can utilize an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We are choosing to "opt out" of this transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards when they are required to be adopted by issuers. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

        We are also currently considered a "smaller reporting company," which generally means that we have a public float of less than $75 million and annual revenues of less than $50 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. If we are still considered a "smaller reporting company" at such time as we cease to be an "emerging growth company," we will be subject to increased disclosure requirements. However, the disclosure requirements will still be less than they would be if we were not considered either an "emerging growth company" or a "smaller reporting company." Specifically, similar to "emerging growth companies", "smaller reporting companies" are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings, including, among other things, only being required to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


OFFERING SUMMARY

Issuer   iRadimed Corporation

Common stock offered by us

 

            shares (            shares if the underwriters' over-allotment is exercised in full).

Underwriters' over-allotment option

 

We have granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to a maximum of            additional shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any.

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

            shares (            shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full).

Participation by Insiders

 

The Chairman of our Board of Directors has agreed to purchase up to $500,000 of our common stock in this offering.

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to expand our sales and marketing initiatives, accelerate our research and development efforts, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for potential acquisitions of products or businesses; however, we currently do not have any agreements or commitments relating to any potential acquisitions. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should read the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market Symbol

 

IRMD

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on a total of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock and 1,400,000 shares of our preferred stock, which will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon completion of this offering, outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

      1,833,192 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.24 per share;

                  shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrant to be issued to the underwriters as compensation in connection with this offering;

      1,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grant under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes:

      the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 1,400,000 shares of common stock;

      the 1.75 for 1 stock split ratio applied to all of our outstanding shares and stock options outstanding in connection with our reincorporation from Oklahoma to Delaware; and

      no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

 

7


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following tables summarize our financial and other data. You should read this summary financial and other data together with the section titled "Selected Financial and Other Data" included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" as well as our financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus.

        We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 from our audited financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus. The summary financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, and as of March 31, 2014, are derived from our unaudited financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus and are not indicative of results to be expected for the full year. Moreover, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future.

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 3,557,237   $ 2,628,269   $ 11,340,097   $ 7,685,061  

Cost of revenue(1)

    656,366     467,113     2,853,385     2,125,921  
                   

Gross profit

    2,900,871     2,161,156     8,486,712     5,559,140  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

General and administrative(1)

    1,092,695     503,189     2,392,305     1,550,034  

Sales and marketing(1)

    759,789     568,723     2,297,309     1,930,395  

Research and development(1)

    224,304     160,411     1,009,872     654,070  
                   

Total operating expenses              

    2,076,788     1,232,323     5,699,486     4,134,499  
                   

Income from operations

    824,083     928,833     2,787,226     1,424,641  

Other income (expense), net

    3,452     (3,340 )   (3,458 )   7,424  
                   

Income before provision for income taxes

    827,535     925,493     2,783,768     1,432,065  

Provision for income taxes

    304,168     281,566     846,878     465,980  
                   

Net income

  $ 523,367   $ 643,927   $ 1,936,890   $ 966,085  
                   
                   

Net income per share:

                         

Basic

  $ 0.07   $ 0.09   $ 0.28   $ 0.14  
                   
                   

Diluted

  $ 0.06   $ 0.08   $ 0.22   $ 0.11  
                   
                   

Weighted average shares outstanding:(2)

                         

Basic

    7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000  
                   
                   

Diluted

    8,859,015     8,492,475     8,624,314     8,462,240  
                   
                   

Other Financial Data:

                         

Non-GAAP income from operations(3)

  $ 986,892   $ 996,813   $ 3,059,145   $ 1,597,881  

Non-GAAP net income(4)

  $ 628,585   $ 685,011   $ 2,104,710   $ 1,062,606  

Free cash flow(5)

  $ 457,817   $ (72,319 ) $ 1,311,222   $ 1,396,216  

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

8


Table of Contents

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 959   $ 3   $ 13   $ 2,050  

General and administrative

    56,935     4,115     16,461     1,770  

Sales and marketing

    95,536     63,775     255,096     168,316  

Research and development

    9,379     87     349     1,104  
                   

Total

  $ 162,809   $ 67,980   $ 271,919   $ 173,240  
                   
                   
(2)
The basic and diluted net income per common share data in the statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 take into account the 1.75:1 stock split effected in conjunction with our reincorporation from Oklahoma to Delaware. The number of diluted weighted average shares outstanding during each of the periods presented includes 1,400,000 shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, which will automatically convert into 1,400,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.
(3)
Non-GAAP income from operations is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as income from operations excluding stock-based compensation expense. For more information about non-GAAP income from operations and a reconciliation of non-GAAP income from operations to income from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"), see the section titled "Selected Financial and Other Data – Non-GAAP Financial Results."
(4)
Non-GAAP net income is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculated as net income excluding stock-based compensation expense, net of tax. For more information about non-GAAP net income and a reconciliation of non-GAAP net income to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled "Selected Financial and Other Data – Non-GAAP Financial Results."
(5)
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment. For more information about free cash flow and a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled "Selected Financial and Other Data – Non-GAAP Financial Results."

 
  As of March 31,   As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Balance Sheets Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,908,641   $ 2,461,559   $ 1,697,306  

Working capital

  $ 5,338,852   $ 4,931,949   $ 2,665,444  

Total assets

  $ 7,758,562   $ 6,986,871   $ 5,554,212  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 6,111,136   $ 5,422,784   $ 3,220,200  

 

9


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Our future operating results may vary substantially from anticipated results due to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. The following discussion highlights some of these risks and uncertainties and the possible impact of these risks on future results of operations. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the market value of our stock could decline substantially and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Financial Condition

Our financial performance is currently dependent on a single product.

        Our current revenue and profitability is dependent on the sale of the mRidium 3860+ and 3850/R MRI compatible IV infusion pump system and the ongoing sale of disposable tubing sets related to them. Sales of the mRidium 3860+ and 3850/R MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems comprised approximately 85% or $3.0 million of our net revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and approximately 80%, or $8.9 million, of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our near-term revenue and profitability will, accordingly, be dependent upon our ability to successfully market and sell this Class II medical device. Should our mRidium pump encounter technical problems in the field, unexpected competition, or regulatory issues with the FDA, our revenue could be materially adversely impacted.

        The mRidium 3860+ or 3850/R MRI compatible IV infusion pumps could be rendered obsolete or economically impractical by numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

        Any major factor adversely affecting the sale of our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump would cause our revenues to decline and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and our common stock.

Our continued success depends on the integrity of our supply chain, including multiple single-source suppliers, the disruption of which could negatively impact our business.

        Many of the component parts of our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps are obtained through supply agreements with third parties. Some of these parts require our partners to engage in complex manufacturing processes. In light of our dependence on third-party suppliers, several of which are single-source suppliers, we are subject to inherent uncertainties and risks related to their ability to

10


Table of Contents

produce parts on a timely basis, to comply with product safety and other regulatory requirements and to provide quality parts to us at a reasonable price.

        For example, we are dependent upon a single vendor for the ultrasonic motor at the core of our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump. If this vendor fails to meet our volume requirements, which we anticipate will increase over time, or if the vendor becomes unable or unwilling to continue supplying motors to us, this would impact our ability to supply our pumps to customers until a replacement source is secured. Our executed agreement with this vendor provides that the price at which we purchase products from the vendor is determined by mutual agreement from time to time or should material costs change. Although we have had a long history of stable pricing with this supplier, this provision may make it difficult for us to continue to receive motors from this vendor on favorable terms or at all if we do not agree on pricing in the future. In such event, it could materially and adversely affect our commercial activities, operating results and financial condition.

        In the near term, we do not anticipate finding alternative sources for our primary suppliers, including single source suppliers. Therefore, if our primary suppliers become unable or unwilling to manufacture or deliver materials, we could experience protracted delays or interruptions in the supply of materials which would ultimately delay our manufacture of products for commercial sale, which could materially and adversely affect our development programs, commercial activities, operating results and financial condition.

        Additionally, any failure by us to forecast demand for, or to maintain an adequate supply of, raw materials or finished products could result in an interruption in the supply of certain products and a decline in our sales.

The manufacture of our products requires strict adherence to regulatory requirements governing medical devices and if we or our suppliers encounter problems our business could suffer.

        The manufacture of our pumps and products must comply with strict regulatory requirements governing Class II medical devices in the U.S. and other regulatory requirements in foreign locations. Problems may arise during manufacturing, quality control, storage or distribution of our products for a variety of reasons, including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, manufacturing quality concerns, or problems with raw materials, electromechanical, software and other components, supplier issues, and natural disasters. If problems arise during production of our pump, the batch may have to be discarded. Manufacturing problems or delays could also lead to increased costs, lost sales, damage to customer relations, failure to supply penalties, time and expense spent investigating the cause and, depending on the cause, similar losses with respect to other batches of products. If problems are not discovered before the product is released to the market, voluntary recalls, corrective actions or product liability related costs may also be incurred. Should we encounter difficulties in the manufacture of our products or be subject to a product recall, our business could suffer materially.

We manufacture and store our products at a single facility in Winter Park, Florida.

        We currently manufacture and store our products at a single facility in Winter Park, Florida and plan to manufacture and store our products at this facility through July of 2014. We plan to move into a new larger facility being built in nearby Winter Springs by Susi, LLC, an entity controlled by our founder, Roger Susi, in order to expand our production and storage capabilities to accommodate our expected growth. If by reason of fire, hurricane or other natural disaster, or for any other reason, the facility is destroyed or seriously damaged, our ability to provide products to our customers would be seriously interrupted or impaired and our operating results and financial condition would be negatively affected.

11


Table of Contents

More than 10% of our accounts receivables were held by one customer during the past two fiscal years, and our inability to collect on our accounts receivables held by significant customers may have an adverse effect on our business operations and financial condition.

        We market our products to end users in the United States and to distributors internationally. Sales to end users in the United States are generally made on open credit terms. Management maintains an allowance for potential credit losses. Accounts receivables for one customer accounted for 10.8% of our gross accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013, while another single customer accounted for 15.4% of our gross accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012. As a result, we are exposed to a certain level of concentration of credit risk. If a major customer experiences financial difficulties, the effect on us could be material and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain relationships with GPOs, sales of our products could decline.

        Our ability to sell our products to U.S. acute care facilities and outpatient imaging centers depends in part on our relationships with group purchasing organizations ("GPOs"). Many existing and potential customers for our products are members of GPOs. GPOs negotiate pricing arrangements and contracts, which are sometimes exclusive, with medical supply manufacturers and distributors, and these negotiated prices are made available to a GPO's affiliated hospitals and other members. We pay the GPOs an administrative fee in the form of a percentage of the volume of products sold to their affiliated hospitals and other members. If we are not an approved provider selected by a GPO, affiliated hospitals and other members may be less likely to purchase our products. Should a GPO negotiate a sole source or bundling contract covering a future competitor's products, we may be precluded from making sales to members of that GPO for the duration of the contractual arrangement. Our failure to renew contracts with GPOs may cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our sales, financial condition and results of operations. We currently have GPO contracts with four major GPOs, and one of these contracts will expire in 2014 unless it is renewed. In the future, if another competitive supplier emerges, and we fail to keep our relationships and develop new relationships with GPOs, our competitive position would likely suffer.

Cost-containment efforts of our customers and purchasing groups could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

        Our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps are considered capital equipment by many potential customers, and hence changes in the budgets of healthcare organizations and the timing of spending under these budgets and conflicting spending priorities can have a significant effect on the demand for our products and related services. Any decrease in expenditures by these healthcare facilities could decrease demand for our products and related services and reduce our revenue.

Any failure in our efforts to educate clinicians, anesthesiologists, radiologists, and hospital administrators regarding the advantages of our products could significantly limit our product sales.

        Our future success will require us to educate a sufficient number of clinicians, anesthesiologists, radiologists, hospital administrators and other purchasing decision-makers about our products and the costs and benefits of MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. If we fail to demonstrate the safety, reliability and economic benefits of our products to hospitals and acute medical facilities, our products may not be adopted and our sales will suffer.

The lengthy sales cycle for the mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump could delay our sales.

        The decision-making process of customers is often complex and time-consuming. Based on our experience, we believe the period between initial discussions concerning the mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump and a purchase of a unit is three to six months. The process can be

12


Table of Contents

delayed as a result of capital budgeting procedures. Moreover, even if one or two units are sold to a hospital, we believe that it will take additional time and experience with the mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump before other medical professionals routinely use the mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump for other procedures and in other departments of the hospital. Such time would delay potential sales of additional units and disposable tubing or additional optional accessories to that medical facility or hospital. These delays could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because we rely on distributors to sell our products outside of the U.S., our revenues could decline if our existing distributors do not continue to purchase products from us or if our relationship with any of these distributors is terminated.

        We rely on distributors for all of our sales outside the U.S. and hence do not have direct control over foreign sales activities. These distributors also assist us with regulatory approvals and the education of physicians and government agencies. Our revenues outside the U.S. represented approximately 28.6% of our net revenues in fiscal year 2013, and we intend to continue our efforts to increase our sales in Europe, Japan and other countries. If our existing international distributors fail to sell our products or sell at lower levels than we anticipate, we could experience a decline in revenues or fail to meet our forecasts. We cannot be certain that we will be able to attract new international distributors that market our products effectively or provide timely and cost-effective customer support and service. None of our existing distributors are obligated to continue selling our products.

If we do not successfully develop and commercialize enhanced products or new products that remain competitive, we could lose revenue opportunities and customers, and our ability to achieve growth would be impaired.

        The medical device industry is characterized by rapid product development and technological advances, which places our products at risk of obsolescence. Our long-term success depends upon the development and successful commercialization of new products, new or improved technologies and additional applications for non-magnetic infusion technology. The research and development process is time-consuming and costly and may not result in products or applications that we can successfully commercialize. If we do not successfully adapt our technology, products and applications, we could lose revenue opportunities and customers. In addition, we may not be able to improve our products or develop new products or technologies quickly enough to maintain a competitive position in our markets and continue to grow our business.

We are highly dependent on our founder, CEO, President, Director and controlling shareholder, Roger Susi.

        Roger Susi developed our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system, and we believe that he will play a significant role in our continued success and in the development of new products including an MRI compatible device for patient resuscitation. Our current and future operations could be adversely impacted if we were to lose his services. We intend to carry key man life insurance on Roger Susi in the amount of $2,000,000. Accordingly, our success will be dependent on appropriately managing the risks related to executing a succession plan for Mr. Susi on a timely basis.

If we fail to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our business could be materially harmed.

        Competition for highly skilled personnel is often intense in the medical device industry, and more specifically in the MRI compatible medical device industry. A number of our executives and employees are former employees of Invivo Corporation, where Mr. Susi developed the first MRI compatible patient monitoring system. If our current employees with experience in the MRI compatible device industry leave our company, we may have difficulty finding replacements with an equivalent amount of experience and skill, which could harm our operations. Our future success will also depend in part on our ability to identify, hire and retain additional personnel, including skilled engineers to develop new

13


Table of Contents

products, and executives to oversee our marketing, sales, customer support and production staff. We may not be successful in attracting, integrating or retaining qualified personnel to meet our current growth plans or future needs. Our productivity may be adversely affected if we do not integrate and train our new employees quickly and effectively.

        Also, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that we have improperly solicited, or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their inventions or work product.

We may be unable to scale our operations successfully.

        Our plan is to grow rapidly. Our growth, if it occurs as planned, will place significant demands on our management and manufacturing capacity, as well as our financial, administrative and other resources. We cannot guarantee that any of the systems, procedures and controls we put in place will be adequate to support the manufacture and distribution of our products. Our operating results will depend substantially on the ability of our officers and key employees to manage changing business conditions and to implement and improve our financial, administrative and other resources. If we are unable to respond to and manage changing business conditions, or the scale of our products, services and operations, then the quality of our services, our ability to retain key personnel and our business could be harmed.

We engage in related party transactions, which result in a conflict of interest involving our management.

        We have engaged in the past, and continue to engage, in related party transactions, particularly between our company and Roger Susi and his affiliates. One significant related party transaction is the lease agreement between our company and Susi, LLC, an affiliate of Roger Susi, with respect to our planned facility in Winter Springs, Florida. Additional detail regarding this lease is included in the section entitled "Properties" on page     of this prospectus. In addition, related party transactions present difficult conflicts of interest, could result in disadvantages to our company and may impair investor confidence, which could materially and adversely affect us. Related party transactions could also cause us to become materially dependent on related parties in the ongoing conduct of our business, and related parties may be motivated by personal interests to pursue courses of action that are not necessarily in the best interests of our company and our stockholders. Please refer to the section entitled "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" on page      for further detail regarding related party transactions and our company's policies and procedures with respect to such transactions.

Risks Related to Our Industry

We are subject to substantial government regulation that is subject to change and could force us to make modifications to how we develop, manufacture and price our products.

        The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA in the U.S. and corresponding state and foreign regulatory agencies. The majority of our manufacturing processes are required to comply with quality systems regulations, including current good manufacturing practice requirements that cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging and shipping of our products. Failure to comply with applicable medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, repairs, replacements, refunds, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspensions of production, refusal of the FDA or other regulatory agencies to grant pre-market clearances or approvals for our products, withdrawals or suspensions of future current clearances or approvals and criminal prosecution.

14


Table of Contents

        In addition, our products are subject to pre-approval requirements by the FDA and similar international agencies that govern a wide variety of product activities from design and development to labeling, manufacturing, promotion, sales and distribution. Compliance with these regulations may be time consuming, burdensome and expensive for us. The failure to obtain, or the loss or suspension of any such pre-approval, would negatively affect our ability to sell our products, and harm our anticipated revenues.

        Foreign governmental authorities that regulate the manufacture and sale of medical devices have become increasingly stringent and, to the extent we sell our products in foreign countries, we may be subject to rigorous regulation in the future. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated revenue.

If we fail to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDA clearances or other necessary approvals to commercially distribute new products, our ability to grow will suffer.

        Our current products are Class II medical devices and hence require regulatory pre-market approval by the FDA and other federal and state authorities prior to their sale in the U.S. Similar approvals are required by foreign governmental authorities for sale of our products outside of the U.S. We are responsible for obtaining the applicable regulatory approval for the commercial distribution of our products. As part of our growth strategy, we plan to seek approvals for new MRI compatible products. The process of obtaining approvals, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that we will obtain the required approvals on a timely basis, or at all. Failure to receive approvals for new products will hurt our ability to grow.

We are subject to risks associated with doing business outside of the U.S.

        Sales to customers outside of the U.S. comprised approximately 28.6% of our revenue in fiscal 2013, and we expect that non-U.S. sales will contribute to future growth. A majority of our international sales originate from Europe and Japan, and we also make sales in Canada, Hong Kong, Australia, Mexico and certain parts of the Middle East. The risks associated with operations outside the United States include:

15


Table of Contents

        These risks, individually or in the aggregate, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We may incur product liability losses, or become subject to other lawsuits related to our products, business, and insurance coverage could be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.

        Our business is subject to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of our medical devices and consumable products. We carry third party product liability insurance coverage to protect against such risks, but there can be no assurance that our policy is adequate. In the ordinary course of business, we may become the subject of product liability claims and lawsuits alleging that our products have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury to patients. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could be costly to defend and could result in settlement payments and adjustments not covered by or in excess of our product liability insurance. We currently have third-party product liability insurance with maximum coverage of $3,000,000; however, such coverage requires a substantial deductible that we must pay before becoming eligible to receive any insurance proceeds. The deductible amount is currently equal to $25,000 per occurrence and $125,000 in the aggregate. We will have to pay for defending product liability or other claims that are not covered by our insurance. These payments could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition. Product liability claims and lawsuits, safety alerts, recalls or corrective actions, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers. In addition, we may not be able to obtain insurance in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Defects or failures associated with our products and/or our quality control systems could lead to the filing of adverse event reports, recalls or safety alerts and negative publicity and could subject us to regulatory actions.

        Safety problems associated with our products could lead to a product recall or the issuance of a safety alert relating to such products and result in significant costs and negative publicity. An adverse event involving one of our products could require us to file an adverse event report with the FDA. Such disclosure could result in reduced market acceptance and demand for all of our products, and could harm our reputation and our ability to market our products in the future. In some circumstances, adverse events arising from or associated with the design, manufacture or marketing of our products could result in the suspension or delay of regulatory reviews of our applications for new product approvals or clearances.

        We may also voluntarily undertake a recall of our products or temporarily shut down production lines based on internal safety, quality monitoring and testing data. For example, in August 2012, we initiated a voluntary recall of a particular lot of mRidium Series 1000 MR Infusion Sets, Type 1058 MR IV, an extension set used with our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps, due to an out-of-specification dimension of one section of the IV set. We retrieved and destroyed all unused infusion sets subject to the recall. In July 2013, the FDA notified us that it had concluded its audit and confirmed that the recall was considered terminated. In July 2013, we issued a voluntary recall of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems equipped with mRidium 1145 DERS Drug Library due to their potential risk in providing an incorrect recommended value for the infusion rate during the pump's initial infusion setup. To avoid future product recalls we have made and continue to invest in our quality systems, processes and procedures. We will continue to make improvements to our products and systems to further reduce issues related to patient safety. However, there can be no assurance our

16


Table of Contents

systems will be sufficient. Future quality concerns, whether real or perceived, could adversely affect our operating results. For a more detailed description of recalls, see the section captioned "Governmental Regulation and Other Matters" in the "Business" section on page     .

Our products or product types could be subject to negative publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

        The market's perception of our products could be harmed if any of our products or similar products offered by others in our industry become the subject of negative publicity due to a product safety issue, withdrawal, recall, or are proven or are claimed to be harmful to patients. The harm to market perception may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

Any acquisitions of technologies, products and businesses, may be difficult to integrate, could adversely affect our relationships with key customers, and/or could result in significant charges to earnings.

        We plan to periodically review potential acquisitions of technologies, products and businesses that are complementary to our products and that could accelerate our growth. However, our company has never completed an acquisition and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in finding any acquisitions in the future. The process of identifying, executing and realizing attractive returns on acquisitions involves a high degree of uncertainty. Acquisitions typically entail many risks and could result in difficulties in integrating operations, personnel, technologies and products. If we are not able to successfully integrate our acquisitions, we may not obtain the advantages and synergies that the acquisitions were intended to create, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, our ability to develop and introduce new products and the market price of our stock.

Recent U.S. healthcare policy changes, including the Affordable Care Act and PPACA, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the "PPACA"), enacted in March 2010, implemented changes that are expected to significantly impact the medical device industry. Beginning on January 1, 2013, the Affordable Care Act imposed a 2.3% excise tax on sales of products defined as "medical devices" by the regulations of the FDA. We believe that all of our medical products are "medical devices" within the meaning of the FDA regulations. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded $51,333 and $161,246, respectively, in medical device taxes, which is included as a component of general and administrative expense. If this tax rate is increased in future years, it would negatively impact our operating results.

        Other significant measures contained in the PPACA include research on the comparative clinical effectiveness of different technologies and procedures, initiatives to revise Medicare payment methodologies, such as bundling of payments across the continuum of care by providers and physicians, and initiatives to promote quality indicators in payment methodologies. The PPACA also includes significant new fraud and abuse measures, including required disclosures of financial arrangements with physician customers, lower thresholds for violations and increasing potential penalties for such violations. In addition, the PPACA established an Independent Payment Advisory Board ("IPAB"), to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending. The IPAB has broad discretion to propose policies to reduce health care expenditures, which may have a negative impact on payment rates for services, including treatments and procedures which incorporate use of our products. The IPAB proposals may impact payments for treatments and procedures that use our technology beginning in 2016 and for hospital services beginning in 2020, and may indirectly reduce demand for our products.

17


Table of Contents

        The taxes imposed by the new federal legislation and the expansion in government's effect on the U.S. healthcare industry may result in decreased profits to us, lower reimbursements by payers for our products or reduced medical procedure volumes, all of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulations that could result in significant liability, require us to change our business practices and restrict our operations in the future.

        We and our customers are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, and Veterans' Administration health programs and health programs outside the U.S. These laws and regulations are broad in scope and are subject to evolving interpretations, which could require us to alter one or more of our sales or marketing practices. In addition, violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our sales, profitability and financial condition. Furthermore, since many of our customers rely on reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs to cover a substantial portion of their expenditures, if we or our customers are excluded from such programs as a result of a violation of these laws, it could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We have developed and implemented business practices and processes to train our personnel to perform their duties in compliance with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and conduct informal oversight to detect and prevent these types of fraud and abuse. However, we lack formal written policies and procedures at this time. If we are unable to formally document and implement the controls and procedures required in a timely manner or we are otherwise found to be in violation of such laws, we might suffer adverse regulatory consequences or face criminal sanctions, which could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results.

The environment in which we operate makes it increasingly difficult to forecast our business performance.

        Significant changes and volatility in the global financial markets, in the consumer and business environment, and our general competitive landscape may make it increasingly difficult for us to predict our revenues and earnings into the future. Our quarterly sales and profits depend substantially on the volume and timing of orders fulfilled during the quarter, and such orders are difficult to forecast. Product demand is dependent upon the capital spending budgets of our customers and prospects as well as government funding policies, and matters of public policy as well as product and economic cycles that can affect the spending decisions of these entities. As a result, any revenue or earnings guidance or outlook which we have given or might give may turn out to be inaccurate. Though we will endeavor to give reasonable estimates of future revenues and earnings at the time we give such guidance, based on then-current conditions, there is a significant risk that such guidance or outlook will turn out to be incorrect. Historically, companies that have overstated their operating guidance have suffered significant declines in their stock price when such results are announced to the public.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

        The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We intend to adopt policies for compliance with these anti-bribery laws, which often carry substantial penalties. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures always will protect us from reckless or other inappropriate acts committed by our affiliates, employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

18


Table of Contents

There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States GAAP. Furthermore, portions of GAAP require the use of fair value mathematical models which are variable in application and methodology from appraiser to appraiser. Any changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions used could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such assumptions and estimates include those related to revenue recognition, accruals for product returns, valuation of inventory, impairment of intangibles and long-lived assets, accounting for income taxes and stock-based compensation and reserves for potential litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as discussed in greater detail in the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our actual operating results may differ and fall below our assumptions and the financial forecasts of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a significant decline in our stock price.

We and our suppliers and customers are required to obtain regulatory approvals to comply with FDA regulations applicable to medical devices and infusion pumps, and these approvals could result in delays or increased costs in developing new products.

        In 2010, the FDA issued a draft guidance document entitled "Total Product Life Cycle: Infusion Pump-Premarket Notification [510(k)] Submissions." Through this draft regulatory guidance, the FDA has established additional pre-market requirements for infusion pumps. At the same time, the FDA is also generally enhancing the pre-market requirements for medical devices. Although we cannot predict with certainty the future impact of these initiatives, it appears that the processes for obtaining regulatory approvals to market infusion pumps and related accessories are likely to become more costly and time consuming. In addition, the new requirements could result in longer delays for the approval of new products, or require modification or remediation of existing products in the market. Future delays in the receipt of, or failure to obtain, approvals could result in delayed or no realization of product revenues.

We and our suppliers and customers are required to maintain compliance with FDA regulations applicable to medical devices and infusion pumps, and it could be costly to comply with these regulations and to develop compliant products and processes. Failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to sanctions and could adversely affect our business.

        Even if we are able to obtain approval for introducing new products to the market, we and our suppliers may not be able to remain in compliance with applicable FDA and other material regulatory requirements once clearance or approval has been obtained for a product. These requirements include, among other things, regulations regarding manufacturing practices, product labeling, off-label marketing, advertising and post-marketing reporting, adverse event reports and field alerts. Compliance with these FDA requirements is subject to continual review and is monitored through periodic inspections by the FDA. For example, the FDA conducted routine inspections of our facility in Winter Park, Florida in June 2010 and more recently between April 7 and April 16, 2014. The FDA issued a Form 483 on April 16, 2014 that identified eight observations. The majority of the observations related to procedural and documentation issues associated with the design, development, validation testing and documentation of software used in certain of our products. Other observations were related to the design validation of pump labeling, design analysis of tube stretching (which was an issue in the August 2012 voluntary recall that has been closed by the FDA), procedures for post-market design review, and control and procedures related to handling certain reported complaints. We submitted a response to the Form 483 in which we described our proposed corrective and preventative actions ("CAPA") to address each of the FDA's observations. If the FDA does not agree with our proposed CAPA plan, or

19


Table of Contents

accepts them but finds that we have not implemented them adequately, or if we otherwise fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the FDA could initiate an enforcement action, including issuing untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and/or civil penalties.

        In addition, manufacturing flaws, component failures, design defects, off-label uses or inadequate disclosure of product related information could result in an unsafe condition or the injury or death of a patient. All of these events could harm our sales, margins and profitability in the affected periods and may have a material adverse effect on our business. Any adverse regulatory action or action taken by us to maintain appropriate regulatory compliance, with respect to these laws and regulations could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our sales, profitability and financial condition. Furthermore, an adverse regulatory action with respect to any of our products or operating procedure or to our or our suppliers' manufacturing facility could materially harm our reputation in the marketplace. For a more detailed listing of the laws and regulations that significantly affect our business and operations, see the section captioned "Governmental Regulation and Other Matters" under the "Business" section on page     .

Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations, with which compliance is costly and which exposes us to penalties for non-compliance.

        Our business, products, and product candidates are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, worker health and safety and the use, management, storage, and disposal of hazardous substances, waste, and other regulated materials. These environmental laws and regulations could require us to pay for environmental remediation and response costs at third-party locations where we dispose of or recycle hazardous substances. The costs of complying with these various environmental requirements, as they now exist or as may be altered in the future, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to our Intellectual Property

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property.

        We intend to rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, know-how, license agreements and contractual provisions to establish and protect our proprietary rights to our technologies and products. We cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken or will take to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate or that they will deter infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. We may fail to secure patents that are important to our business, and we cannot guarantee that any pending U.S. patent application, if ultimately issued, will provide us some relative competitive advantage. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights. Any litigation could result in substantial expenses and may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some of the countries in which our products may in the future be sold may not protect our products and intellectual property to the same extent as U.S. laws, or at all. We may be unable to protect our rights in trade secrets and unpatented proprietary technology in these countries. If our trade secrets become known, we may lose our competitive advantages.

        Even if we are able to secure necessary patents in the U.S., we may not be able to secure necessary patents in foreign countries in which we sell our products or plan to sell our products. In March 2013, the U.S. transitioned to a "first inventor to file" system in which, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application is entitled to a patent. We may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter parties review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse

20


Table of Contents

determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third party patent rights.

The lack of registered trademarks and trade names could potentially harm the business.

        We also rely on, or intend to rely on, our trademark, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors and have registered or applied to register our own trademarks. We have filed one U.S. trademark application for "iRadimed," but there is no guarantee that our trademark application will be approved. We also have recently filed for trademark protection for the name of our U.S. product "mRidium". Third parties may also oppose any of our trademark applications or otherwise challenge our use of our claimed trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our product, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote significant resources to advertising and marketing these new brands. Further, our competitors may infringe our trademarks or we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

        In October 2012, Radimed Gesellschaft für Kommunikationsdienstleistungen und Medizintechnik mbH ("Radimed") brought an action in Düsseldorf Regional Court against our German distributor alleging the name and sign "iRadimed" was confusingly similar to their German trademark "Radimed." A judgment was rendered against our German distributor preventing use of the name and sign "iRadimed" in Germany. We have however continued to sell products in Germany without any discernible effect by using the product name IRI Development. On July 31, 2013, Radimed filed a lawsuit against us and our founder, Roger Susi, in Düsseldorf Regional Court, alleging that we infringed their German and Community trademarks "Radimed" and seeking to prevent our use of the name, sign and domain name "iRadimed" in the European Union. In addition, Radimed is seeking unspecified damages. We will vigorously defend against the infringement claims. However, the ultimate outcome of the matter remains uncertain. If we receive an adverse judgment, we may be prevented from marketing our products in the European Union under the name and sign "iRadimed" and may be required to pay Radimed's attorneys' fees, the court fees and damages, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our unpatented trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information, and technology may be inadequately protected.

        We rely on unpatented trade secrets, know-how and technology. This intellectual property is difficult to protect, especially in the medical device industry, where much of the information about a product must be submitted to regulatory authorities during the regulatory approval process. We seek to protect trade secrets, confidential information and proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with employees, consultants, and others. These parties may breach or terminate these agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for such breaches. Furthermore, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information or result in the effective assignment to us of intellectual property, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or other breaches of the agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets and our other confidential and proprietary information, we or our collaboration partners, board members, employees, consultants, contractors, or scientific and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our proprietary information to competitors.

        There is a risk that our trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary information could have been, or could, in the future, be shared by any of our former employees with, and be used to the benefit of, any company that competes with us.

21


Table of Contents

        If we fail to maintain trade secret protection or fail to protect the confidentiality of our other confidential and proprietary information, our competitive position may be adversely affected. Competitors may also independently discover our trade secrets. Enforcement of claims that a third party has illegally obtained and is using trade secrets is expensive, time consuming and uncertain. If our competitors independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how, we would not be able to assert our trade secret protections against them, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

There can be no assurance of timely patent review and approval to minimize competition and generate sufficient revenues.

        There can be no assurance that the Patent and Trademark Office will have sufficient resources to review our patent applications in a timely manner. Consequently, even if our patent applications are ultimately successful, our patent applications may be delayed, which would prevent intellectual property protection for our products. If we fail to successfully commercialize our products due to the lack of intellectual property protection, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenues to meet or grow our business according to our expected goals and this may have a materially adverse effect on our profitability, financial condition, and operations.

We may become involved in patent litigation or other intellectual property proceedings relating to our future product approvals, which could result in liability for damages or delay or stop our development and commercialization efforts.

        The medical device industry has been characterized by significant litigation and other proceedings regarding patents, patent applications, and other intellectual property rights. The situations in which we may become parties to such litigation or proceedings may include any third parties (which may have substantially greater resources than we have) initiating litigation claiming that our products infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights; in such case, we will need to defend against such proceedings.

        The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technologies involved and the uncertainty of litigation significantly increase the risks related to any patent litigation. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

        If any of the foregoing events occur, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. As the number of participants in our industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.

22


Table of Contents

        Furthermore, the costs of resolving any patent litigation or other intellectual property proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other intellectual property proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other intellectual property proceedings may also consume significant management time.

        In the event that a competitor infringes upon our patent or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those rights may be costly, difficult, and time-consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against challenge could be expensive and time-consuming and could divert our management's attention. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patent or other intellectual property rights against a challenge. If we are unsuccessful in enforcing and protecting our intellectual property rights and protecting our products, it could materially harm our business. See "Legal and Regulatory Proceedings" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for further details of our legal proceedings.

        There may also be situations where we use our business judgment and decide to market and sell products, notwithstanding the fact that allegations of patent infringement(s) have not been finally resolved by the courts (i.e., an "at-risk launch"). The risk involved in doing so can be substantial because the remedies available to the owner of a patent for infringement may include, among other things, damages measured by the profits lost by the patent owner and not necessarily by the profits earned by the infringer. In the case of a willful infringement, the definition of which is subjective, such damages may be increased up to three times. An adverse decision could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

        We have been sued by Rydex Technologies LLC for alleged patent infringement, as discussed more fully under "Legal Proceedings." While this lawsuit was dismissed, the dismissal was without prejudice and we may therefore face this or one or more related lawsuits in the future.

        In addition, we may indemnify our customers and distributors with respect to infringement by our products of the proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or distributors or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

We may be subject to claims that we, our board members, employees or consultants have used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information belonging to third parties and any such individuals who are currently affiliated with one of our competitors may disclose our proprietary technology or information.

        As is commonplace in the medical device industry, some of our board members, employees and consultants are or have been associated with other medical device companies that compete with us. For example, Mr. Susi and a number of our other employees are former employees of Invivo Corporation. While associated with such other medical device companies, these individuals may have been exposed to research and technology similar to the areas of research and technology in which we are engaged. We may become subject to future claims that we, our employees, board members, or consultants have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of those companies. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims.

23


Table of Contents

        We have entered into confidentiality agreements with our executives and key consultants. However, we do not have, and are not planning to enter into, any confidentiality agreements with our non-executive directors because they have a fiduciary duty of confidentiality as directors. There is the possibility that any of our former board members, employees, or consultants who are currently employed at, or associated with, one of our competitors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our proprietary technology or information.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There is no established public market for our stock and a liquid public market for our common shares may never develop and therefore you may not be able to sell your shares.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the subsequent trading market. Given the relatively small size of our public offering there can be no assurance that an active trading market for our stock will ever develop. This means that you may be unable to sell your shares or you may be forced to sell your shares at a significant loss.

Our common stock price may be subject to significant fluctuations and volatility, and you may be unable to sell your shares at a fair price, or at all.

        Our stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, including the following:

24


Table of Contents

        Any one of the factors above, or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results, fluctuations in our share price and investors' perception of our business. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations, our business and stock price could be materially adversely affected.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

        If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $        per share, because the assumed initial public offering price of $        , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately        % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately        % of our outstanding shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or in the event the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Additionally, you will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans. For additional information, see the "Dilution" section on page     .

Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

        If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Our directors, officers and existing holders of all of our common stock, a total of 8,400,000 shares (taking into account the conversion of all of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering), are subject to lock-up agreements that prevent them from selling any of their shares for a 180-day period. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to approximately 1.0 million shares will be eligible for immediate sale in the public market and approximately 7.4 million shares held by affiliates will become salable subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Roth Capital Partners LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit shares subject to the lock-up to be sold prior to the 180-day expiration period. See the section titled "Shares Eligible For Future Sale" on page     for additional information.

        Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under Form S-8 to register all of the shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, the trading price of our common stock could decline. See the section titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" on page     for additional information.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, which could result in dilution to our stockholders and adversely affect stock price.

        While we believe the proceeds from this offering will provide us with adequate capital to fund operations for at least the next 12 months, we may need to raise additional funds prior to that time. We may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or to obtain an additional credit facility, which we may not be able to do on favorable terms, or at all. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these securities could have rights that are

25


Table of Contents

senior to holders of common stock and any debt securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. The sale of such securities could hurt demand for our common stock and lead our share price to decline.

Our management will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        Our management team, and in particular our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Roger Susi, will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering. Investors in the initial public offering will not have the opportunity as part of their investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Many factors will determine how we spend the offering proceeds, and our ultimate choices may vary substantially from what is discussed in the prospectus. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition, which could cause our stock price to decline. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short- and medium-term, interest-bearing obligations; investment-grade instruments; certificates of deposit; direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government and/or bank demand deposits. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

Roger Susi, who serves as a director and an executive officer, owns a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

        Prior to this offering, Roger Susi, our founder, who serves as one of our directors and Chief Executive Officer, and his affiliates beneficially own approximately 83% of our outstanding stock, taking into account preferred stock on an as-converted to common stock basis. Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will own approximately        % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering. These stockholders, if acting together, will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

Mr. Susi's majority ownership also qualifies our company as a "controlled company" and allows us to opt out of compliance with numerous corporate governance listing requirements.

        In addition, we will qualify for the "controlled company" exemption under the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market until such a time as Mr. Susi does not control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a "controlled company," we would be permitted to opt out of compliance with the requirements that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, that our Board of Directors' compensation committee be comprised solely of independent directors, and that director nominees be selected or recommended to the Board of Directors for selection by independent directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market, a majority of our Board of Directors will be comprised of independent directors, our compensation committee will be comprised solely of independent directors, and our director nominees will be recommended for selection to our Board of Directors by a majority of our independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors may participate. Notwithstanding the availability of these exemptions, we have elected not to rely upon any of the exemptions afforded to a "controlled company" under NASDAQ rules. Our compliance is voluntary, however, and there can be no assurance that we will continue to comply with these standards in the future.

26


Table of Contents

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

        The continued expansion of our business will require funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend solely on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

        As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management's attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to monitor and advise us regarding compliance, which will increase our costs and expenses.

        In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be adversely affected.

        We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

27


Table of Contents

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to establish and maintain adequate internal controls. Failure to develop and maintain adequate internal controls or to implement new or improved controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

        Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort. Our internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective.

        We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), or the date we are no longer an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

We believe that our business practices will become more visible following this offering, and this could impact our competitive environment and our risk of potential litigation.

        As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible potentially exposing us to new competition and threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. New competition could result in reduced sales of our products and adversely impact our profitability. If lawsuits prevail against us, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management's attention from our business and adversely affect our business and could subject us to significant liabilities.

        The stock markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of small cap medical device companies. These broad market fluctuations as well a broad range of other factors, including the realization of any of the risks described in this "Risk Factors" section, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation is expensive and could divert management's attention and resources from our primary business, which could adversely affect our operating results. Any adverse determination in any such litigation or any amounts paid to settle any such actual or threatened litigation could require us to make significant payments. Such payment could have a material impact on how investors view our company and result in a decline in our stock price.

28


Table of Contents

We are an "emerging growth company," and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements. We cannot predict if investors will respond negatively to our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

        As an "emerging growth company" we have also chosen to take advantage of certain provisions of the JOBS Act that allow us to provide you with less information in this prospectus than would otherwise be required. As a result it may be more difficult for you to evaluate an investment in our company.

If securities or industry analysts fail to initiate research coverage of our stock, or downgrade our stock, our trading volume might never develop and our stock price could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research reports that securities or industry analysts publish about our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, trading market for our stock may never develop and the price of our stock could likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, and later downgrade our stock, our stock price could decline.

Our charter documents and Delaware law have provisions that may discourage an acquisition of us by others and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

        Upon completion of this offering, provisions in our charter documents, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), could depress the trading price of our common stock by making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us at a price favorable to our shareholders. These provisions include:

        In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved by our Board of Directors. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders, which could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

29


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains "forward-looking statements" that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: "may," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "continue," "ongoing" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance or condition and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievement to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

30


Table of Contents

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual results may differ materially from what we expect as expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. In light of the significant risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject, you should not place undue reliance on or regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified timeframe, or at all. We discuss many of these risks and uncertainties in greater detail under the section entitled "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this prospectus.

31


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $ million (or $           million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $           million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of              in the number of shares we sell in the offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us by approximately $           million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on the uses of proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

        We intend to use approximately $1.5 to $2.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to invest in our sales and marketing efforts, approximately $1.0 to $1.5 million to fund research and development of our products and product candidates, and approximately $1.0 to $1.5 million for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We also plan to use the remainder of the funds for potential acquisitions of products or businesses that expand or complement our current business, as opportunities may arise, if at all. We currently do not have any agreements or commitments relating to any potential acquisitions for which we would use any of the net proceeds and we may not complete any such future acquisitions.

        The amounts and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. We reserve the right to reallocate the proceeds of this offering in response to these and other contingencies. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

        The other principal purposes of this offering are to:

        We intend to invest the net proceeds in short and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government and bank demand deposits, pending their use as described above.

32


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        In the past two fiscal years, and during the interim period, we have not paid cash dividends on our common stock or our preferred stock. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our preferred stock will be converted into common stock immediately prior to the offering and will no longer be outstanding. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determinations related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors. As a result, you will probably need to sell your shares to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell such securities at or above the price you paid for them.

33


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, investments and capitalization as of March 31, 2014:

        The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the following table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock," and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  March 31, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands,
except share data)

 

Stockholders' equity:

                   

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 1,400,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $                  $           

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 90,000,000 shares authorized, 7,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 8,400,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                   

Additional paid-in capital

                   

Retained earnings

                   
               

Total stockholders' equity

                   
               

Total capitalization

  $     $     $    
               
               

(1)
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, and investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

34


Table of Contents

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on a total of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock and 1,400,000 shares of preferred stock, which will automatically convert into common stock upon the completion of this offering, outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

        Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes:

35


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon completion of this offering, taking into account the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock.

        Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was $         million, or $        per share of our common stock, taking into account the conversion of all of the preferred stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

        After giving effect to our sale in this offering of        shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of        would have been $         million, or $        per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share to our existing stockholders before this offering and an immediate dilution of $        per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $             

Net tangible book value per common share as of March 31, 2014

 
$

          
       

Increase per share attributable to new investors

             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

  $          

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 by $        per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to investors in this offering by $        per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table shows on an as pro forma adjusted basis, as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to this offering on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the total number of shares of common stock purchased

36


Table of Contents

from us, the total consideration paid to us for these shares, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $                % $             

New investors

                                                 
                       

Total

                   100.0 % $       100.0 % $    
                       
                       

        The information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease, as applicable, in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        There will be further dilution to new investors with respect to the shares issued pursuant to stock options.

        Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own        % and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in this offering will be increased to        shares or        % of the total number of shares of common stock expected to be outstanding after this offering.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on a total of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock and 1,400,000 shares of preferred stock, which will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

37


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following selected financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" as well as our financial statements and related notes, each contained in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 from our audited financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus. The selected financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, and as of March 31, 2014, are derived from our unaudited financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus and are not indicative of results to be expected for the full year. Moreover, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future.

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 3,557,237   $ 2,628,269   $ 11,340,097   $ 7,685,061  

Cost of revenue(1)

    656,366     467,113     2,853,385     2,125,921  
                   

Gross profit

    2,900,871     2,161,156     8,486,712     5,559,140  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

General and administrative(1)

    1,092,695     503,189     2,392,305     1,550,034  

Sales and marketing(1)

    759,789     568,723     2,297,309     1,930,395  

Research and development(1)

    224,304     160,411     1,009,872     654,070  
                   

Total operating expenses

    2,076,788     1,232,323     5,699,486     4,134,499  
                   

Income from operations

    824,083     928,833     2,787,226     1,424,641  

Other (expense) income, net

    3,452     (3,340 )   (3,458 )   7,424  
                   

Income before provision for income taxes

    827,535     925,493     2,783,768     1,432,065  

Provision for income taxes

    304,168     281,566     846,878     465,980  
                   

Net income

  $ 523,367   $ 643,927   $ 1,936,890   $ 966,085  
                   
                   

Net income per share:(2)

                         

Basic

  $ 0.07   $ 0.09   $ 0.28   $ 0.14  
                   
                   

Diluted

  $ 0.06   $ 0.08   $ 0.22   $ 0.11  
                   
                   

Weighted average shares outstanding:(2)

                         

Basic

    7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000  
                   
                   

Diluted

    8,859,015     8,492,475     8,624,314     8,462,240  
                   
                   

Other Financial Data:

                         

Non-GAAP income from operations

  $ 986,892   $ 996,813   $ 3,059,145   $ 1,597,881  

Non-GAAP net income

  $ 628,585   $ 685,011   $ 2,104,710   $ 1,062,606  

Free cash flow

  $ 457,817   $ (72,319 ) $ 1,311,222   $ 1,396,216  

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 959   $ 3   $ 13   $ 2,050  

General and administrative

    56,935     4,115     16,461     1,770  

Sales and marketing

    95,536     63,775     255,096     168,316  

Research and development

    9,379     87     349     1,104  
                   

Total

  $ 162,809   $ 67,980   $ 271,919   $ 173,240  
                   
                   

38


Table of Contents

(2)
The basic and diluted net income per common share data in the statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 take into account the 1.75:1 stock split effected in conjunction with our reincorporation from Oklahoma to Delaware. The number of diluted weighted average shares outstanding during each of the periods presented includes 1,400,000 shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, which will automatically convert into 1,400,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of
March 31,
2014
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Balance Sheets Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,908,641   $ 2,461,559   $ 1,697,306  

Working capital

  $ 5,338,852   $ 4,931,949   $ 2,665,444  

Total assets

  $ 7,758,562   $ 6,986,871   $ 5,554,212  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 6,111,136   $ 5,422,784   $ 3,220,200  

Non-GAAP Financial Results

        We believe the use of non-GAAP income from operations, non-GAAP net income and free cash flow are helpful to our investors. These measures, which we refer to as our non-GAAP financial measures, are not prepared in accordance with GAAP. We calculate non-GAAP income from operations as income from operations excluding stock-based compensation expense. We calculate non-GAAP net income as net income excluding stock-based compensation expense, net of tax. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact a company's non-cash expenses, we believe that providing non-GAAP financial measures that exclude stock-based compensation expense allow for meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period. We calculate free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities for purchases of property and equipment. We consider free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including investing in our business, making strategic acquisitions and strengthening our balance sheet. All of our non-GAAP financial measures are important tools for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own operating results of different periods of time.

        Our non-GAAP financial measures may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently, particularly related to non-recurring, unusual items. In addition, there are limitations in using non-GAAP financial measures because the non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies and exclude expenses that may have a material impact on our reported financial results. Further, stock-based compensation expense has been and will continue to be for the foreseeable future a significant recurring expense in our business and an important part of the compensation provided to our employees. The presentation of non-GAAP financial information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We urge our investors to review the reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial measures included below, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

39


Table of Contents

        The following table reflects the reconciliation of income from operations to non-GAAP income from operations:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Income from operations

  $ 824,083   $ 928,833   $ 2,787,226   $ 1,424,641  

Excluding:

                         

Stock-based compensation expense

    162,809     67,980     271,919     173,240  
                   

Non-GAAP income from operations

  $ 986,892   $ 996,813   $ 3,059,145   $ 1,597,881  
                   
                   

        The following table reflects the reconciliation of net income to non-GAAP net income:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Net income

  $ 523,367   $ 643,927   $ 1,936,890   $ 966,085  

Excluding:

                         

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

    105,218     41,084     167,820     96,521  
                   

Non-GAAP net income

  $ 628,585   $ 685,011   $ 2,104,710   $ 1,062,606  
                   
                   

        The following table reflects the reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 462,109   $ (51,074 ) $ 1,474,397   $ 1,509,156  

Less: Purchases of property and equipment

    4,292     21,245     163,175     112,940  
                   

Free cash flow

  $ 457,817   $ (72,319 ) $ 1,311,222   $ 1,396,216  
                   
                   

40


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read this discussion and analysis together with our audited and unaudited financial statements, the notes to such statements and the other financial information included in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Our Business

        We are the leading provider of non-magnetic intravenous ("IV") infusion pump systems that are safe for use during magnetic resonance imaging ("MRI") procedures. Electromechanical medical devices and pumps contain magnetic and electronic parts which generate radio frequency noise, create interference and are dangerous to operate in the presence of the powerful magnet which drives an MRI. Our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system has been designed with non-ferrous parts, ceramic ultrasonic motors, non-magnetic mobile stand and other special features in order to safely and predictably deliver anesthesia and other IV fluids during various MRI procedures. Many critically-ill patients cannot be removed from their vital medications, and children and infants must generally be sedated in order to remain immobile during an MRI scan.

        As of March 31, 2014 we estimate that we had approximately 1,917 MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems installed globally. Each system consists of an mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump, mobile stand, and proprietary disposable IV tubing sets and many of these systems contain additional optional upgrade accessories. We primarily generate revenue from the one-time sale of pumps and accessories, in addition to revenue generated from ongoing service contracts and the sale of proprietary disposable tubing sets used during each patient infusion. The principal customers for our MRI compatible products include hospitals, acute care facilities and outpatient imaging centers.

        We sell our MRI compatible products through our direct sales force in the U.S. and independent distributors internationally. In the U.S., we sell our products through our eight direct sales representatives and two clinical support representatives. We have distribution agreements for our products with 35 independent distributors selling our products internationally. Selling cycles for medical devices vary widely but are typically three to six months in duration. We also enter into agreements with healthcare supply contracting companies in the U.S., which enable us to sell and distribute our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems to their member hospitals. Under these agreements, we are required to pay these group purchasing organizations ("GPOs") a fee of three percent of the sales of our products to their member hospitals. We currently have contracts with four major GPOs that effectively give us the ability to sell to more than 95% of all U.S. acute care facilities.

Financial Highlights and Outlook

        Our total revenue increased $3.6 million, or 47.6%, to $11.3 million in 2013, from $7.7 million in 2012. This increase was primarily driven by sales of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. Revenue increased approximately $0.9 million, or 35.3%, to $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $2.6 million for the same period in 2013. As of March 31, 2014, our estimated installed base of IV infusion pumps increased to approximately 1,917 from 1,438 on March 31, 2013.

        During 2013, our largest competitor announced its decision to commence removal of its pump systems from the U.S. market, and to discontinue support throughout the world by June 30, 2015 due

41


Table of Contents

to ongoing regulatory issues. As a result, we believe that our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump will be the only MRI compatible IV infusion pump available to customers beginning in the first half of 2015.

        In 2014, we expect our revenues to increase as our expanded U.S. direct sales force continues to expand market awareness of the advantages of patient safety and operating efficiencies provided by our MRI compatible IV infusion pump. We intend to focus our efforts on converting users of our former competitor's pumps to our systems, in addition to targeting an increased number of hospitals and acute care facilities using MRI compatible IV infusion pumps. We expect operating expenses to increase in 2014 due to increased headcount, higher depreciation expense from additional capital expenditures, the costs associated with our new corporate headquarters and the costs of being a public company.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

        We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and use assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to the financial statements. However, we believe that the following critical accounting policies require the use of significant estimates, assumptions, and judgments. The use of different estimates, assumptions, and judgments could have a material effect on the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and related disclosures as of the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the reporting period.

        Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, delivery has occurred and title and risk of loss has transferred and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Terms of sale for most domestic sales are FOB destination, reflecting that title and risk of loss are assumed by the purchaser upon delivery. Terms of sales to international distributors are FOB shipping point, reflecting that title and risk of loss are assumed by the distributor at the shipping point.

        Under the revenue recognition rules for tangible products, we allocate revenue from arrangements with multiple deliverables to each of the deliverables based upon their relative selling prices as determined by a selling-price hierarchy. A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if 1) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and 2) the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in control of the vendor. The principal deliverables in our multiple deliverable arrangements that qualify as separate units of accounting consist of (i) sales of medical devices and supplies, (ii) installation and training services, and (iii) extended warranty agreements.

        We use a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("ESP"). VSOE of fair value is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately, or if the element has not yet been sold separately, the price for the element established by management having the relevant authority when it is probable that the price will not change before the introduction of the element into the marketplace. VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged for that deliverable. For certain sales under GPO contracts, we have established VSOE

42


Table of Contents

for all of the elements in our multiple element arrangements. This determination is based on the volume of sales to these customers in relation to our total sales and the discount tier in which those sales are made. For all other sales we rely on ESP, reflecting our best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis, to establish the amount of revenue to allocate to the undelivered elements. TPE generally does not exist for our products because of their uniqueness.

        For products shipped under FOB shipping point terms, delivery is generally considered to have occurred when shipped. Undelivered elements in our sales arrangements, which are not considered to be essential to the functionality of a product, generally include installation and training services that are performed after the related products have been delivered and extended warranty agreements. Revenue related to undelivered installation and training services is deferred until such time as those services are complete, which is typically within 30 days of the related products being delivered to the customer's location. Revenue and direct acquisition costs related to undelivered extended warranty agreements are deferred and recognized ratably over the service period, which is between one and four years. Deferred revenue for extended warranty agreements is based on the price charged when the service is sold separately.

        Shipping and handling charges billed to customers are included in revenue and shipping and handling related expenses are charged to cost of revenue. Advance payments from customers are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue as otherwise described above. Most of our sales are subject to 30 to 60 day customer-specified acceptance provisions. These provisions require us to estimate the amount of future returns and recognize revenue net of these potential returns.

        In certain states we are required to collect sales taxes from our customers. These amounts are excluded from revenue and recorded as a liability.

        GPOs negotiate volume purchase prices for hospitals, group practices and other clinics that are members of a GPO. Our agreements with GPOs typically include the following provisions:

        We do not sell to GPOs. Hospitals, group practices and other acute care facilities that are members of a GPO purchase products directly from us under the terms negotiated by the GPO. Negotiated pricing and discounts are recognized as a reduction of the selling price of products at the time of the sale. Revenue from sales to members of GPOs is otherwise consistent with revenue recognition policies described above.

        Accounts receivable is recorded at the sales price of the related products and services. We assess the sufficiency of the allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable. Estimates are based on historical collection experience and other customer-specific information, such as bankruptcy filings or liquidity problems of our customers. When it is determined that an account receivable is uncollectible, it is written off and relieved from the allowance. Any future determination that the allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable is not properly stated could result in changes in operating expense and results of operations.

43


Table of Contents

        Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. We may be exposed to a number of factors that could result in portions of our inventory becoming either obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage. These factors include, but are not limited to, technological changes, competitive pressures in products and prices, and the introduction of new product lines. We regularly evaluate our ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors, including historical usage rates, forecasted sales, product life cycles, and market acceptance of new products. When inventory that is obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage is identified, it is written down to realizable salvage value or an inventory valuation allowance is established.

        The estimates we use in projecting future product demand may prove to be incorrect. Any future determination that our inventory is overvalued could result in increases to our cost of sales and decreases to our operating margins and results of operations.

        We apply the fair value recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires us to develop estimates of the fair value of stock options as of their grant date. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period of the award. Calculating the fair value of stock-based awards requires that we make highly subjective assumptions. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value our stock option awards. Use of this valuation methodology requires that we make assumptions as to the volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our stock options, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield. Because we are a privately-held company, we utilize the historical stock price volatility from a representative group of public companies to estimate expected stock price volatility. We selected companies from the medical device industry with market capitalizations that are similar to what we estimate our company would achieve upon a successful initial public offering. We intend to continue to utilize the historical volatility of the same or similar public companies to estimate expected volatility until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the price of our publicly traded stock becomes available. We use the simplified method as prescribed by ASC 718 to calculate the expected term of stock options granted to employees as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term of our stock option awards. The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for instruments with a similar expected life. We utilize a dividend yield of zero because we have no current intention to pay cash dividends. We estimated the fair value of options granted using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
   
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2014
 
 
  2013   2012  

Volatility

    112.8 %   113.0 %   116.8 %

Expected term (years)

    7.0     7.0     7.0  

Risk-free interest rate

    2.4 %   2.4 %   1.1 %

Dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Forfeiture rate

    10.0 %   10.0 %   0.0 %

        Stock-based compensation expense totaled $162,809 and $67,980 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively and $271,919 and $173,240 for the years ended December 31,

44


Table of Contents

2013 and 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 we had $2,148,989 of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years. As of December 31, 2013 we had $2,117,081 of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years. We expect the future impact of stock-based compensation expense on our financial results to grow due to the potential increases in the value of our common stock, additional stock option grants and increased headcount.

        Under ASC 718, we are required to estimate the level of forfeitures expected to occur and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that we ultimately expect will vest. We estimate our forfeiture rate based on historical experience and employee class.

        The following table sets forth information with respect to stock options granted to employees and directors during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and during the year ended December 31, 2013:

Grant Date
  Options
Granted
  Exercise
Price
  Estimated Fair Value
of Common Stock per
Share at Grant Date
  Aggregate
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

January 1, 2013

    17,500   $ 1.29   $ 1.59   $ 24,819  

December 13, 2013

    26,250   $ 1.29   $ 3.30   $ 80,259  

December 31, 2013

    523,509   $ 1.48   $ 3.30   $ 1,590,185  

January 1, 2014

    26,250   $ 1.48   $ 3.30   $ 71,820  

January 1, 2014

    12,250   $ 3.30   $ 3.30   $ 31,862  

March 1, 2014

    8,750   $ 3.30   $ 3.30   $ 22,759  

March 25, 2014

    26,250   $ 3.30   $ 3.30   $ 68,276  

        We used the estimated fair value per share of our common stock to determine stock-based compensation expense which is recorded in our financial statements. For each of the grant dates above, the stock options granted had exercise prices different than the estimated per share fair value of our common stock. In the past, some of the stock options we issued had exercise prices below the estimated fair value of our common stock on the grant date. This disqualified the treatment of those grants as incentive stock options. Going forward, our intention is to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock with an exercise price per share that is equal to the fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date.

        As discussed above, one input of the Black-Scholes option pricing model is the fair value of our common stock, which is issued upon exercise of the option. Options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share that is no less than the fair value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, which is based on the information known to us on the date of grant. The fair value of our common stock was assessed on each grant date by our Board. For the periods presented, the historical valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the applicable American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation ("AICPA Practice Aid"). In the absence of a public trading market, our Board considered all relevant facts and circumstances known at the time of valuation, made certain assumptions based on future expectations and exercised significant judgment to determine the fair value of our common stock. The factors considered by our Board in determining the fair value include, but are not limited to, the following:

45


Table of Contents

        Certain members of our Board and management reviewed the contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, discussed the reasonableness of the assumptions, methodologies, analysis and conclusions in this report. After reviewing this report, we determined the fair market value of the Company's common stock. Our valuation of our common stock was conducted within the guidelines of the applicable AICPA Practice Aid. These guidelines prescribe certain valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to common stock, such as the current value method, option pricing method, probability-weighted expected return method and the hybrid method.

        Our valuation included the income approach and the market approach. Specifically, the Discounted Future Cash Flow ("DCF") method was used under the income approach. The Guideline Public Company ("GPC") method was used under the market approach to substantiate the conclusions derived from the income approach.

        The method used to allocate enterprise value was the Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method ("PWERM"). Using the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for our company: (i) our initial public offering in 2014, (ii) our initial public offering in 2015, and (iii) we continue to operate as a private entity. For each of these possible events, a range of equity values is estimated based on a number of factors, which include income and market valuation approaches that factor in our estimates of future performance and performance of comparable public companies. For each possible future event, we determined the appropriate aggregate value to be allocated to holders of our shares of common stock based on the rights and preferences of each class of our stock at that time. Next, we estimated the timing of possible future event dates and applied a discount rate, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital using the venture capital portfolio rates of return as referenced in the AICPA Practice Aid for companies in a similar stage of development as ours. We then multiplied the discounted value of our common stock under each scenario by an estimated probability for each of the possible events, resulting in a probability-weighted value per share of common stock. Finally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability to the weighted value per share to determine a value per common share.

        Application of the above described approaches involved the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions, such as future cash flows, selection of comparable publicly traded companies and the selection of discount rates. Changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions could result in changes to our operating results.

        Certain members of our Board and management reviewed the retrospective third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, discussed the reasonableness of the assumptions, methodologies, analysis and conclusions in this report. After reviewing this report, we determined the fair market value of the Company's common stock. Our valuation of our common stock was conducted within the guidelines of the applicable AICPA Practice Aid. These guidelines prescribe certain valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and

46


Table of Contents

various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to common stock, such as the current value method, option pricing method and the PWERM method.

        Our valuation included the income approach and the market approach. Specifically, the DCF method was used under the income approach. The GPC method was used under the market approach to substantiate the conclusions derived from the income approach. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that, which is referred to as terminal value. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate known as the weighted-average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. The GPC method considers multiples of various financial metrics of comparable publicly traded companies. These multiples were then applied to our financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values and compared to the DCF model to substantiate those results.

        The enterprise value was then allocated to our common stock and preferred stock using the Option Pricing Model ("OPM"). The OPM treats common and preferred stock as call options on a company's enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of our preferred stock. The common stock only has value if the funds available for distribution to shareholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event. Assuming these funds are available, the common stock is modeled as a call option that gives the shareholder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the underlying enterprise value at a predetermined exercise price. Thus, common stock is considered to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. We assumed a five year holding period, which is consistent with the discrete periods used in the DCF analysis. The risk-free interest rates are based on the corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve for periods that estimated the assumed holding period. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock used in the OPM were based on the volatility of common stock of comparable publicly traded companies used in the GPC method discussed above. We then applied a discount for lack of marketability to determine the fair value of our common stock and preferred stock.

        Application of the above described approaches involved the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions, such as future cash flows, selection of comparable publicly traded companies and the selection of discount rates. Changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions could result in changes to our operating results.

        In consultation with the underwriters for this offering, we determined the estimated price range for this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The midpoint price range is $            per share. In comparison, our estimate of the fair value of our common stock was $3.30 per share as of the December 31, 2013 valuation. We note that, as is typical in initial public offerings, the estimated price range for this offering was not derived using a formal determination of fair value, but was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. We believe the difference between the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, as determined by the contemporaneous third-party valuation discussed above, and the preliminary initial public offering price range, as recommended by the underwriters, is the result of the following factors:

47


Table of Contents

        We estimate certain components of our provision for income taxes. These estimates include, among other items, depreciation and amortization expense allowable for tax purposes, allowable tax credits, effective rates for state taxes and tax deductibility of certain other items. We adjust our annual effective income tax rate as additional information on outcomes or events becomes available.

        We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

        We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. A valuation allowance is recorded to offset net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        We recognize the tax benefit of uncertain tax positions in the financial statements based on the technical merits of the position. When the tax position is deemed more likely than not of being sustained, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being ultimately realized upon settlement. We believe our tax positions are fully supportable

JOBS Act Accounting Election

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("JOBS Act"), enacted in April 2012. An "emerging growth company" may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor's attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The JOBS Act also permits us, as an "emerging growth company," to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards when they are required to be adopted by issuers. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

48


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth for the periods indicated selected statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenue. Our historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 
  Percent of Revenue
Three Months
Ended March 31,
  Percent of Revenue
Years
Ended December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    18.5     17.8     25.2     27.7  
                   

Gross profit

    81.5     82.2     74.8     72.3  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

General and administrative

    30.7     19.1     21.1     20.2  

Sales and marketing

    21.4     21.6     20.3     25.1  

Research and development

    6.3     6.1     8.9     8.5  
                   

Total operating expenses

    58.4     46.9     50.3     53.8  
                   

Income from operations

    23.2     35.3     24.6     18.5  

Other (expense) income , net

    0.1     (0.1 )   (0.0 )   0.1  
                   

Income before provision for income taxes

    23.6     35.2     24.6     18.6  

Provision for income taxes

    8.6     10.7     7.5     6.1  
                   

Net income

    14.7 %   24.5 %   17.1 %   12.5 %
                   
                   

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

Revenue

        Revenue increased approximately $0.9 million, or 35.3%, to $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $2.6 million for the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in sales of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. As of March 31, 2014, our estimated installed base of IV infusion pumps increased to approximately 1,917 from 1,438 on March 31, 2013.

        Revenue from sales in the U.S. increased approximately $0.4 million, or 20.5%, to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $2.0 million for the same period in 2013. Revenue from sales internationally increased approximately $0.5 million, or 86.1%, to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $0.6 million for the same period in 2013.

        Revenue from devices was approximately $3.0 million, or 84.9% of total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $2.2 million, or 83.7% of total revenue for the same period in 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we sold 146 MRI compatible IV infusion pumps compared to 91 for the same period in 2013. The average selling price of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems during the three months ended March 31, 2014 was approximately $20,700, compared to $24,800 for the same period in 2013. The decrease in our average selling price is the result of higher international sales during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013.

        Revenue from sales of our disposable IV sets and services was approximately $0.5 million, or 15.1% of total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $0.4 million, or 16.3% of total revenue for the same period in 2013. We expect revenue from disposables and services to increase as the installed base of our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps and systems increases.

49


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue increased approximately $0.2 million, or 40.5%, to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $0.5 million for the same period in 2013. Gross profit increased approximately $0.7 million, or 34.2%, to $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $2.2 million for the same period in 2013. Gross profit margin decreased to 81.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from 82.2% for the same period in 2013 primarily due to higher international sales, partially offset by higher labor utilization and increased equipment utilization rates.

General and Administrative

        General and administrative expense increased approximately $0.6 million, or 117.2%, to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $0.5 million for the same period in 2013. General and administrative expense as a percent of total revenue increased to 30.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from 19.1% for the same period in 2013. This increase is primarily related to increased headcount and professional fees for the three months ended March 31, 2014 when compared to the same period in 2013. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in 2014 as we continue to make investments in key personnel and back-office infrastructure to support our expected growth.

Sales and Marketing

        Sales and marketing expense increased approximately $0.2 million, or 33.6%, to $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $0.6 million for the same period in 2013. Sales and marketing expense as a percent of total revenue decreased to 21.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from 21.6% for the same period in 2013. We expect continued growth in the size of our U.S. sales force in 2014 to support our expected increase in product sales.

Research and Development

        Research and development expense increased approximately $0.1 million, or 39.8%, to $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from $0.1 million for the same period in 2013. Research and development expenses as a percent of total revenue increased to 6.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, from 6.1% for the same period in 2013. We believe that continued investment in research and development activities is essential to maintaining our position as the leading provider of MRI compatible IV infusion pumps and to our ability to develop innovative new product offerings, and therefore, we expect to continue making investments in these activities.

Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net consists of dividend income, foreign currency losses, and other miscellaneous income. We reported other income of approximately $3,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to other expense of approximately $3,000 for the same period in 2013. Dividend income was approximately $1,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. We reported approximately $2,000 of foreign currency gains for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to losses of approximately $4,000 for the same period in 2013.

Income Taxes

        We recorded income tax expense of $304,168 and $281,566 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The higher income tax expense for the first quarter of 2014 is due to an increase in our effective tax rate when compared to the same period in 2013. Our effective tax rate for the first three months of 2014 was 36.8% compared to 30.4% for the same period in 2013. The increase in our effective tax rate was the result of higher state tax expense and the expiration of the research and development tax credit at the end of 2013, partially offset by lower income before provision for income taxes.

50


Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Revenue

        Revenue increased approximately $3.6 million, or 47.6%, to $11.3 million in 2013, from $7.7 million in 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in sales of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. As of December 31, 2013, our estimated installed base of IV infusion pumps increased to approximately 1,771 from 1,347 at the end of 2012.

        Revenue from sales in the U.S. increased approximately $2.3 million, or 39.2%, to $8.1 million in 2013, from $5.8 million in 2012. Revenue from sales internationally increased approximately $1.3 million, or 73.8%, to $3.2 million in 2013, from $1.9 million in 2012. During 2013, revenue from sales to one international customer represented 10.7% of total revenue.

        Revenue from devices was approximately $9.3 million, or 82.3% of total revenue in 2013 compared to $6.0 million, or 78.2% of total revenue in 2012. During 2013, we sold 418 MRI compatible IV infusion pumps compared to 278 in 2012. Our sales during 2013 included two non-recurring orders from a customer in Saudi Arabia for 129 of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. The average selling price of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems in 2013 was approximately $21,000, which was virtually the same price in 2012. This consistent pricing in 2013 and 2012 was primarily due to a shift in our product mix and the relatively higher contribution of international revenue as a percent of total revenue when compared to 2012 as our selling prices to international distributors are lower than those in the U.S.

        Revenue from sales of our disposable IV sets and services was approximately $2.0 million, or 17.7% of total revenue in 2013 compared to $1.7 million, or 21.8% of total revenue in 2012. We expect revenue from disposables and services to increase as the installed base of our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps and systems increases.

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue increased approximately $0.8 million, or 34.2%, to $2.9 million in 2013, from $2.1 million in 2012 primarily as a result of higher revenue. Gross profit increased approximately $2.9 million, or 52.7%, to $8.5 million in 2013 from $5.6 million in 2012. Gross profit increased to 74.8% in 2013, from 72.3% in 2012 primarily due to higher labor utilization and increased equipment utilization rates.

General and Administrative

        General and administrative expense increased approximately $0.8 million, or 54.3%, to $2.4 million in 2013, from $1.6 million in 2012. This increase is primarily due to higher employee benefit related costs and bonuses, the medical excise tax enacted under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, various consulting services, administration fees paid to our GPO's, professional service costs and employee recruiting costs. General and administrative expense as a percent of total revenue increased to 21.1% in 2013, from 20.2% in 2012.

Sales and Marketing

        Sales and marketing expense increased approximately $0.4 million, or 19.0%, to $2.3 million in 2013, from $1.9 million in 2012. This is primarily the result of higher salary and stock compensation costs as we increased the size of our sales team in 2013 when compared to 2012. Sales and marketing expense as a percent of total revenue decreased to 20.3% in 2013, from 25.1% in 2012 as a result of an increase in sales.

51


Table of Contents

Research and Development

        Research and development expense increased approximately $0.3 million, or 54.4%, to $1.0 million in 2013 from, $0.7 million in 2012. This is primarily the result of higher costs for outside engineering and technical writing services related to the continued research and development activities of new MRI compatible products and salary costs due to increased headcount. Research and development expenses as a percent of total revenue increased to 8.9% in 2013, from 8.5% in 2012.

Other Income (Expense), Net

        We reported other expense of approximately $3,000 in 2013, compared to other income of approximately $7,000 in 2012. Dividend income was approximately $6,000 in 2013 and 2012. We reported approximately $23,000 of foreign currency losses in 2013 compared to losses of approximately $12,000 in 2012.

Income Taxes

        We recorded income tax expense of approximately $0.8 million and $0.5 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The higher income tax expense in 2013 is due to higher income before provision for income taxes driven by increased sales. Our effective tax rate in 2013 was 30.4% compared to 32.5% in 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in our state tax expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents balances, cash flow from operations and access to the financial markets. Our principal uses of cash are operating expenses, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and repayment of our officer note payable.

        As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $2.9 million, stockholders' equity of $6.1 million, and working capital of $5.3 million. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.5 million, stockholders' equity of $5.4 million, and working capital of $4.9 million compared to cash and cash equivalents of $1.7 million, stockholders' equity of $3.2 million, and working capital of $2.7 million as of December 31, 2012.

        In our early stages, our principal stockholder and Chief Executive Officer provided funding for operations in the form of an unsecured interest-free note payable with no specified due date. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $6,000 and $520,000 remained outstanding. In March 2014, we repaid with cash the outstanding balance of the officer note payable. We do not expect to continue to borrow funds from this principal stockholder in the future.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2014, cash provided by operations increased approximately $0.6 million to $0.5 million, compared to cash used in operations of $0.1 million for the same period in 2013. This increase was primarily the result of a net increase of approximately $0.2 million related to accrued income taxes resulting from the application of a tax overpayment made during 2013 and an increase of approximately $0.2 million in deferred revenue primarily resulting from the timing of product shipments and the sale of extended warranty contracts. The sum of our net income and certain non-cash expense items, such as stock compensation, depreciation and amortization was approximately $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

        For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, cash provided by operations decreased by approximately $35,000 to $1.47 million in 2013, compared to $1.51 million in 2012. This decrease is the result of a net cash outflow of $218,000 in certain operating assets and liabilities. Accounts receivable increased by $0.4 million, or 25.0% in 2013, to $2.0 million, from $1.6 million in 2012. Inventory decreased by $46,000, or 3.3% in 2013 to $1.34 million, from $1.39 million in 2012. In aggregate, accounts payable and accrued expenses increased by $194,000, or 20.0% in 2013 to $1.16 million, from $970,000 in 2012. The sum of our net income and certain non-cash expense items, such as stock

52


Table of Contents

compensation, depreciation and amortization was $2.3 million in 2013, compared to $1.2 million in 2012.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2014 cash used in investing activities was approximately $9,000 compared to cash used in investing activities of approximately $25,000 for the same period in 2013. We used approximately $4,000 of cash to purchase property and equipment during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and approximately $21,000 for the same period in 2013. We expect our purchases of property and equipment to increase in 2014 compared to 2013 resulting from the relocation of our manufacturing and headquarters facility, which is scheduled to be completed during our third quarter of 2014.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in investing activities was approximately $197,000, compared to $166,000 in 2012. We used $163,000 of cash to purchase property and equipment in 2013 and $113,000 in 2012. In 2013, we capitalized $29,000 of internally developed software used in our products and costs associated with obtaining patents, compared to $49,000 in 2012.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in financing activities was approximately $513,000 compared to $239,000 in 2012, and consisted of payments applied to the officer note payable. As of December 31, 2013, we owed approximately $6,000 on this note, all of which was repaid in cash during March 2014.

        Sales to end users in the United States are generally made on open credit terms. Management maintains an allowance for potential credit losses. At the end of 2013, one customer accounted for 10.8% of gross accounts receivable. At the end of 2012, one customer accounted for 15.4% of gross accounts receivable.

        We have plans to relocate during 2014 and have entered into a lease, commencing June 1, 2014, for a new, nearby facility in Winter Springs, Florida that is approximately 23,000 square-feet. The facility will house our manufacturing operations and corporate headquarters. The new facility has been leased from Susi, LLC, an entity controlled by our President and CEO, Roger Susi. Pursuant to the terms of our lease for the Winter Springs property, the monthly base rent will be $32,583, adjusted annually for changes in the consumer price index.

        We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in the offering. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for research and development, sales and marketing, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for potential acquisitions of products or businesses; however, we currently do not have any agreements or commitments relating to any potential acquisitions.

        We expect that our operating expenses will increase as a result of becoming a public company. Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company, and we will need to comply with laws, regulations, and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related SEC regulations, and will need to comply with the requirements of NASDAQ if our securities are approved for listing. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our operating expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel, and accountants to assist us in, among other things, external reporting, instituting, and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public company will generally make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.

53


Table of Contents

        We have an uncommitted revolving credit facility with Bank of America, National Association ("Bank of America") that provided for a maximum borrowing capacity of $100,000 throughout 2013. Advances on our uncommitted revolving credit facility can be in the form of variable rate advances, fixed rate advances, or term advances. Interest rates on variable interest rate advances would reset weekly at the then applicable LIBOR rate plus a spread, which is determined at the time of the advance. Finance charges on variable rate advances would accrue monthly and are due on the earlier of demand of the first business day of the succeeding month. Fixed rate advances would bear finance charges at a fixed rate of interest established at the time of the advance plus a spread for a period up to 12 months. Each fixed rate advance, together with all accrued finance charges, fees and other charges, would be due upon the earlier of demand or the last day of the fixed rate period. Term advances would bear finance charges at a fixed rate of interest established at the time of the advance plus a spread for a term greater than 12 months. Each term rate advance, together with all accrued finance charges, fees and other charges, would be due upon the earlier of demand or the last day of the term period. An early repayment penalty applies to fixed rate and term rate advances. The early repayment penalty is equal to the amount sufficient to compensate Bank of America for any loss, cost or expense incurred resulting from the early repayment, including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by Bank of America for purposes of these advances. During the first three months of 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not request or obtain any advances from this revolving credit facility.

        We believe our sources of liquidity, including cash flow from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents, and available financing sources will be sufficient to meet our projected cash requirements, including with respect to both the increased operating expenses we expect to incur in connection with being a public company, for at least the next 12 months. Any equity financing may be dilutive to stockholders and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and increase our cost of capital. We will monitor our capital requirements to ensure our needs are in line with available capital resources. From time to time, we may explore additional financing sources to meet our working capital requirements, make continued investment in research and development, expand our business and acquire products or businesses that complement our current business. These actions would likely affect our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds. Our future liquidity and capital requirements will depend on numerous factors, including the:

      Amount and timing of revenue and expenses;

      Extent to which our existing and new products gain market acceptance;

      Extent to which we make acquisitions;

      Cost and timing of product development efforts and the success of these development efforts;

      Cost and timing of selling and marketing activities; and

      Availability of borrowings under line of credit arrangements and the availability of other means of financing.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the Japanese yen ("Yen). The volatility of the Yen depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income as a result of transaction gains (losses) related to revaluing Yen denominated cash and accounts payable balances that are denominated in Yen. In the event our Yen denominated cash, accounts payable or expenses increase, our operating results may be

54


Table of Contents

affected by fluctuations in the Yen exchange rate. If the U.S. Dollar uniformly increased or decreased in strength by 10% relative to the Yen, our net income would have correspondingly increased or decreased by an immaterial amount for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Risk

        When able, we invest excess cash in bank money-market funds or discrete short-term investments. The fair value of our cash equivalents and short-term investments is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates in the U.S. If market interest rates were to change by 10% from levels at March 31, 2014, we expect the corresponding change in fair value of our investments would be immaterial. This is based on sensitivity analyses performed on our financial position as of March 31, 2014. Actual results may differ as our analysis of the effects of changes in interest rates does not account for, among other things, sales of securities prior to maturity and repurchase of replacement securities, the change in mix or quality of the investments in the portfolio, and changes in the relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Under our amended and restated bylaws, we have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences arising as a result of the officer or director serving in such capacity. We have a director and officer liability insurance policy that limits our exposure under these indemnifications and enables us to recover a portion of any future loss arising out of them. In addition, in the normal course of business, we enter into contracts that contain indemnification clauses whereby the Company indemnifies our customers against damages associated with product failures. We have obtained liability insurance providing coverage that limits our exposure for these indemnified matters. We have not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnities. We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnities is minimal and have not recorded a liability for these agreements as of March 31, 2014. We had no other off-balance sheet arrangements during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012 or the three months ended March 31, 2014 that had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        See Note 1 – Organization and Significant Accounting Policies to the Financial Statements contained herein for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on results of our operations and financial condition.

55


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We develop, manufacture, market and distribute MRI compatible products, and today, we are the global market leader in the sale of non-magnetic IV infusion pump systems. We were the first to develop an infusion delivery system that neutralizes the dangers and problems present during MRI procedures. Standard infusion pumps contain magnetic and electronic components which can create radio frequency interference and are dangerous to operate in the presence of the powerful magnet that drives an MR system. Our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system uses a patented non-magnetic ultrasonic motor and other uniquely-designed non-ferrous parts that enable accurate, safe and dependable fluid delivery to patients undergoing an MR procedure. With the expanding use of MRI procedures, both traditional procedures and new intraoperative and interventional procedures, safe and reliable infusion delivery in an MR environment is becoming increasingly important to hospitals and other medical providers. Our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, Roger Susi, is a pioneer in the MRI compatible medical device industry, having invented the first MRI compatible patient monitoring system in 1986 and the first non-magnetic MRI safe infusion system in 2004. Since launching our first generation MRI compatible IV infusion pump system in 2005, we have continued to modify and improve our system, and we have leveraged our development strengths and unique market position to expand our customer base and profitability.

        We sell our products primarily to acute care facilities and outpatient imaging centers, both in the United States and internationally. In fiscal year 2012, we undertook a direct sales strategy in the United States. Today, our direct sales force consists of eight sales representatives, supplemented by two clinical support representatives. Our goal is to expand our U.S. sales force to 10 by the end of 2014. We have distribution agreements with 35 independent distributors selling our products internationally.

        As of March 31, 2014 we estimate that we had approximately 1,917 MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems installed globally. Each system consists of an mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump, mobile stand, and proprietary disposable IV tubing sets and many of these systems contain additional optional upgrade accessories. We generate revenue from the one-time sale of pumps and accessories, ongoing service contracts and the sale of disposable IV tubing used during each scan. Our revenue growth has accelerated since initiating our direct sales effort. In fiscal year 2013, our revenue reached $11.3 million and our operating profit was $2.8 million representing an operating margin of 24.6%. This operating margin reflects the blended results of our IV infusion pumps, pump upgrades and disposable IV tubing sets.

History and Development

        Mr. Susi founded Invivo Research Inc. in 1979 where he developed the first MRI compatible patient monitoring system. Mr. Susi served as the President of Invivo Research Inc. from 1979 until 1998, and as its Chairman of the Board of Directors from 1998 until 2000. Under Mr. Susi's leadership, Invivo Research matured from a start-up medical device company into a leading producer of vital signs monitoring devices during MRI procedures. Invivo Research was acquired by Invivo Corporation in 1992, which began trading on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange in 1994. Mr. Susi served as a Director of Invivo Corporation from 1998 until 2000 and oversaw technical areas from 2000 to 2004. Invivo Corporation was acquired by Intermagnetics General Corporation in 2004 for $152 million, at which time Invivo Corporation had generated revenues of approximately $58.5 million for the prior 12 months. The Invivo system, currently owned by Koninklijke Philips NV (NYSE: PHG), continues to maintain its position as the market-leading MRI compatible vital signs monitor.

        Mr. Susi began exploring the market for an MRI compatible IV infusion pump while at Invivo. Invivo subsequently disclaimed any interest in the infusion pump and acknowledged that Mr. Susi was

56


Table of Contents

free to pursue the infusion pump development for his own account. Accordingly, after leaving Invivo in January 2004, Mr. Susi began the formal and detailed development of what subsequently has become our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system. During 2005, he assembled a team of individuals experienced in the medical device industry, many of whom were former employees of Invivo. This first generation MRI compatible IV infusion pump system and its associated proprietary IV tubing sets obtained FDA market clearance in March 2005 after which point we began our sales and marketing efforts.

        We initially marketed the product ourselves in the U.S. with limited sales staff, and within one year, commenced international sales through a network of distributors. In 2006, we signed an exclusive distribution agreement with Mallinckrodt/Tyco Healthcare (now Covidien (NYSE: COV)) for domestic and Canadian distribution of our products including the mRidium 3850 MRI compatible IV infusion pump system. The exclusive arrangement ended in 2010, allowing us to implement a direct marketing strategy with our own sales force in the U.S. and Canada.

        In 2009, we introduced our second generation MRI compatible IV infusion pump system, the mRidium 3860+ which improved upon the previous 3850 version in a number of areas, including the addition of SpO2, blood oxygen saturation monitoring, and remote wireless monitoring capability. An SpO2 monitor can signal when an insufficient level of oxygen is being supplied to the body. Our mRidium 3860+ is the leading MRI compatible IV infusion pump system on the market today. In 2011, we introduced the iMagox product line, a standalone SpO2 patient monitor which was based on our MRI compatible SpO2 monitoring system with a wireless remote control for international distribution only.

        MRI is a widely-used, non-invasive medical imaging technique to visualize vital organs, body function and to identify blockages, abnormalities and growths. MRI is generally considered safer than other scanning techniques that expose the body to radiation. This is particularly true for children. As such, hospitals and other medical facilities have been increasingly developing and using MRI for new procedures. These procedures include cardiac stress testing, intraoperative MRI and neurology MRI techniques. Our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump offers a way to deliver critical IV fluids safely and accurately, thereby allowing the expanded use of MRI procedures.

        While the benefits and utility of interventional MR are known, there are hazards intrinsic to the MR environment which must be respected. These hazards may be attributed to a powerful static magnetic field, pulsed gradient magnetic fields, and pulsed radio frequency fields. The MRI suite is a harsh place for medical devices, and safe and proper patient care requires specialty equipment that is specifically designed and built for the MR environment. Many of the dangers and problems present in the MR environment can be solved through use of non-magnetic equipment that have operational safeguards and that maintain performance standards within a harsh magnetic environment while maintaining patient safety. Designing an IV infusion pump system to operate safely and effectively in the MR environment requires overcoming significant technical hurdles.

        Intravenous fluids are needed during MRI procedures for many different reasons. Infusion pumps provide sedation to patients who are not able to lie still during an MRI scan and a continuous flow of critical medications to seriously ill patients. Given the benefits to patient safety, radiology departments performing the scan, anesthesia departments delivering sedation and critical care specialists responsible for delivering critical medications during MRI procedures often initiate requests for an MRI compatible IV infusion pump.

57


Table of Contents

        For those medical facilities that do not currently own an MRI compatible IV infusion pump, there are five general methods that are used to deal with patients undergoing an MRI who require IV medications during their imaging procedure: (1) use conventional (magnetic) pumps with long IV lines that extend outside the MRI scanner room; (2) do not offer MRI treatment to patients requiring IV medications or sedation; (3) proceed and accept patients for an MRI procedure but stop the flow of IV fluids during the procedure; (4) allow the uncontrolled free drip of IV fluids; and (5) attempt to shield a conventional IV infusion pump. All of these approaches have severe drawbacks.

        Use of multiple lengths of extension tubing can cause inaccurate readings and false alarms or, more seriously, delayed alarms for equipment issues such as occlusion, especially when low flow rates are being used. Such makeshift extension sets can also affect the effectiveness of fluid delivery. A clinician's adjustment of dosage and other settings may take longer to reach the patient due to the over-extended tubing.

        Further, there are risks in using a conventional IV infusion pump that is mistakenly believed to be at a safe distance from the MR scanner. The powerful magnetic fields may cause metal objects in the MR environment to be drawn with great force into the bore of the MR system, resulting in potentially deadly projectiles. Moreover, an MR scanner's gradient magnetic field and RF fields can send currents in cables and other conductive materials that are near the MR system and cause the cables to heat. Hot cables may result in burns if they come into contact with a patient. Other problems include devices malfunctioning if they are not properly designed for use in the harsh MR environment and low-quality images due to artifacts caused by RF interference emitted from ancillary equipment.

        To deal with the harsh environment of MR, some manufacturers have offered a "shielded box" solution for use with their conventional IV pumps. Outside of the U.S., B. Braun, Arcomed, and Fresenius Kabi recently introduced a proprietary RF shielded aluminum housing, known as a Faraday cage. The "shielded box" approach has also been offered internationally in the past by Mammendorfer Institut für Physik und Medizin, GmbH, but gained little traction. The major problem with this approach is that a highly magnetic conventional IV infusion pump is still being introduced into a hazardous MRI environment which can lead to projectile accidents. Moreover, a Faraday cage with the conventional IV infusion pump must be kept approximately 5 to 10 feet from the scanner. By contrast, our product can be safely placed anywhere in the scanner room including next to the scanner. We are not aware of any "shielded box" installations in use in the U.S. or any with a FDA 510(k) clearance and hence, we expect little current competition from this approach in the U.S.

        We believe that our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system is the first and only product to provide an easy-to-operate, non-magnetic, safe and RF quiet solution and hence a truly MR compatible product.

Market Opportunities

        During 2012, our only direct competitor in the MRI compatible IV infusion pump business, Bayer Radiology (formerly MEDRAD, Inc.), became the subject of an FDA recall with respect to its market-leading Continuum device. In mid-2012, Bayer Radiology announced that it was discontinuing, until further notice, all new sales of Continuum leaving us as the only global supplier of MRI compatible IV infusion pumps. During 2013, Bayer Radiology announced its decision to commence removal of its pump systems from the U.S. market, and to discontinue support throughout the world by June 30, 2015 due to ongoing regulatory issues, at which time Bayer Radiology will end its limited supply of its proprietary consumable IV sets that some current customers are receiving.

58


Table of Contents

        As a result of Bayer Radiology's announced exit from the market, we anticipate that many Continuum customers will replace their MRI compatible IV infusion pumps with our mRidium 3860+ system. We are continuing to expand our direct sales force in the U.S. and believe that our pump sales will be favorably impacted by the exodus of Bayer. We intend to market aggressively to this existing user base as well as to new potential users

        We currently market our MRI compatible infusion pumps primarily to the MRI departments of hospitals. We believe, however, that there is potential for expanded deployment of our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps within the Intensive Care Unit ("ICU"), Emergency Room ("ER"), and other locations within the hospital with a high probability that interventional radiology procedures will need to be performed on patients. Expanded use of our additional MRI compatible IV infusion pumps would serve as a type of transport pump and allow for consistent administration of IV fluids without interruption and easy transfer from the ICU or ER to the MRI scanner room.

        It frequently becomes necessary for a patient in the ICU or ER who is connected to an IV infusion pump that is delivering critical medications to be quickly moved to the MRI facility for immediate imaging. The presence of multiple MRI compatible IV infusion pumps or pump channels, for each IV line, enables the orderly and rapid transfer between IV infusion pumps by allowing patients to be prepared for an MR procedure and setup on our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump in the ICU or ER. Seriously ill patients are generally at higher risk when they are away from the resources of the ICU or ER, and efficient IV infusion pump transfer minimizes the time the patient spends away from the ICU or ER.

        We believe there is a link between the number of infusions and infusion pumps and the onset of equipment-related adverse events during the intra-facility transport of critically ill patients. We therefore believe that placing our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps in ICU and ER facilities could reduce patient adverse events associated with the transport and pump exchange within the hospital.

        Recently some hospitals have begun to use MRI during surgical procedures. Neurosurgical interventions have been at the forefront of this development in image-guided surgery, followed by otolaryngological procedures. As MR-guided intervention during surgery has been deployed, the degree of complexity in supplemental devices has increased markedly. Much of the effort required for successful implementation of intraoperative MRI has been in development and testing of anesthesia equipment, patient monitoring devices, infusion pumps and surgical instruments and accessories, all of which need to be MRI compatible if used near the MRI scanner. Intraoperative MRI is expanding demand for our MRI compatible IV infusion pump system from the MRI suite to the surgical suite of the hospital, again with multiple pump channels for multiple IV lines.

        The following table summarizes the current potential worldwide market opportunity for MRI compatible IV infusion pumps systems. The worldwide base of installed MRI scanners is estimated at over 35,000, and we estimate that 15,500 of those scanners are located in acute care facilities with

59


Table of Contents

favorable market conditions as defined by us, that would benefit directly from MRI compatible IV infusion pumps.

 
  U.S.   ROW  

Current Installed Base of MRI Scanners

    11,453     23,845  

Current Base of Acute Facilities with Pump favorable market conditions

    7,500     8,000  

Potential Pumps Based Upon Current Usage Practices (see below)

    12,000     9,600  

MEDRAD Replacement Pump Opportunity

    3,200     1,500  

        We believe that of the total 11,453 U.S. installed base of MRI scanners, approximately 7,500 are installed in acute care facilities of sufficient sophistication as to be considered supporting favorable market conditions for our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. Of the facilities currently using MRI compatible IV infusion pumps, many have elected to purchase more than one IV infusion pump per MRI scanner installed. Therefore, based upon our historical sales and customer pump purchases, we estimate that our current market opportunity in the U.S. represents 12,000 MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems to equip the 7,500 MRIs in acute care facilities. Near term, the U.S. market is also more advanced in the purchase of MRI compatible products and accessories and hence represents the greatest potential for our products.

        Consider that today, we have approximately 1,180 mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps sold in the U.S. in just over 560 facilities. Our current market opportunity is to equip the remaining MRIs located in acute care facilities, as well as to continue marketing to our existing customers and exploiting the operational merits and efficiencies of having multiple IV infusion pumps to support each MRI system. Included within the current 12,000 U.S. MRI compatible IV infusion pump opportunities are an estimated 3,200 MEDRAD systems which are being removed from the market no later than 2015. We intend to aggressively market our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps as replacement systems. Further, we estimate that new MRI scanner installations in the U.S. are growing at a rate of approximately 5% each year, 300 of which represent new installations at acute care facilities and hence, potential users of our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system.

        Market studies estimate the installed base of MRI scanners outside the U.S. to be 23,845 systems. We estimate that 8,000 of those systems are located in acute care facilities of sufficient sophistication as to be considered supporting favorable market conditions for MRI compatible IV infusion pumps. Based upon historical customer pump purchases and our sales history, many of our customers use more than one IV infusion pump system per MRI scanner. Outside the U.S., we estimate a potential opportunity to sell 9,600 MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. Europe and Japan have represented the largest markets for our MRI compatible products in international markets, and we expect they shall continue to offer the greatest potential.

        We have a total installed base in Europe of approximately 250 mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps, and we estimate that competitors such as MEDRAD have placed significantly more than 250. We estimate that Europe has a current installed base of 3,700 MRI scanners located in acute care facilities with favorable market conditions offering us the potential to sell over 4,400 MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. In terms of future growth, an estimated 250 new MRIs will be installed in these acute care facilities each year in Europe. Japan represents a market potential similar to that of Europe, but is likely to develop more gradually. We have a current installed base in Japan of approximately 75 mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps, and we believe that Japan has

60


Table of Contents

approximately 2,500 MRI scanners in acute care facilities with favorable market conditions creating the potential for us to sell 3,100 MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems.

        The rest of the world outside of Europe and Japan ("ROW") represents a diverse area including developed markets such as Canada, Hong Kong, Australia, and certain parts of the Middle East. It also contains many less favorable markets that have lower quality of patient care, where patient safety and therefore MRI compatible IV infusion pumps are less of a priority. Though market studies show over 10,000 MRI scanners installed in these regions, we estimate that in the ROW 1,800 MRI scanners are located in acute care facilities with favorable market conditions and the potential for us to sell 2,100 MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. We have 265 mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps installed in the ROW, which includes two non-recurring orders from Saudi Arabia in 2013 totaling 129 mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems.

Our Products

        The mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system is based upon a patented non-magnetic ultrasonic motor and other uniquely-designed non-ferrous parts in order to provide accurate and dependable fluid delivery to patients undergoing an MRI procedure. Our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system has been designed to offer numerous advantages to hospitals, clinicians and patients. mRidium's strengths include the following:

        The following diagram is an aerial view of an MRI scanner room with a top-of-the-line 3T magnet. The gauss-lines illustrate the distance from the magnet where various types of infusion pumps can safely operate. Our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump is the only pump on the market

61


Table of Contents

approved to operate safely and reliably near the patient (area shown in blue). All of the other pumps must either be placed at a distance from the MRI scanner or outside of the scanner room entirely.

GRAPHIC

        Our MRI compatible IV infusion pump system includes the 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump, proprietary single-use IV tubing sets, a non-magnetic pole and a lithium battery. In addition, we offer optional upgrade systems including the 3865 Remote Display/Control, 3861 Side Car, DERS, and an SpO2 monitor as discussed below.

        The mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system was introduced in 2009 and improved upon the strong performance and features of our first generation mRidium 3850 MRI compatible IV infusion pump system. Our pump systems can operate dependably in the presence of 0.2T to 3T magnets and are fully operational up to the 10,000 gauss-line. This means they are highly versatile and can operate virtually anywhere in the MRI scanner room, including close to the MRI scanner. The mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system has a 10-key numeric input keypad making our system easy to accurately program and operate. Our pumping range of 0.1 mL per hour to 1400 mL per hour provides a broad range of fluid flow control. Our broad range of infusion rates support differing patient needs including low levels for pediatric sedation, mid-levels for continued IV infusion of medications to critically-ill patients and high levels in the event of emergency situations. Our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system offers a dose rate calculator, bolus dose programming, full alarm settings, and a rechargeable battery with a 12-hour battery life.

62


Table of Contents

        The mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system utilizes proprietary fluid delivery tubing sets, each known as an "IV tubing set." Each use of our MRI compatible IV infusion pump requires a disposable IV tubing set. We offer a variety of IV tubing sets for varying MRI scenarios and these include our standard "spike" infusion set, syringe adapter infusion set, extension infusion set, and our unique bypass infusion set. All of our IV tubing sets are latex-free and DEHP-free.

        We offer a fully-functional and weighted non-magnetic IV pole that is designed for mobility within the hospital and the MRI scanner room. The IV pole can support two mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pumps, each with a side car. The IV pole is 66 inches (1.68 meters) high, stabilized with a wide pole radius and mobilized with five casters designed to roll easily during transport. The IV pole is equipped with four aluminum hooks for holding fluids.

        Our 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system gives customers the ability to adapt their systems to meet their specific needs. In addition to our standard product features, we also offer system upgrades which include a wireless remote control/display, a modular add-on second IV channel through our "Side Car," DERS and an imbedded SpO2 monitor. We also offer rechargeable lithium polymer battery packs which have 12-hour battery life when not connected to an electrical outlet.

        Our wireless remote control units allow for complete control and monitoring of the mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system from the control room (outside of the MRI scan room). The 3865 mRidium Wireless Remote relays all commands and displays information bi-directionally between

63


Table of Contents

the MRI compatible IV infusion pump and the remote control unit. Utilizing the same user interface and large bright display as the mRidium pump, our wireless remote control unit permits clinicians to adjust all pump parameters, including SpO2 monitoring parameters, rates, dose, volume, pump run/stop, alarms (adjust or reset), as well as real-time titration. Our remote control unit utilizes a proven MRI compatible 2.4 GHz FH (frequency hopping) spread spectrum radio technology for artifact-free operation that does not disturb the MRI imaging process. Clinicians may also use the remote control unit to adjust a second pump channel when used in combination with our Side Car unit discussed below. Our 3865 mRidium Wireless Remote also functions as a battery charger for our mRidium battery pack.

        Our Side Car Pump Module can be attached to our 3860+ mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump to provide a second channel for infusion delivery. This flexible option allows hospitals to convert their single-channel infusion pump into a dual-channel system designed to deliver both large and small volume fluids in the MRI scanner room. The side car is fully functional with our 3865 mRidium Wireless Remote, allowing clinicians the ability to control both channels with one remote control unit outside of the MR scanner room. The additional delivery line has all of the same features and benefits as the 3860+ mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump, as described above.

        Our DERS for use with our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system incorporates the latest drug safety features for patients. The DERS system enables users to create a unique drug library and establish nominal values and limits for dose and concentration for specified infusion protocols. With DERS, patient safety and user convenience are supported by user-programmed infusion hard limits (maximum and minimum) and soft limits (high and low limits that require user confirmation to exceed). The dose applied via DERS is displayed and can be adjusted directly (titrated) on the running screen at any time during the infusion. The universal memory card port allows for easy archiving and updating of the drug library.

        Our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system also offers state-of-the-art Masimo SET® SpO2 TM capability providing a unique ability to have SpO2 monitoring and IV delivery combined in one unit. This feature offers users the ability to start sedations outside of the MRI scanner room, transport to the scanner, and then back to recovery without having to discontinue SpO2 monitoring on the patient. In addition, our fiber optic MRI-SpO2 sensor and accessories provide a safe connection between the patient and our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps. This fiber optic-based SpO2 sensor delivers outstanding performance while avoiding potentially hazardous heating or image artifact during MR scans. The method of patient attachment uses a medical-grade silicone rubber sensor grip that allows easy and convenient attachment to the patient's hand or foot, and accommodates pediatric, adult, and infant patients with various size grips.

        We believe our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump system and its customizable features comprehensively and uniquely address the needs of MRI departments within hospitals and other medical facilities.

        We also offer two products exclusively to non-U.S. customers. These products consist of the 2460 iMagox MRI SpO2 Monitor and the 2465 iMagox Remote Control.

64


Table of Contents

        The iMagox 2460 MRI Pulse Oximeter System uses Masimo SET® Technology and is approved for use in the presence of 0.2 to 3T magnets and operational up to the 10,000 gauss-line. Our digital MRI pulse oximeter simultaneously measures and displays the functional oxygen saturation and pulse rate of adult, pediatric and infant patients. The large display provides digital and waveform data with SpO2 alarms and user messages, which can be easily seen within the MR scanner room. When fully charged, the battery supporting this system will provide up to 24 hours of continuous operation. The unique rear clamp mechanism swivels to allow mounting on either a non-magnetic IV pole, or for mounting to a bed side rail. This portability combined with the system's extended battery life gives clinicians at medical facilities the freedom to administer continuous patient monitoring before, during and after an MRI scan. Our iMagox system also provides an optional wireless remote and display described below.

        The iMagox 2465 Wireless Remote and Display allows for monitoring and control of the MRI Pulse Oximeter from outside the MR scanner room. Our remote allows users to adjust all oximeter parameters and reset alarms. The wireless remote, which is designed for plug-and-play use and requires no installation, is fitted with a large display and utilizes the same user interface as the 2460 MRI Pulse Oximeter. The remote also acts as a charger for a backup or spare battery pack for the iMagox 2460 MRI Pulse Oximeter. It utilizes a wireless link at 2.4 GHz for reliable communication with no image artifacts.

Strategy

        Our objective is to become the leader in providing safe and effective care for all patients undergoing MRI procedures through the development and commercialization of a portfolio of MRI compatible products. By increasing the safety parameters of equipment operating within the harsh magnetic environment of the MRI scanner room, we hope to enable hospitals and other healthcare providers to offer the MRI diagnostic procedures patients desperately require. In particular, our goal is to increase the safety of MRI diagnostics for critically ill patients and children by minimizing potential complications with IV infusions and vital signs monitoring.

        We seek to grow our business by, among other things:

        We believe that the largest potential market for our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps is the segment of the market that is currently using workaround solutions. Such solutions include using conventional pumps outside the MRI scanner room and attaching multiple extension lines of IV tubing sets through the wall or under the door into the magnet room to reach the patient. This practice of makeshift setups is fraught with risks to the patient and unnecessary costs and inefficiencies. These risks and inefficiencies include:

65


Table of Contents

        We believe that increased market awareness and education will be required for potential customers to appreciate the value for patients and the hospital of an efficient and patient-safe MRI environment which includes MRI compatible IV infusion pumps.

        Our management team collectively has more than 100 years of experience with MRI compatible products. We have entrenched relationships with many of the industry's top thought leaders and we have, and will continue to, closely collaborate with them to build upon mRidium's innovative MRI compatible technologies to create next generation pump systems. We intend to leverage this experience and collaboration to innovate and commercialize other technologically-advanced MRI patient care products, such as a device for assisting resuscitation and a thermal management unit.

        We currently have under development a new resuscitation device with multi-parameter vital signs that is MRI compatible and which we plan to launch in 2015. When providing anesthesia care in the MRI environment, the same requirements for safe resuscitation and monitoring that apply in a typical operating room must be satisfied. Our device is being developed using MRI compatible technology to safely deliver therapy and monitor all of the required basic vital signs parameters including electrocardiography, pulse oximetry, non-invasive blood pressure, capnography, and temperature. Our device will be designed to have a monitoring/remote station, with wireless communication capability outside of the scanner room (in the control room).

        We have an experienced team of engineering and operations managers committed to improving on existing MRI patient care designs through our internal development efforts and the acquisition of technologies and intellectual property of others. We have an effective and growing direct sales organization in the U.S. and a team of experienced international distributors that can effectively go to market with additional MRI patient care products. We intend to actively analyze opportunities to improve our product mix and profitability.

        We believe that the MRI compatible IV infusion pump market is still in its early stages of growth given the low rate of market penetration, and we aim to drive increased awareness and adoption of our products by:

        We believe the most meaningful aspect of our commercialization strategy in the U.S. is the continued development and expansion of our direct sales force. Since there is no current direct competitor for an MRI compatible IV infusion pump, our focus is on expansion of the market through better education on advantages to patients, clinicians and hospitals of our products and the shortcomings of current workaround solutions. Our challenge in the past has been an understaffed direct sales team and a limited ability to educate our potential customers.

66


Table of Contents

        Since 2011, our U.S. sales team has grown from one sales representative to a team of eight direct sales representatives and two clinical support representatives. We intend to continue to grow our specialized, MRI product-focused sales team to 10 and to support it with clinical support representatives as the business dictates. We will market to current users of the Continuum system of our former competitor, Bayer Radiology, who will soon be without a viable solution. In addition, we believe that we can significantly increase sales of our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump by also calling on anesthesia and critical care departments, to help influence hospitals' purchasing decisions. We believe that this strategy will likely expand the number of acute care facilities using our MRI compatible products and increase the average number of MRI compatible IV infusion pumps per acute MRI.

        Internationally, our focus in 2014 and beyond is to work with our distributors in key target markets, such as Europe and Japan, to expand the business and augment our market penetration rates. In the future, we plan to expand our internal capacity to serve these high potential markets by adding dedicated regional sales managers located outside the U.S. to oversee our relationships at the local level.

        We currently have an initiative to develop a white paper that documents the risks and additional costs associated with using a workaround solution of running long lines from conventional IV pumps outside the MRI scanner room. We believe that this kind of evidence-based documentation will help us to provide widespread education to the clinicians that are driving clinical practice. We also believe that documented evidence will serve to inform the quality and risk management leaders in these organizations, which in turn may help drive the overall adoption of our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump.

        We believe that the expectations of our customers for service and a superior user experience have risen with the advancement of technology. Once a customer purchases a mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump, it is imperative that they receive first-class clinical education and support to encourage adoption of our products. We have devoted a significant amount of time and training to ensure that this educational experience is a success. This training is performed most commonly by our sales staff and is augmented by our clinical support representatives; however, we intend to hire more clinical support specialists to improve our initial training experience and ongoing customer support. We believe that a positive user experience will be critical to driving increased rates of utilization of our products.

Intellectual Property

        We protect our proprietary technology through a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality agreements and patents. During the development of our products, our founder, Roger Susi, obtained a number of patents regarding our MRI compatible IV infusion pump and related systems. Mr. Susi has irrevocably assigned these patents to us. We consider our patents important but do not believe our future success is dependent upon patents. We have nine issued U.S. patents and four issued foreign patents. We also have a number of U.S. patent applications pending. These patents and patent applications relate to several of our products, including our MRI compatible IV infusion pump system and its components. We intend to file patent applications with respect to future patentable developments and improvements when we believe that such protection is in our best interest.

67


Table of Contents

        We entered into a Purchasing and Licensing Agreement with Masimo Corporation (NASDAQ: MASI) ("Masimo") as of April 23, 2009. Under the agreement, Masimo granted us the nonexclusive worldwide license to incorporate Masimo's circuit boards into our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps, to make and sell our sensors for use with such pumps, and to distribute such pumps and sensors for use in MRI applications. The agreement provides for a five-year term which is automatically renewable for successive one-year periods, with either party having the right to terminate the agreement upon six months' notice before the end of any term. In March 2014, the agreement with Masimo was renewed for one year. There can be no assurance of our ability to renew this agreement in the future.

        In April of 2013, Rydex Corporation ("Rydex") filed a Complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 5,913,180 entitled "Fluid Delivery Control Nozzle." On October 18, 2013, Rydex filed a Notice of Voluntary Dismissal stating that we had not answered such Complaint or filed a summary judgment motion. In November of 2013, Rydex filed an Amended Complaint against us in the same court alleging infringement of such patent. The claim was later voluntarily dismissed by Rydex and we believe the Rydex allegations were meritless, but there can be no assurance that these assertions, or any similar future assertions, will not result in liability or damages payable by us.

        In October 2012, Radimed Gesellschaft für Kommunikationsdienstleistungen und Medizintechnik mbH ("Radimed") brought an action in Düsseldorf Regional Court against our German distributor alleging the name and sign "iRadimed" was confusingly similar to their German trademark "Radimed." A judgment was rendered against our German distributor preventing use of the name and sign "iRadimed" in Germany. We have however continued to sell products in Germany without any discernible effect by using the product name IRI Development. On July 31, 2013, Radimed filed a lawsuit against us and our founder, Roger Susi, in Düsseldorf Regional Court, alleging that we infringed their German and Community trademarks "Radimed" and seeking to prevent our use of the name, sign and domain name "iRadimed" in the European Union. In addition, Radimed is seeking unspecified damages. We will vigorously defend against the infringement claims. However, the ultimate outcome of the matter remains uncertain. If we receive an adverse judgment, we may be prevented from marketing our products in the European Union under the name and sign "iRadimed" and may be required to pay Radimed's attorneys' fees, the court fees and damages, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

        We have applied to federally register the iRadimed trademark in the U.S.

        We also rely on trade secret, copyright and other laws and on confidentiality agreements to protect our technology, but we believe that neither our patents nor other legal rights will necessarily prevent third parties from developing or using similar or related technology to compete against our products. Moreover, our technology may be viewed as improvements or adaptations of known MRI infusion technology, which might be duplicated or discovered through our patents, reverse engineering or both.

Sales and Marketing

        We sell our MRI compatible products through our direct sales force in the U.S. and independent distributors internationally. In the U.S., we sell our products through our eight direct sales representatives and two clinical support representatives. We have distribution agreements for our products with 35 independent distributors selling our products internationally. We have developed an experienced team of distributors that have a strong MRI/radiology product portfolio and focus. Our international distributors are managed by our VP of International Sales, an industry veteran with over 20 years in the IV infusion pump business and eight years as our sales manager. Our distributors include Kyorin-Systemac and Saegeling Medizintechnik.

68


Table of Contents

        Selling cycles for medical devices vary widely but are typically three to six months in duration. To supplement the efforts of our sales and clinical support representatives, we produce and distribute videos that provide users of our mRidium products an easy means for learning clinical applications. These videos guide users through a detailed step-by-step process in using our products, including initial product set-up, selection of infusion sets, loading the infusion pump, programming the pump, managing alarms and alerts and prompts, SpO2 monitoring, and other advanced functions. Users also benefit from our detailed operator manuals and 24/7 technical support via telephone.

        The principal customers for our MRI compatible products include hospitals and acute care facilities. A customer's decision to use our products is typically made by the radiologist and anesthesiologist, or department administrative director. We serve these customers through our sales and service specialists and believe that our specialists are well-positioned to build upon these customer relationships. We communicate with our customers on a regular basis in an attempt to understand potential issues or concerns as well as to improve our products and services in response to their needs. Product orders and inquiries are handled by trained service representatives who communicate with customers after equipment shipments, installations and service repair calls. All feedback and measures being taken to ensure satisfaction are reported regularly to our management. We have also implemented various other programs which enable us to assess our customers' needs. These programs include regular surveys and visits to product sites.

        We enter into agreements with healthcare supply contracting companies, commonly referred to as GPOs in the U.S., which enable us to sell and distribute our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems to their member hospitals. GPOs negotiate volume purchase prices for hospitals, group practices, and other clinics that are members of a GPO. Our agreements with GPOs typically include the following provisions:

        Under these agreements, we are required to pay the GPOs a fee of three percent of the sales of our products to hospitals, group practices, and other acute care facilities that are members of the GPO. We currently have contracts with four major GPOs that effectively give us the ability to sell to more than 95% of all U.S. acute care facilities.

69


Table of Contents

        During 2013, revenue from one international customer represented 10.7% of total revenue, which involved non-recurring orders from Saudi Arabia. In fiscal year 2013, 71.4% of our revenue was generated from U.S. sales and 28.6% was generated from international sales.

        We generally do not have a significant backlog of firm orders, as our sales are made on purchase orders requiring just in time delivery.

        Our mRidium MRI compatible IV infusion pump system received the Frost and Sullivan Technology award in 2005.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

        We assemble our products in our facilities in Winter Park, Florida, from components and sub-assemblies purchased from outside suppliers. We perform final assembly, testing and packaging to control quality and manufacturing efficiency. We purchase components and sub-assemblies from qualified suppliers that are subject to our stringent quality specifications and inspections by us. We conduct quality audits of our key suppliers, several of which are experienced in the supply of components to manufacturers of finished medical devices or disposables for use with these medical devices. Our historical track record of producing MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems has been good; however, there can be no assurance that this trend will continue or that we will be able to produce sufficient units to reach our expected revenue growth rates.

        The non-magnetic ultra-sonic motor which drives our MRI compatible IV infusion pump is sole-sourced from a major multinational Japanese manufacturing company with whom we have an excellent long-term relationship. This company has exclusively provided us with these motors since 2005, and we recently renewed our exclusive supply agreement with this company for another five years through 2019. We have never encountered a significant supply interruption from this manufacturer and have received no indications that there might be disruptions of the supply of these motors in the future. We have routinely averaged no more than a two-month supply of these motors in our inventory. The supplier has committed to maintaining our supply and delivering on a timely basis. We have identified two additional suppliers who may be able to produce an ultra-sonic motor essentially identical to our current motor. However, we believe that adding or switching to an alternate supplier would require six months to a year.

        Our former supplier of IV sets has ceased business operations. Though this has not had a material impact upon our operations, we now have two alternate suppliers of our IV sets. The first is our own in-house IV set manufacturing capability, and the second is an OEM located in central Florida. We have increased our current in-house clean room production capacity by adding staff and implementing a second production shift. We expect our in-house capabilities coupled with production capacity of the new OEM should be sufficient to meet expected customer demand for the foreseeable future.

70


Table of Contents

        Other sole or limited supply devices and components of our products include the following:

        We place significant emphasis on providing quality products and services to our customers. Quality management and oversight play an essential role in understanding and meeting customer requirements, effectively resolving quality issues and improving our products and services. We have a network of quality systems throughout our facilities that relate to the design, development, assembly, packaging, sterilization, handling, distribution and labeling of our products. To assess and facilitate compliance with applicable requirements, we periodically review our quality systems to determine their effectiveness and identify areas for improvement.

        In January 2007, we received ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certification and met the requirements under the European Medical Device Directive to use the CE Mark, thereby allowing us to continue to market our products in the European Community. These certificates were last renewed on January 17, 2013, and will need renewal again in January 2016.

Competition

        We do not believe there is currently any direct competition for our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems. Our only direct competitor in the MRI compatible IV infusion pump market, Bayer Radiology, formerly MEDRAD, Inc., announced during 2013 its decision to remove its competing Continuum pump system from the market, and to discontinue support throughout the world by June 30, 2015 due to ongoing regulatory issues. As a result, we believe that our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pump is the only true MRI compatible IV infusion pump available today. Bayer Radiology's announcement provided that it planned to remove the actual product from customers in

71


Table of Contents

the field, and that it would no longer offer the disposable proprietary IV tubing sets after June 30, 2015.

        The medical device and IV infusion market is highly regulated and is typically one of the areas that the FDA scrutinizes closely for new market introductions. Because of this, the 510(k) FDA clearance process for new pumps is usually long and requires significant testing and documentation. This long development timeline coupled with the low market penetration to date may discourage new competitors from undertaking a complex project like building an MRI compatible IV infusion pump. However, the medical products industry is generally characterized by intense competition and extensive research and development. We believe, that the market for MRI compatible IV infusion pump products is in relatively early stages of development and may become highly competitive if, and when, the market develops further.

        Outside of the U.S., we also compete with manufacturers of "shielded box" solutions that are intended to permit use of conventional IV pumps inside the MR scanner room. The providers of shielded boxes include B. Braun, Fresenius Kabi, MIPM Mammendorfer Institut für Physik und Medizin, and Arcomed. The market for medical products is subject to rapid change due to an increasingly competitive, cost-conscious environment and to government programs intended to reduce the cost of medical care. Many of these manufacturers and distributors of medical equipment are large, well-established companies whose resources, reputations and ability to leverage existing customer relationships might give them a competitive advantage over us. Our SpO2 products, which measure blood oxygen saturation, also compete indirectly with many other methods currently used to measure blood oxygen levels or the effects of low blood oxygen levels.

        Another potential competitor may be CareFusion Corporation (NYSE: CFN), a major medical device manufacturer, given its dominant position in the conventional IV infusion pump market, in light of its $100 million minority investment in Caesarea Medical Electronics ("CME") in December 2013. CME manufactured Bayer Radiology's Continuum Pump System. In addition, B. Braun may seek to obtain FDA clearance for its SpaceStation MRI Trolley, currently only available outside the U.S., which allows traditional B. Braun IV infusion pumps to be used in the MR environment.

        Many of our potential customers opt not to purchase our MRI compatible IV infusion pump systems and instead use makeshift workarounds, such as placing conventional IV infusion devices outside of the MR scanning room and utilizing extension tubing to reach the patient. To this extent, we are in competition with conventional IV infusion pump manufacturers and distributors.

        There are many manufacturers of conventional IV infusion pump devices, and if any of these manufacturers, or other potential competitors, decide to enter into the MRI compatible IV infusion pump market, they may have competitive advantages over us. Many of these potential competitors have established reputations, customer relationships and marketing, distribution and service networks. In addition, they have substantially longer histories in the medical products industry, larger product lines and greater financial, technical, manufacturing, management, and research and development budgets. Many of these potential competitors may have long-term product supply relationships with our potential customers.

        We believe that a company's reputation for producing accurate, reliable and technologically-advanced products, references from users, features (speed, safety, ease of use, patient convenience and range of applicability), product effectiveness and price are the principal competitive factors in the medical products industry.

72


Table of Contents

Seasonality

        Our business is seasonal. Our third quarter sales have typically been lower, compared to other fiscal quarters, principally because the fiscal quarter coincides with the summer vacation season, especially in the U.S., Europe, and Japan.

Research and Development

        Our research and development efforts focus on developing innovative products by utilizing our established core competencies in MR compatible technologies and feedback from strategic relationships with hospitals, acute medical facilities and medical equipment manufacturers for new product ideas. Our research and development efforts are driven by the leadership of our founder, Roger Susi, assisted by five engineers and technical professionals with significant experience in product design.

Regulatory Matters

    Governmental Regulation and Other Matters

        Our medical device products are subject to extensive, complex and increasing oversight and regulation by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration ("FDA"), and other domestic and foreign governmental authorities. Our manufacturing and other facilities, and those of our suppliers, are subject to periodic inspections to verify compliance with current FDA and other governmental regulatory requirements. If it were determined that we were not in compliance with these laws and regulations, we could be subject to criminal or civil liability, or both, and other material adverse effects. We have compliance programs in place to support and monitor compliance with these laws and regulations. All of our products and facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to drug and medical device laws and regulations promulgated by the FDA and national and supranational regulatory authorities outside the U.S., including, for example, Health Canada's Health Products and Foods Branch, the U.K.'s Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency, and Australia's Therapeutic Goods Agency. These authorities regulate a range of activities including, among other matters, manufacturing, post-marketing studies in humans, advertising and promotion, product labeling, post-marketing surveillance and adverse event reporting.

        We place significant emphasis on providing quality products to our customers. Quality management plays an essential role in understanding and meeting customer requirements, effectively resolving quality issues and improving our products. We have developed and implemented quality systems and compliance programs throughout our organization, and are involved in setting quality policies and managing internal and external quality performance. Our quality assurance department provides quality leadership and supervises our quality systems. We have a network of quality systems throughout our business departments and facilities that relate to the design, development, manufacturing, packaging, sterilization, handling, distribution and labeling of our products. To assess and facilitate compliance with applicable requirements, we regularly review our quality systems to determine their effectiveness and identify areas for improvement. We also conduct compliance training programs for our sales and marketing personnel and perform assessments of our suppliers of raw materials, components and finished goods. In addition, we conduct quality management reviews designed to inform management of key issues that may affect the quality of our products.

        From time to time, we may determine that products manufactured or marketed by us do not meet our specifications, published standards or regulatory requirements. When a quality issue is identified, we investigate the issue and seek to take appropriate corrective action, such as withdrawal of the product from the market, correction of the product at the customer location, notice to the customer of revised labeling or a combination of these or other corrective actions.

73


Table of Contents

        The development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our medical device products are subject to comprehensive governmental regulation. Most notably, all of our medical devices sold in the United States are subject to the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938, as amended ("FDC Act"), as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA, and in some cases other government agencies, such as the U.S. Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"), administer requirements covering the design, testing, safety, effectiveness, manufacturing, labeling, promotion and advertising, distribution and post-market surveillance of our products.

        Unless an exemption applies, each medical device that we market must first receive either premarket notification (by making what is commonly called "a 510(k) submission") clearance or premarket approval (by filing a premarket approval application ("PMA") from the FDA pursuant to the FDC Act. In addition, certain modifications made to marketed devices also may require 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA supplement. The FDA's 510(k) clearance process usually takes up to twelve months, but it can last longer. The process of obtaining PMA approval is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain. It generally takes from two to three years or even longer. All of our current products have been cleared through the 510(k) process. We cannot be sure that future products or modifications of current products, will qualify for the 510(k) pathway or whether 510(k) clearance or PMA approval will be obtained for any future product that we propose to market.

        In 2010, the FDA issued a draft guidance document entitled "Total Product Life Cycle: Infusion Pump-Premarket Notification [510(k)] Submissions." Through this draft guidance, the FDA has established substantial additional pre-market requirements for new and modified infusion pumps. The FDA indicated more data demonstrating product safety would be required for future 510(k) submissions for infusion pumps, including more clinical and human factors data. Although the future impact of these initiatives is uncertain, it appears that the process for obtaining regulatory approvals to market infusion pumps is likely to become more costly and time consuming. It is possible that future new products or modifications of existing products will require PMAs rather than a 510(k). In addition, new requirements could result in longer delays for the approval of new products, modification of existing infusion pump products or remediation of existing products in the market. Future delays in the receipt of, or failure to obtain, approvals could result in delayed or no realization of product revenues.

        After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. Those regulatory requirements include the following: product listing and establishment registration; adherence to the Quality System Regulation ("QSR"), which requires stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures; labeling requirements and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of off-label uses or indications; adverse event reporting; post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval study commitments; post-market surveillance requirements; the FDA's recall authority, whereby it can ask for, or require, the recall of products from the market; and requirements relating to voluntary corrections or removals.

        All aspects of our manufacturing and distribution of regulated products and those of our suppliers are subject to substantial governmental oversight. Facilities used for the production, packaging, labeling, storage and distribution of medical devices must be registered with the FDA and other regulatory authorities. All manufacturing activities for these products must be conducted in compliance with current good manufacturing practices ("cGMPs"). Our manufacturing facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to periodic, routine and for-cause inspections to verify compliance with cGMPs. If, upon inspection, the FDA or another regulatory agency finds that a manufacturer has failed to comply with cGMPs, it could institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions, such as product recalls or seizures, monetary sanctions, consent decrees, injunctions to halt manufacturing and distributing products, civil or criminal sanctions, refusal

74


Table of Contents

to grant clearances or approvals or delays in granting such clearances or approvals, import detentions of products made outside of the United States, restrictions on operations or withdrawal or suspension of existing approvals. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us. These actions could result in, among other things, substantial modifications to our business practices and operations; a total or partial shutdown of production in one or more facilities while we or our suppliers remedy the alleged violation; the inability to obtain future pre-market clearances or approvals; and withdrawals or suspensions of current products from the market. Any of these events could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability and financial condition.

        In June 2010, we received from the FDA an inspection report (commonly called an FDA Form 483) which contained four observations following a routine periodic inspection of our facility in Winter Park, Florida. The four observations in the FDA Form 483 related to our compliance with certain applicable regulations and standards. We submitted a written response to the FDA describing a corrective and preventative action plan, which included implementation of remediation programs and modification of our practices to address the FDA Form 483 observations. We did not receive a warning letter from the FDA or any other follow up to the June 2010 inspection.

        More recently, the FDA conducted a routine inspection of our facility between April 7 and April 16, 2014. This was the first FDA inspection of our facility since the voluntary product recall in August 2012 of certain infusion sets and the voluntary recall in July 2013 of our DERS software. The FDA issued a Form 483 on April 16, 2014 that identified eight observations. In general, the observations involved issues related to the 2012 and 2013 product recalls (described in more detail under Product Recalls, below). The majority of the observations related to procedural and documentation issues associated with the design, development, validation testing and documentation of software used in certain of our products. Other observations were related to the design validation of pump labeling, design analysis of tube stretching, procedures for post-market design review, and control and procedures related to handling certain reported complaints. We submitted a response to the Form 483 in which we described our proposed corrective and preventative actions ("CAPA") to address each of the FDA's observations. If the FDA does not agree with our proposed CAPA plan, or accepts them but finds that we have not implemented them adequately, or if we otherwise fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the FDA could initiate an enforcement action, including issuing untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and/or civil penalties.

        Medical device laws also are in effect in many of the non-U.S. markets in which we do business. These laws range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of our products to requests for product data or certifications. Inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of device-related adverse events, also are components of most of these regulatory systems. Most of our business is subject to varying degrees of governmental regulation in the countries in which we operate, and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent regulation balanced with a goal of optimizing international harmonization. For example, the European Union ("EU"), which currently relies on independent third parties, (called "Notified Bodies") rather than governmental authorities to review and certify medium and high risk medical devices, is moving to more governmental oversight of medical devices. Currently, the regulatory requirements for a broad spectrum of medical devices are covered in three European Medical Device Directives (adopted in the 1990's) with which manufacturers must comply in order to receive a CE Certificate of Conformity ("CE Mark") from a Notified Body. Only certified medical devices bearing a CE Mark can be sold in the EU and European Free Trade Association ("EFTA") countries and Turkey. EFTA includes Iceland, Norway, Principality of Liechtenstein and Switzerland.

75


Table of Contents

        In September 2012, the European Commission, ("EC"), proposed significant revisions to the regulatory framework for medical devices in the EU. The proposed changes include more oversight of Notified Bodies by governmental authorities, replacing the three European Medical Service Directives with two regulations and more stringent requirements for clinical evidence while also enhancing alignment with international guidelines to facilitate international trade. It is unknown how the proposed revisions will affect certification of future products or modifications of current products, but it is possible that more clinical data will be needed to support our applications, which would increase the costs and development time involved. We may lose our current quality system certification due to ISO Registrar difficulties as European authorities increase regulatory pressure or increased scrutiny resulting from the EU's Revised Medical Device Directive. The loss of the quality system certification may prevent product shipments to the EU and to other foreign markets, such as Canada. The EU has enacted legislation restricting the use of hazardous substances in electronic equipment (Directive 2011/65/EU, referred to as RoHS 2), such as our infusion pumps. The application of RoHS 2 to medical devices becomes effective as of July 22, 2014. If we are deemed not in compliance with RoHS 2 for key parts of our infusion pumps, such as the ultrasonic motor, the lithium battery cells or display, we will not be permitted to ship our products to EU markets. Certain of our component suppliers have not yet certified to us the compliance status of their parts. If our suppliers fail to supply us with RoHS 2 compliance certificates in a timely manner, we can conduct the compliance testing ourselves or replace the non-compliant supplier with a supplier with certified compliant parts. If, despite such efforts, we are unable to have RoHS 2 compliant products before the July 22, 2014 effective date, there will be an interruption of sales to the EU, which could significantly lower our revenues from foreign sales while we take further remedial measures.

        Infusion Set Recall.     In August 2012, we initiated a voluntary recall of a particular lot of mRidium Series 1000 MR Infusion Sets, Type 1058 MR IV, an extension set intended for use with our mRidium MRI infusion pumps, when we became aware that one section of the IV set exceeded a specification dimension. We promptly retrieved and destroyed all unused extension infusion sets subject to the recall. We provided timely notice and cooperated with the FDA in its audit of the actions taken by us in connection with the recall. We submitted our final recall report on January 29, 2013 and requested FDA closure of the recall. On July 19, 2013, the FDA notified us that it had concluded its audit and confirmed that the recall was considered terminated.

        Dose Error Reduction System ("DERS") Software Recall.     Some of our mRidium 3860+ MRI compatible IV infusion pumps are equipped with a DERS. Due to a software issue observed on June 19, 2013, the drug dosage calculation indicated an incorrect recommended value for the flow rate when a specific key sequence was used during the infusion setup. As a result, a patient was infused with an incorrect flow rate. No harm to the patient was reported. On July 1, 2013, we issued an urgent medical device recall notice (the "DERS Recall") and promptly made available to our customers a software update to resolve the error. On July 2, 2013, the subject of the recall was discussed with the FDA by phone. On July 12, 2013, we provided written notification to the FDA of the DERS Recall and submitted a Medical Device Report (MDR) with the FDA describing the incident, the investigative and corrective actions taken, the reason for the DERS Recall and the recall strategy. On September 18, 2013, we notified the FDA that all of the pumps sold with the DERS kits had been successfully upgraded with the software correction and reported that the DERS Recall was completed as of September 16, 2013. We requested that the FDA officially close the DERS Recall. The FDA has not yet responded to our request of September 16, 2013 or more recent requests to close the DERS Recall. It is likely that the FDA wanted to conduct a follow-up inspection prior to closing the DERS Recall. The FDA completed an inspection of our facility on April 16, 2014. The majority of the observations cited on the Form 483 issued by the FDA were related to procedural and documentation issues associated with the design, development, validation testing and documentation of software used in

76


Table of Contents

certain of our products. Other observations were related to the design validation of pump labeling, design analysis of tube stretching (which was an issue in the August 2012 voluntary recall that has been closed by the FDA), procedures for post-market design review, and control and procedures related to handling certain reported complaints. We submitted a response to the Form 483 in which we described our CAPA to address each of the FDA's observations. If the FDA does not agree with our proposed CAPA plan, or accepts them but finds that we have not implemented them adequately, or if we otherwise fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the FDA could initiate an enforcement action, including issuing untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and/or civil penalties.

        Overall Financial Impact from the Recalls.     Management believes that the charges incurred related to these recalls individually or together were not significant or material to our operations or financial results. We expect to incur only minor additional aggregate charges over the next several months in connection with the final closeout activities related to the DERS Recall.

        Corrective Actions from the Recalls.     We take these recalls and related matters seriously and we have responded and will continue to respond fully, and in a timely manner, to the FDA and other governmental regulatory agencies. On April 16, 2014, we received a Form 483 from the FDA, which included observations related to issues that were generally related to both product recalls. We are in the process of formulating and submitting a response to the FDA, which will identify our proposed CAPA to address each of the FDA's observations in the Form 483. We cannot, however, give any assurances as to the expected date of resolution of the matters related to the DERS Recall or any of the observations in the Form 483.

        We have made substantial investments in quality systems over the past two years. We will continue to make improvements to our products and systems to further reduce potential issues related to patient safety and avoid recalls in the future. Product quality plays a critical role in our success. While we believe that we have made significant improvements to our product quality and overall quality systems, further quality concerns, whether real or perceived, could adversely affect our results. Conversely, improving quality can be a competitive advantage and improve our results. For more information about risks related to these matters, see the section captioned " Defects or failures associated with our products and/or our quality system could lead to the filing of adverse event reports, recalls or safety alerts and negative publicity and could subject us to regulatory actions" in the "Risk Factors" section.

        As a manufacturer and distributor of medical devices to hospitals and other healthcare providers, we and our customers are subject to laws which apply to Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal and state healthcare programs in the U.S. One such law, the Anti-kickback Statute, prohibits the solicitation, offer, payment or receipt of remuneration in return for referral or purchase, or in return for the recommending or arranging for the referral or purchase, of products covered by the programs. The Anti-kickback Statute provides a number of exceptions or "safe harbors" for particular types of transactions. While we generally do not file claims for reimbursement from government payers, the U.S. federal government has asserted theories of liability against manufacturers under the Federal False Claims Act, which prohibits the submission of false claims to Medicare, Medicaid, and other state and federal programs. Many states have similar fraud and abuse laws which may apply to us. Violations of these fraud and abuse-related laws are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and health programs outside the United States. We have developed and implemented business practices and processes to train our personnel to perform their duties in compliance with healthcare fraud and abuse laws. While we conduct informal oversight to detect and prevent these types of fraud and abuse, we lack formal written policies and procedures at this time. If we were

77


Table of Contents

unable to document and implement the controls and procedures required in a timely manner or otherwise violate such laws, we might suffer adverse regulatory consequences or face criminal sanctions, which could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results.

        Our global activities are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and other countries' anti-bribery laws that have been enacted in support of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development's Anti-bribery Convention. These laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. government officials with the intent to inappropriately gain a business advantage. They also require companies to maintain accurate books and records and internal financial controls. The U.K. Bribery Act also prohibits commercial bribery and makes it a crime for a company to fail to prevent bribery. Companies have the burden of proving that they have adequate procedures in place to prevent bribery. The enforcement of such laws in the U.S. and elsewhere has increased dramatically in the past few years, and authorities have indicated that the pharmaceutical and medical device industry is a significant focus for enforcement efforts.

        Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities. Our policies mandate strict compliance with the anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices.

        We are in the process of evaluating and implementing a compliance program to ensure compliance with these laws by our employees and agents and to communicate our expectations of compliance to third parties, including our distributors and suppliers. The anti-bribery compliance program will include a risk assessment, policies and procedures that address significant aspects of anti-bribery legislation and enforcement priorities, training and communication to employees in commercial and other positions, and monitoring and auditing of our facilities, commercial operations and third parties with whom we do business.

        There are numerous requirements imposed by states in the U.S. on the interaction of pharmaceutical and medical device companies with physicians. For example, several states and the District of Columbia either require the tracking and reporting of specific types of interactions with healthcare professionals or restrict such interactions. A similar requirement was imposed at the federal level under the "sunshine" provision of Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, (the "Sunshine Provisions"), to track and report payments and "transfers of value" to U.S. physicians or teaching hospitals by manufacturers of medical products that are available for reimbursement by a federal insurer. It is expected that the Sunshine Provisions will preempt some but not all disclosure requirements under state laws. We are developing and implementing systems and processes to ensure compliance with both state and federal requirements as well as any applicable requirements in other countries, such as the U.K. and France, which have adopted similar reporting requirements.

        We are also subject to California's Proposition 65, which sets forth a list of substances that are deemed by the State of California to pose a risk of carcinogenicity or birth defects. If any product sold in California contains such substances, the product must be accompanied by a prominent warning label alerting consumers that the product contains an ingredient linked to cancer or birth defect risk. Private

78


Table of Contents

actions as well as California attorney general actions may be brought against non-compliant parties and can result in substantial costs and fines.

        In the sale, delivery and servicing of our medical devices and software imbedded in some of our products outside of the United States, we must comply with various customs, export control, anti-boycott and trade embargo laws and regulations administered by U.S. and foreign government agencies, including the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the Bureau of Industry and Security, the Department of Commerce and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Treasury Department, as well as others.

        We are also subject to a variety of other laws, directives and regulations in and outside of the U.S., including those related to the following:

        We use reasonable care to stay abreast of, and plan for, proposed legislation that could significantly affect our operations. Despite our training and compliance program, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents in violation of any of these laws.

Employees

        As of May 22, 2014, we had 46 full-time employees, including six in research and development, 21 in manufacturing, 14 in sales and marketing and customer support services, and five in finance and administration. No employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Properties

        Our principal offices are currently located in a leased facility of approximately 9,000 square feet located in Winter Park, Florida. The lease on our current facility expires in June 2014 and we anticipate month-to-month extensions until the new facility described below is ready for occupancy.

        To accommodate our growing operations, we have plans to relocate during 2014 and have entered into a lease, commencing June 1, 2014, for a new, nearby facility in Winter Springs, Florida that is approximately 23,000 square-feet. The facility will house our manufacturing operations and corporate headquarters. The new facility has been leased from an entity controlled by our President and CEO, Roger Susi. Pursuant to the terms of our lease for the Winter Springs property, the monthly base rent will be $32,583, adjusted annually for changes in the consumer price index. The term of the lease expires on May 31, 2019. The lease will automatically renew for two successive terms of five years each beginning in 2019 and again in 2024, and thereafter, will be renewed for successive terms of one year each. The new manufacturing and office space is currently being constructed. We anticipate moving into the new space in July 2014 and having our operations fully functional in the new facility within 10 working-days. We do not believe a delay in moving would materially and adversely affect our ability to manufacture and ship products to our customers or otherwise affect our operations.

        We do not own any real property that is materially important to our business.

79


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

        The technologies used in the medical device industry are protected by a wide array of patents and other intellectual property rights. As a result, third parties have in the past and may in the future assert infringement and misappropriation claims against us, our distribution partners or our content suppliers from time to time.

        On April 16, 2013, Rydex Technologies LLC ("Rydex") filed a lawsuit against us, in Federal District Court in Delaware, asserting that we infringed a patent held by Rydex relating to "a fluid delivery nozzle for wireless communication to either an active or a passive device located on a vehicle." Rydex sought damages in an unspecified amount and recovery of costs and attorneys' fees. Although the claim was later voluntarily dismissed by Rydex and we believe the Rydex allegations were meritless, there can be no assurance that these assertions, or any similar future assertions, will not result in liability or damages payable by us.

        In October 2012, Radimed Gesellschaft für Kommunikationsdienstleistungen und Medizintechnik mbH ("Radimed") brought an action in Düsseldorf Regional Court against our German distributor alleging the name and sign "iRadimed" was confusingly similar to their German trademark "Radimed." A judgment was rendered against our German distributor preventing use of the name and sign "iRadimed" in Germany. We have however continued to sell products in Germany without any discernible effect by using the name IRI Development. On July 31, 2013, Radimed filed a lawsuit against us and our founder, Roger Susi, in Düsseldorf Regional Court, alleging that we infringed their German and Community trademarks "Radimed" and seeking to prevent our use of the name, sign and domain name "iRadimed" in the European Union. In addition, Radimed is seeking unspecified damages. We will vigorously defend against the infringement claims. However, the ultimate outcome of the matter remains uncertain. If we receive an adverse judgment, we may be prevented from marketing our products in the European Union under the name and sign "iRadimed" and may be required to pay Radimed's attorneys' fees, the court fees and damages, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

        The ultimate cost and outcome of any litigation or claim cannot be predicted with certainty. Whether or not an infringement or misappropriation claim is valid or successful, it could adversely affect our business by diverting management's attention or involving us in costly and time-consuming litigation. If we are not successful in defending any such claim, we may be required to pay past and future royalties to use technology or other intellectual property rights then in use, we may be required to enter into a license agreement and pay license fees or we may be required to stop using the technology or other intellectual property rights then in use. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

80


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        Our directors and executive officers and their ages and positions as of March 31, 2014 are as follows:

Name
  Age
  Position(s)
 
Roger Susi.      60   Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

Chris Scott

 

 

43

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Brent Johnson

 

 

54

 

Executive VP of Worldwide Sales and Marketing

Fran Casey

 

 

59

 

Vice President of Regulatory and Quality Assurance

Steve Nardi

 

 

52

 

Vice President of Manufacturing

Louis Waldman

 

 

59

 

Controller

James Hawkins(1)(2)

 

 

58

 

Chairman of the Board

Monty Allen(1)(2)

 

 

61

 

Director

Serge Novovich(1)

 

 

81

 

Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.
(2)
Member of the compensation committee.

        Roger Susi.     Mr. Susi is the founder of our Company and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and a director from inception. He has over 25 years of management experience in the medical device industry, including as a founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Invivo Research Inc., a medical device company and the predecessor to Invivo Corporation, which established MRI-safe patient monitoring. Mr. Susi served as a director of Invivo Corporation from 1998 through 2000 and as President of Invivo Research Inc. from 1979 through 1998. Mr. Susi is a biomedical engineer and received a B.S. in Biomedical Engineering from Case Western Reserve University in 1977. We believe Mr. Susi's extensive experience in the medical device industry and intimate knowledge of our Company as one of our founders qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.

        Chris Scott.     Mr. Scott has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2013. Mr. Scott has extensive experience in finance and accounting. Mr. Scott held a management position at Darden Restaurants, Inc. from 2010 to 2013, where he provided accounting and reporting oversight. From 2002 to 2010, Mr. Scott served as an auditor and senior manager at KPMG LLP. Mr. Scott received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Central Florida in 2002.

        Brent Johnson.     Mr. Johnson has served as our Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing since 2012. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Johnson was the Vice President of Sales and Marketing at HyGreen Inc., which provides hygiene compliance systems for acute care facilities. Mr. Johnson was responsible for leading and executing HyGreen's commercialization strategy. From 1996 to 2007, Mr. Johnson was the Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing at Invivo Corporation where he was responsible for leading Invivo's sales and marketing strategies. Mr. Johnson received a B.S. in Business Administration and Finance from San Diego State University in 1982.

        Fran Casey.     Mr. Casey has served as our Vice President of Quality Assurance and Regulatory Affairs since 2004. Mr. Casey is a biomedical engineer with more than 30 years of experience in the medical device field as a regulatory professional for large and medium sized companies. His experience

81


Table of Contents

includes generating and/or obtaining FDA 510(k) clearances for over 50 Class II and III medical devices, including infusion products, and establishing ISO and FDA quality assurance systems. Mr. Casey brings to our Company more than 20 years of MRI compatible product experience. Mr. Casey received a B.S. in Biomedical Engineering from Temple University in 1978.

        Steve Nardi.     Mr. Nardi has served as our Vice President of Manufacturing since 2013. Mr. Nardi possesses over 25 years of engineering experience in the medical device industry, including senior management and principal engineer roles. Mr. Nardi received a B.S. in Engineering Technology from Northeastern University Boston in 2003 and an M.S. in Technology Commercialization from Northeastern University Boston in 2010.

        Louis Waldman.     Mr. Waldman has served as our Controller since 2005. Mr. Waldman brings more than 25 years of professional accounting experience in the medical device and oil refining industries. Mr. Waldman previously served as controller and VP of Finance at Invivo Research Inc. before joining us in 2005. Mr. Waldman received a B.S. in Accounting from Case Western Reserve University in 1977.

        James Hawkins.     Mr. Hawkins has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 2013. Mr. Hawkins is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Natus Medical, Inc., a leading manufacturer of medical devices and software and a service provider for the newborn care, neurology, sleep, hearing and balance markets. Mr. Hawkins has held this position since 2004. In addition, he currently serves as a director of Natus Medical, the Digirad Corporation and IRIDEX Corporation. Mr. Hawkins sits on the audit and compensation committees of Digirad and on the audit and nominating and governance committees of IRIDEX. Prior to joining Natus, Mr. Hawkins was President, Chief Executive Officer, and a Director of Invivo Corporation, a provider of MRI-safe patient monitoring. Previously, Mr. Hawkins was the Chief Financial Officer of Sensor Control Corporation. He earned his undergraduate degree in Business Commerce from Santa Clara University and holds a Masters of Business Administration degree from San Francisco State University. In addition to his direct management experience in the medical device area, Mr. Hawkins has extensive investor contacts and experience with the public markets which we believe qualifies him to serve as Chairman of our Board of Directors.

        Monty Allen.     Mr. Allen has served as a member of our Board of Directors since January 2014. Mr. Allen served as Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of LENSAR, Inc., a medical device business from 2005 through 2011 and continues to serve LENSAR, Inc. as a financial advisor. Mr. Allen has nearly 40 years of accounting and finance experience including service as Chief Financial Officer of AgriDyne Technologies Inc., and Autonomous Technologies Corporation, which each completed an initial public offering during his tenure, in 1992 and 1996, respectively. Mr. Allen also served as Chief Financial Officer of LightPath Technologies Inc., a publicly-held manufacturer of optical components, from 2003 to 2005, and GlobeNet Capital Corporation, a privately-held developer of trading system software, from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Allen is a licensed CPA. Mr. Allen received a B.S. in Accounting and International Business from Florida State University in 1974 and an M.B.A. in General Management from Harvard University in 1978. We believe that Mr. Allen's past experience and expertise in the fields of accounting and finance qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.

        Serge Novovich, Esq.     Mr. Novovich has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2005. Mr. Novovich, an attorney and electrical engineer, served as corporate counsel for Memorex/Telex Corporation for more than 20 years. He is an experienced patent counsel and a former member of the Board of Directors of Invivo Research Inc. Mr. Novovich received a B.S.E.E. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Minnesota in 1957 and a J.D. from the University of Tulsa in 1971. We believe Mr. Novovich's experience in engineering and as an attorney qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

82


Table of Contents

Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of our officers or directors.

Board Composition and Independence

        Our Board of Directors currently consists of four members. All directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Hawkins, Novovich and Allen are independent within the meaning of NASDAQ listing standards.

Board Leadership Structure

        In keeping with good corporate governance practices, we maintain a majority of independent directors and our committees are comprised solely of independent directors. Our current leadership structure separates the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that separating the position of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the Chairman to lead the Board of Directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to, and independent oversight of, management. Our Board of Directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer must devote to his position in the current business environment. We also believe that this structure ensures a greater role for the independent directors in the oversight of our company and active participation of the independent directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures for the work of our Board of Directors. We expect and intend that the positions of Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer will continue to be held by two individuals in the future.

Risk Oversight

        One of the key functions of our Board of Directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our Board of Directors will not have a standing risk management committee, but rather intends to administer this oversight function directly through our Board of Directors as a whole, as well as through various Board of Directors standing committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our Board of Directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, and our audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also will, effective on the closing of our public offering, have the responsibility to issue guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken, monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and oversee the performance of our internal audit function. Our compensation committee will assess and monitor whether any of our compensation policies and programs have the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

        Our Board of Directors includes an audit committee and a compensation committee. Our audit and compensation committees are comprised solely of independent board members.

        Audit committee.     Our audit committee currently consists of Mr. Allen, who is the chair of the Committee, Mr. Hawkins and Mr. Novovich, each of whom has been determined by our Board of Directors to be independent in accordance with NASDAQ and SEC standards. Mr. Allen is an "audit committee financial expert" as the term is defined under the SEC regulations. The audit committee operates under a written charter. The functions of the audit committee include:

      overseeing the engagement of our independent public accountants;

83


Table of Contents

      reviewing our audited financial statements and discussing them with the independent public accountants and our management;

      meeting with the independent public accountants and our management to consider the adequacy of our internal controls; and

      reviewing our financial plans, reporting recommendations to our full Board of Directors for approval and authorizing actions.

        Both our independent registered accounting firm and internal financial personnel regularly meet with our audit committee and have unrestricted access to the audit committee.

        Compensation committee.  Our compensation committee currently consists of Mr. Hawkins, who is the chair of the committee, and Mr. Allen, each of whom has been determined by our Board of Directors to be independent in accordance with NASDAQ standards. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The compensation committee operates under a written charter. The functions of the compensation committee include:

      reviewing and, if deemed appropriate, recommending to our Board of Directors policies, practices, and procedures relating to the compensation of our directors, officers, and other managerial employees and the establishment and administration of our employee benefit plans;

      determining or recommending to the Board of Directors the compensation of our executive officers; and

      advising and consulting with our officers regarding managerial personnel and development.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of the compensation committee is or has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the compensation committee or on the Board of Directors of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        In conjunction with this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors, and employees. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics or waivers of its requirements in filings under the Exchange Act.

84


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth total compensation earned by our named executive officers, who are comprised of our principal executive officer and our next two highest compensated executive officers other than the principal executive officer for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Name and principal position
  Year   Salary   Bonus   Option
Awards(1)
  All Other
Compensation
  Total  

Roger Susi(3)

    2013   $ 117,212   $ 125,000     —     $ 9,688 (2) $ 251,900  

Chief Executive Officer and President

    2012   $ 80,971   $ 100,000     —     $ 7,239 (2) $ 188,210  

Chris Scott(4)

    2013     —       —     $ 263,340     —     $ 263,340  

Chief Financial Officer

    2012     —       —       —       —       —    

Brent Johnson

    2013   $ 175,000   $ 58,418   $ 546,541   $ 16,537 (5) $ 796,496  

Executive VP of Worldwide Sales and Marketing

    2012   $ 168,260   $ 66,831   $ 402,498   $ 16,604 (5) $ 654,193  

(1)
This amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Application of Critical Accounting Policies – Stock-based Compensation" and Note 6 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.
(2)
This amount represents our matching contributions to the executive officer's contributions to their respective 401(k) retirement plans.
(3)
Mr. Susi also serves as a member of our Board of Directors but does not receive any compensation for his service as a director.
(4)
Mr. Scott was appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of our company in December 2013.
(5)
This amount includes $7,200 in an annual automobile allowance and the remaining amount represents our matching contributions to Mr. Johnson's 401(k) retirement plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

        The following table sets forth summary information regarding the outstanding equity awards for each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options Exercisable
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options Unexercisable
  Option Exercise Price   Option
Expiration
Date
 

Chris Scott, Chief Financial Officer

    —       96,250   $ 1.48     12/30/2023  

Brent Johnson, Executive VP of Worldwide Sales and Marketing

   
216,388
   
216,388
 
$

0.93
   
12/29/2021
 

    69,602     208,806   $ 0.93     10/31/2022  

    —       199,759   $ 1.48     12/30/2023  

Employment Agreements

        In April 2014, we entered into a written employment agreement with Roger Susi as our Chief Executive Officer and President. The agreement provides for a base annual salary of $225,000, eligibility for annual bonuses and eligibility for standard employee benefits. The agreement continues until terminated by us or by Mr. Susi in accordance with the terms of the agreement. If Mr. Susi is terminated by us without cause or he terminates his employment with us for good reason, each as defined under the agreement, we must pay him an amount equal to 12 months base salary. In the event

85


Table of Contents

that we are involved in a change of control transaction, which generally means the transfer of ownership of more than 50% of our shares, and Mr. Susi terminates his employment with us for good reason, we must pay him an amount equal to three times his then current annual salary. The employment agreement also contains non-solicitation, non-compete, and confidentiality provisions and an employee innovation and proprietary information assignment to us by Mr. Susi of any of his inventions or innovations.

        We entered into an employment agreement with Chris Scott as our Chief Financial Officer in December 2013, pursuant to which we agree to compensate Mr. Scott at a base annual salary of $145,000, with eligibility for annual bonuses and for standard employee benefits. The employment agreement also provides for a one-time grant of stock options exercisable to purchase 96,250 shares of our common stock. The agreement continues until terminated by us or by Mr. Scott in accordance with the terms of the agreement. If Mr. Scott is terminated by us without cause or he terminates his employment with us for good reason, each as defined under the agreement, we must pay him an amount equal to six months base salary. In the event that we are involved in a change of control transaction, which generally means the transfer of ownership of more than 50% of our shares, and Mr. Scott terminates his employment with us for good reason, we must pay him an amount equal to his then current annual salary but no less than $145,000. The agreement also contains non-solicitation, non-compete and confidentiality provisions.

        We entered into a written employment agreement in December 2011 with Brent Johnson, our Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing. The employment agreement provides for a base annual salary of $175,000, eligibility for annual bonuses and for standard employee benefits. The agreement continues until terminated by us or by Mr. Johnson in accordance with the terms of the agreement. If Mr. Johnson is terminated by us without cause or he terminates his employment with us for good reason, we must pay him an amount equal to 12 months base salary. In the event that we are involved in a change of control transaction, which generally means the transfer of ownership of more than 50% of our shares, and Mr. Johnson terminates his employment with us for good reason, we must pay him an amount equal to his then-current annual salary. The employment agreement also contains non-solicitation, non-compete and confidentiality provisions.

Employee Benefit Plans

2005 Incentive Stock Plan

        In connection with the merger agreement effecting the reincorporation of our Oklahoma entity into the newly formed Delaware corporation in April 2014, the Delaware corporation assumed all obligations associated with the Oklahoma corporation's 2005 Incentive Stock Plan (the "2005 Plan"). The 2005 Plan was terminated as of the date of the merger and no new awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding stock options under the 2005 Plan were assumed and adopted, subject to the 1.75:1 conversion ratio of the merger, by the Company and continue to be outstanding and governed by the 2005 Plan. Upon expiration of any outstanding options under the 2005 Plan, the corresponding number of shares of common stock reserved will be cancelled and will not be made available for issuance under our new plan described below. A total of 1,862,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan. As of March 31, 2014, options to purchase a total of 1,833,192 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

        In April 2014, our Board of Directors adopted the iRadimed Corporation 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan"), which will be effective prior to the completion of this offering. Our shareholders also have approved the 2014 Plan. The following summary describes the material terms of the 2014 Plan.

86


Table of Contents

        Administration of the Plan.     Our Board of Directors has such powers and authorities related to the administration of the 2014 Plan as are consistent with our corporate governance documents and applicable law. The Board of Directors may delegate to a committee administration of all or some parts of the 2014 Plan. Following the initial public offering and to the extent required by applicable law, the committee or sub-committee, as applicable, to which administrative responsibility will be delegated will be comprised of directors who (i) qualify as "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, (ii) meet such other requirements as may be established from time to time by the SEC for plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (iii) comply with the independence requirements of the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed.

        Number of Authorized Shares.     1,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Any shares covered by an award that are forfeited, expired, cancelled, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the amount underlying the award, or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the grantee, will be available for future grants under the 2014 Plan. The number and class of shares available under the 2014 Plan and/or subject to outstanding awards may be equitably adjusted by our Board of Directors in the event of various changes in the capitalization of the Company.

        Type of Awards.     The following types of awards are available for grant under the 2014 Plan: ISOs, non-qualified stock options ("NSOs"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards and other stock-based awards and cash awards.

        Eligibility and Participation.     Eligibility to participate in the 2014 Plan is limited to such employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company, or of any affiliate, as our Board of Directors may determine and designate from time to time.

        Grant of Options and SARs.     Our Board of Directors may award ISOs, NSOs (together, "Options"), and SARs to grantees. Our Board of Directors is authorized to grant SARs either in tandem with or as a component of other awards or alone.

        Exercise Price of Options and SARs.     The exercise price per share of an Option will in no event be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our stock underlying the award on the grant date. In no case will the exercise price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of our stock. A SAR will confer on the grantee a right to receive, upon exercise, a payment of the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share of our stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the grant price of the SAR as determined by our Board of Directors. The grant price will be fixed at the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of grant. SARs granted in tandem with an outstanding Option following the grant date of such Option may have a grant price that is equal to the Option's exercise price; provided, however, that the SAR's grant price may not be less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the grant date of the SAR. The exercise price of Options and SARs granted during our initial public offering will be the price per share of common stock of the Company for the offering, as established by the Board of Directors.

        Vesting of Options and SARs.     Our Board of Directors will determine when an Option or SAR will become exercisable and will include such information in the award agreement.

        Special Limitations on ISOs.     In the case of a grant of an Option intended to qualify as an ISO to a grantee that owns more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, its parent or any of its subsidiaries (a "Ten Percent Shareholder"), the exercise price of the Option will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our stock on the grant date. Additionally, an Option will constitute an ISO only (i) if the grantee is an employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related award

87


Table of Contents

agreement, and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the shares of stock with respect to which all ISOs held by such grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the 2014 Plan and all other plans of the grantee's employer and its affiliates) does not exceed $100,000.

        Exercise of Options and SARs.     An Option may be exercised by the delivery to us of written notice of exercise and payment in full of the exercise price (plus the amount of any taxes which we may be required to withhold). The minimum number of shares with respect to which an Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time will be the lesser of (i) the number set forth in the applicable award agreement and (ii) the maximum number of shares available for purchase under the Option at the time of exercise. Our Board of Directors has the discretion to determine the method or methods by which a SAR may be exercised.

        Expiration of Options and SARs.     Options and SARs will expire at such time as our Board of Directors determines; provided, however that no Option may be exercised more than ten years from the date of grant, or in the case of an ISO held by a Ten Percent Shareholder, not more than five years from the date of grant.

        Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.     At the time a grant of restricted stock or restricted stock units is made, our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, establish the applicable "restricted period" and prescribe restrictions in addition to or other than the expiration of the restricted period, including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives. Unless our Board of Directors otherwise provides in an award agreement, holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote such stock and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid with respect to such stock. Our Board of Directors may provide that any such dividends paid must be reinvested in shares of stock, which may or may not be subject to the same vesting conditions and restrictions applicable to such restricted stock. All distributions, if any, received by a grantee with respect to restricted stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar transaction will be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original grant. Holders of restricted stock units will have no rights as shareholders of the Company. Our Board of Directors may provide that the holder of restricted stock units will be entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights, which may be deemed reinvested in additional restricted stock units.

        Performance Awards.     The right of a grantee to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may, subject to certain limitations in the case of a performance award intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code ("Section 162(m)"), exercise its discretion to reduce the amounts payable under any award subject to performance conditions. Following the completion of the Transition Period (as defined herein), if and to the extent required under Section 162(m), any power or authority relating to a performance award intended to qualify under Section 162(m), will be exercised by the committee and not our Board of Directors.

        Other Stock-Based Awards.     Our Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant other stock-based awards, consisting of stock units or other awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based upon, our common stock. The terms of such other stock-based awards will be set forth in the applicable award agreements.

        Change in Control.     Our Board of Directors may provide for actions that will be taken upon a change in control of the Company, including but not limited to, alternative vesting, termination or assumption of awards.

88


Table of Contents

        Nontransferability of Awards.     Generally, during the lifetime of a grantee, only the grantee may exercise rights under the 2014 Plan and no award will be assignable or transferable other than by will or laws of descent and distribution. If authorized in the award agreement, a grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of an award (other than an ISO) to certain family members (including trusts and foundations for the benefit thereof). Neither restricted stock nor restricted stock units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restricted period or prior to the satisfaction of any other restrictions prescribed by our Board of Directors.

        Separation from Service.     Our Board of Directors may provide in the applicable award agreements for actions that will be taken upon a grantee's separation from service from the Company, including but not limited to, accelerated vesting or termination of awards.

        Tax Withholding and Tax Offset Payments.     We will have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an award or upon the issuance of any shares of stock upon the exercise of an Option or pursuant to an award.

        Term of Plan.     Unless earlier terminated by our Board of Directors, the authority to make grants under the 2014 Plan will terminate on the date that is ten years after it is adopted by our Board of Directors.

        Amendment and Termination.     Our Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the 2014 Plan as to any shares of stock as to which awards have not been made. An amendment will be contingent on approval of our shareholders to the extent stated by our Board of Directors, required by applicable law or required by applicable stock exchange listing requirements. No Awards will be made after termination of the 2014 Plan. No amendment, suspension, or termination of the 2014 Plan will, without the consent of the grantee, impair rights or obligations under any award theretofore awarded under the 2014 Plan.

        New Plan Benefits.     All grants of awards under the 2014 Plan will be discretionary. Therefore, in general, the benefits and amounts that will be received under the 2014 Plan are not determinable.

        Federal Income Tax Consequences.     The following is a summary of the general federal income tax consequences to the Company and to U.S. taxpayers of awards granted under the 2014 Plan. Tax consequences for any particular individual or under state or non-U.S. tax laws may be different. Special rules limit the deductibility of compensation paid to our CEO and to each of our four most highly compensated executive officers. Under Section 162(m), the annual compensation paid to each of these executives may not be deductible to the extent that it exceeds $1 million. However, we intend to rely on Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f) which provides that the deduction limit of Section 162(m) does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to a compensation plan or agreement that existed during the period in which the company was not publicly held. Additionally, after the expiration of the grandfather period, we can preserve the deductibility of compensation over $1 million if certain conditions of Section 162(m) are met. These conditions include shareholder approval of the 2014 Plan, setting limits on the number of awards that any individual may receive and, for awards other than Options and SARs, establishing performance criteria that must be met before the award will actually be granted, be settled, vest or be paid. The 2014 Plan has been designed to permit the committee to grant awards that qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m).

        Registration of Shares.     Following the completion of this offering we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register 1,000,000 shares of common stock, which will be reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan, as well as to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to options issued under the 2005 Plan.

89


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages due to breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director due to breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

      any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

      acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

      the payment of dividends or the redemption or purchase of stock in violation of Delaware law; or

      any transaction from which the director knowingly derived an improper personal benefit.

        To the extent that our directors, officers, and controlling persons are indemnified under the provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Delaware law, or contractual arrangements against liabilities arising under the Securities Act, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Director Compensation

        We compensate non-employee members of the Board of Directors. Directors who are also employees do not receive cash or equity compensation for service on the Board of Directors in addition to compensation payable for their service as our employees. The non-employee members of our Board of Directors are reimbursed for travel, lodging, and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending Board of Directors or committee meetings.

        The following table sets forth summary information concerning the compensation awarded to, paid to, or earned by the non-employee members of our Board of Directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
  Stock Awards   Option
Awards(1)
  All Other
Compensation
  Total  

James Hawkins

  $ —     $ —     $ 383,040   $ —     $ 383,040  

Serge Novovich

    —       —       71,820     —       71,820  

Monty Allen(2)

    —       —       —       —       —    

(1)
This amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Application of Critical Accounting Policies – Stock-based Compensation" and Note 6 to our financial statements contained within the prospectus.
(2)
Mr. Allen was appointed as a member of the Board of Directors in January 2014. In connection with his appointment, he was granted options to purchase an aggregate of 26,250 shares of our common stock, which vest on a pro rata basis annually over four years from the date of grant.

        After becoming a public company, our standard cash and equity components of our compensation policy for non-employee directors is expected to consist of a base annual fee of $15,000, an in-person board meeting fee of $2,500, a teleconference board meeting fee of $750, and an equity award grant of options to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock. The compensation for directors may vary from time to time as determined by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors.

90


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described above in "Management" and "Executive and Director Compensation," the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2012 and each currently proposed transaction in which (i) we have been or are to be a participant, (ii) the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end, and (iii) any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of their immediate families or persons sharing their household had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Loan from CEO

        From time to time, our founder and CEO, Roger Susi, loaned an aggregate of $1,393,498 to us, with no interest. As of December 31, 2013, the loan balance was $6,333. As of March 21, 2014, the loan was fully repaid. We do not expect to continue to borrow funds from this principal stockholder in the future.

Lease of Property from CEO

        We entered into a lease, commencing June 1, 2014, for a new facility in Winter Springs, Florida owned by Susi, LLC, and entity controlled by our president and CEO, Roger Susi. The facility is approximately 23,000 square-feet and will house our manufacturing operations and corporate headquarters. Pursuant to the terms of our lease for this property, the monthly base rent will be $32,583, adjusted annually for changes in the consumer price index. The term of the lease expires on May 31, 2019. The lease will automatically renew for two successive terms of five years each beginning in 2019 and again in 2024, and thereafter, will be renewed for successive terms of one year each. The new manufacturing and office space is currently being constructed.

Purchase of Common Stock in this Offering by Director

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to $500,000 of shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to James Hawkins, Chairman of our Board of Directors. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the amount of this purchase. All sales of reserved common stock to Mr. Hawkins will be made at the initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        In April 2014, we established an audit committee and adopted an audit committee charter. Our audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving "related party transactions," which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or a greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter provides that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

91


Table of Contents


BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

        Applicable percentage ownership is based on 8,400,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,400,000 shares of common stock. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on            shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option.

        Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable or deliverable within 60 days. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed above, based on the information each of them has given to us, have sole investment and voting power with respect to their shares, except as otherwise noted or where community property laws may apply.

        Except as otherwise noted, the address of each person or entity in the following table is c/o iRadimed Corporation, 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792.

 
  Beneficial Ownership
Before Offering
  Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage   Number of
Shares
  Percentage  

5% Stockholders

                         

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                         

Roger Susi(2)

    7,000,000     83.3 %   7,000,000        

James Hawkins(3)

    13,125     *     13,125        

Monty Allen

    —       *     —          

Louis Waldman(4)

    168,438     2.0 %   168,438        

Serge Novovich(5)

    144,375     1.7 %   144,375        

Chris Scott

    —       *     —          

Brent Johnson(6)

    285,989     3.3 %   285,989        

Fran Casey

    140,000     1.7 %   140,000        

Steve Nardi

    —       *     —          

All directors and named executive officers as a group (9 persons)(7)

    7,751,927     88.8 %   7,751,927        

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.
(1)
Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that the persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock reflected in this table.
(2)
Includes 2,275,000 shares of common stock held by the Roger E. Susi Revocable Trust, 2,362,500 shares of common stock held by the Matthew Susi 2008 Dynasty Trust, and 2,362,500 shares of

92


Table of Contents


common stock held by the Phillip Susi 2008 Dynasty Trust. Roger Susi is the trustee for each of the foregoing trusts.
(3)
Includes 13,125 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of share options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Beneficial ownership after the offering excludes up to $500,000 of shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Hawkins at a per share purchase price equal to the initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
(4)
Includes 28,438 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of share options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
(5)
Includes 4,375 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of share options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days and 140,000 shares of common stock held by Pacific Summit Capital LLC. Mr. Novovich is a manager of Pacific Summit Capital LLC and indirectly owns approximately 66.7% of Pacific Summit Capital LLC. Mr. Novovich disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Pacific Summit Capital LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest.
(6)
Includes 285,989 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of share options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
(7)
Includes 331,927 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of share options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Includes 140,000 shares of common stock held by Pacific Summit Capital LLC, of which Mr. Novovich is a manager and partial owner (see footnote 5, above). Beneficial ownership after the offering excludes up to $500,000 of shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Hawkins at a per share purchase price equal to the initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

93


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        Under our certificate of incorporation, we are authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares, $.0001 par value per share, of which 90,000,000 shares may be common stock and 10,000,000 shares may be "blank check" preferred stock. The following description of our capital stock is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.

Common Stock

        As of March 31, 2014, there were 7,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding that were held of record by three stockholders and 1,400,000 shares of Series A preferred stock held by eight stockholders that will automatically convert into common stock upon completion of this offering.

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Common stockholders are not entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors by our certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted will be able to elect all of the directors then standing for election. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any series of capital stock ranking senior to the common stock upon liquidation. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued under this prospectus, when they are paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock will be automatically converted into an aggregate of 1,400,000 shares of our common stock. Under our certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to authorize and issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and any liquidation preferences, and to establish from time to time the number of shares constituting any such series or any of them. The issuance of preferred stock may result in one or more of the following:

94


Table of Contents

Underwriter Warrant

        Please see "Underwriting-Commissions and Expenses" beginning on page       for a description of the warrant we have agreed to issue to the underwriters in this offering, subject to completion of this offering. We expect to enter into a warrant agreement in respect of the Underwriter Warrant prior to the closing of this offering.

Registration Rights

        Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred stock will automatically convert into 1,400,000 shares of common stock. The holders of these 1,400,000 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These holders have entered into the contractual "lock-up" agreements described in "Underwriting." As a result of these contractual restrictions, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, all outstanding shares will be available for sale only beginning 180 days after the effective date of this prospectus, subject in some cases to certain volume limitations.

        The holders of these shares are entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. If we register any securities for public sale other than for our initial public offering, these holders will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. In an underwritten offering, we have agreed to use our best efforts to cause the shares to be included in the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the securities being sold through any such underwriters. We have agreed to indemnify the holders of this registration right against liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state securities laws.

Dividend Rights

        The holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held.

Delaware Law

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as any entity or person who beneficially owns, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation that at any time within three years prior to the date of determination of interested stockholder status did beneficially own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, and affiliates and associates of such person. Under this provision, we may not engage in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

95


Table of Contents

        Section 203 defines "business combination" to include:

Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

        Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or tender offers or delaying or preventing a change of control of our company. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as applicable, among other things:

        These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by them and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of our

96


Table of Contents

company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Limitations of Director Liability and Indemnification of Directors, Officers, and Employees

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, provisions in our charter and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of this offering will limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

        These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission.

        In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

        We intend to maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons who control our company, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

        These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

        In a July 31, 2013, Radimed Gesellschaft für Kommunikationsdienstleistungen und Medizintechnik mbH ("Radimed") filed a lawsuit against us and our founder, Roger Susi, in Düsseldorf Regional Court, alleging that we infringed their German and Community trademarks "Radimed" and seeking to

97


Table of Contents

prevent our use of the name, sign and domain name "iRadimed" in the European Union. In addition, Radimed is seeking unspecified damages. While we will vigorously defend against the infringement claims, the ultimate outcome of the matter remains uncertain. We are obligated to indemnify Roger Susi in his defense of this suit.

        At present, there is no other pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any other threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.

The NASDAQ Capital Market

        Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "IRMD." Once our common stock is approved for trading, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

98


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering or the possibility of sales of this kind occurring could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall and impede our ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will have a total of      shares of common stock outstanding based upon        shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options prior to completion of this offering. The shares offered by this prospectus will be freely tradable unless they are purchased by our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by affiliates may generally only be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or in compliance with the volume limitations of Rule 144.

        The 8,400,000 shares of our common stock outstanding prior to our public offering (taking into account the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock upon completion of this offering) are "restricted," which means they were originally sold in offerings that were not subject to a registration statement filed with the SEC. These restricted shares may generally be resold only through registration under the Securities Act or under an available exemption from registration, such as provided by Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

        Holders of all of our outstanding common stock, including holders of our preferred stock that will be automatically converted into common stock upon completion of this offering, have entered into the contractual "lock-up" agreements described in "Underwriting." As a result of these contractual restrictions, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, all outstanding shares will be available for sale only beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in some cases to certain volume limitations.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, as amended, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us.

        A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

99


Table of Contents

        Sales under Rule 144 by affiliates or persons who have been affiliates within the previous 90 days are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of a transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 permits resales of shares issued prior to the date the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts commencing 90 days after the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirements. In addition, the SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of these options, including exercises after the date the issuer becomes so subject. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than "affiliates" subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by "affiliates" under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.

S-8 Registration Statement

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or reserved for issuance under our various stock option plans. Upon the effectiveness of the applicable registration statement, the shares covered by such registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that these shares are subject to vesting restrictions, lock-up agreements or the contractual restrictions described above.

Registration Rights

        After the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 8,400,000 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These holders have the right to include their shares in the registration statements filed but have waived their registration rights in connection with this offering. These holders have also entered into the 180-day lock-up agreements.

100


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, ("Code"), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings, and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, ("IRS"), with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the non-U.S. holder holds our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

        This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction or any U.S. federal non-income tax laws other than U.S. federal estate tax laws to the limited extent described below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

        In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

         YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION

101


Table of Contents

OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder other than a partnership or other entity classified as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. person if you are:

Distributions

        We do not plan to make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make future distributions on our common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock), however, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

        Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

        Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, that are attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if you are an individual, a fixed base) maintained by you in the U.S.) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may generally obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be

102


Table of Contents

required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dispositions

        You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a U.S.RPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a U.S.RPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, however, there can be no assurance we will not become a U.S.RPHC if we acquire real property in the future. Even if we become a U.S.RPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock. Even if we become a U.S.RPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock.

        If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may also be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the U.S.). You should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any, regardless of whether withholding was required. A similar report is sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence. Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

103


Table of Contents

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

        Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. person (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of our Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities

        Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. An intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and an applicable non-U.S. country may modify the requirements discussed above. This withholding obligation under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until July 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

         Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

104


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as representative of the several underwriters, with respect to the common stock being offered hereby. Subject to certain conditions, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to purchase from us,              shares of common stock.

Underwriters
  Number of
Shares
 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

       

Monarch Capital Group, LLC

       
       

Total

       
       

        The underwriters are offering the common stock subject to their acceptance of the common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common stock if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the common stock covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to $500,000 of shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to James Hawkins, Chairman of our Board of Directors. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the amount of this purchase. All sales of reserved common stock to Mr. Hawkins will be made at the initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Over-Allotment Option

        The underwriters have an over-allotment option to purchase up to 15% of the number of shares sold in the offering. If the underwriters sell more shares than the above number, the underwriters have an option for 45 days from the date of this prospectus to buy up to an additional            shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover these sales. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time, in whole or in part, within 45 days after the effective date of this prospectus.

Commissions and Expenses

        The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

105


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Per Share   Without
Over-Allotment
Option
  With
Over-Allotment
Option
 

Public offering price

  $            $            $           

Underwriting discount

  $            $            $           

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $            $            $           

        The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $            and are payable by us.

        We have agreed to issue to the underwriters a warrant to purchase up to a total of            shares of common stock (10% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering) (the "Underwriter Warrant"), excluding shares issued pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option. The Underwriter Warrant will be exercisable in whole or in part commencing one year from the effective date of the offering through a period ending three years from the date of the offering. The Underwriter Warrant is exercisable at a per share price equal to $            per share, or 130% of the public offering price per share in the offering. The Underwriter Warrant has been deemed compensation by FINRA and is therefore subject to a lock-up of at least 180 days pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Underwriter Warrant or the securities underlying the Underwriter Warrant, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Underwriter Warrant or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the offering. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrant may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the exercise price of the Underwriter Warrant or underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the Underwriter Warrant exercise price. We are registering the Underwriter Warrant and the Underwriter Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Underwriter Warrant under this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

        We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, up to an aggregate of $75,000, with respect to this offering.

        We estimate that the expenses paid by us in connection with the offering of our common stock, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and the reimbursement provisions to the underwriters referred to above, will be approximately $             million.

Indemnification

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Lock-Up Agreements

        Our executive officers, directors and our stockholders, who represent in the aggregate 100% of our currently outstanding shares of common stock, including holders of our preferred stock that will be

106


Table of Contents

automatically converted into common stock upon completion of this offering, have agreed to a 180-day "lock-up" from the effective date of this prospectus of shares of common stock that they beneficially own.

NASDAQ Capital Market Listing

        We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "IRMD."

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

      the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the underwriters believe to be comparable to us,

      our financial information,

      the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

      an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues

      the present state of our development; and

      the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit the underwriters from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by an underwriter of a greater number of shares than it is required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares described above. An underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising its option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, an underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase shares through the option granted to it. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of such option. An underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

107


Table of Contents

        Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

        The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a "Relevant Member State"), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

      A.
      to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

      B.
      to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

      C.
      in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is

108


Table of Contents

used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

        We, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

        This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

        For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression "an offer to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Order") and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "Relevant Persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not Relevant Persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, Relevant Persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

109


Table of Contents

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

        The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both "accredited investors" as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and "permitted clients" as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in China

        The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the People's Republic of China ("China") and neither this prospectus, which has not been submitted to the Chinese Securities and Regulatory Commission, nor any offering material or information contained herein relating to the shares of common stock, may be supplied to the public in China or used in connection with any offer for the subscription or sale of shares of common stock to the public in China. The shares of common stock may only be offered or sold to China-related organizations which are authorized to engage in foreign exchange business and offshore investment from outside of China. Such China related investors may be subject to foreign exchange control approval and filing requirements under the relevant Chinese foreign exchange regulations.

110


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by K&L Gates LLP, Los Angeles, California. The underwriters are being represented by Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP, San Diego, California.


EXPERTS

        McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on McGladrey LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC, in Washington, D.C., a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect and copy the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules at the Public Reference Room the SEC maintains at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules and other information without charge at the website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

        We do not presently file periodic reports with the SEC, however, upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC at the address noted above, and at the SEC's website http://www.sec.gov. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and make available quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements. Our website address is www.iradimed.com. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision regarding our common stock.

111


Table of Contents

IRADIMED CORPORATION FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Balance Sheets

 
F-3

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

 
F-4

Statements of Stockholders' Equity

 
F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

 
F-7

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
iRadimed Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of iRadimed Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of iRadimed Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP
Orlando, Florida
June 18, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
BALANCE SHEETS

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of March 31,
2014
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

ASSETS

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,908,641   $ 2,461,559   $ 1,697,306  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $136,971 as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and $136,971 and $142,693 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

    2,019,675     1,982,083     1,585,494  

Investments

    250,787     246,203     250,794  

Inventory

    1,426,157     1,340,331     1,385,986  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    76,796     117,640     77,218  

Prepaid income taxes

    153,524     170,496      

Deferred income taxes

    66,436     65,961      
               

Total current assets

    6,902,016     6,384,273     4,996,798  

Property and equipment, net

   
320,421
   
327,343
   
265,617
 

Intangible assets, net

    260,635     267,024     276,029  

Deferred income taxes

    6,515         12,528  

Other assets

    268,975     8,231     3,240  
               

Total assets

  $ 7,758,562   $ 6,986,871   $ 5,554,212  
               
               

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 812,009   $ 427,474   $ 408,424  

Accrued payroll and benefits

    436,265     655,362     541,253  

Other accrued taxes

    33,591     80,787     20,321  

Warranty reserve

    12,002     12,002     12,136  

Deferred revenue

    163,882     207,395     389,398  

Officer note payable

        6,333     519,730  

Deferred income taxes

            52,803  

Accrued income taxes

    105,415     62,971     387,289  
               

Total current liabilities

    1,563,164     1,452,324     2,331,354  

Deferred revenue

   
84,262
   
57,676
   
2,658
 

Deferred income taxes

        54,087      
               

Total liabilities

    1,647,426     1,564,087     2,334,012  
               

Stockholders' equity:

                   

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,400,000 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited), December 31, 2013 and 2012

    140     140     140  

Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 7,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited), December 31, 2013 and 2012

    700     700     700  

Additional paid-in capital

    2,508,946     2,346,137     2,074,218  

Retained earnings

    3,598,250     3,074,883     1,137,993  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    3,100     924     7,149  
               

Total stockholders' equity

    6,111,136     5,422,784     3,220,200  
               

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 7,758,562   $ 6,986,871   $ 5,554,212  
               
               

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Revenue

  $ 3,557,237   $ 2,628,269   $ 11,340,097   $ 7,685,061  

Cost of revenue

    656,366     467,113     2,853,385     2,125,921  
                   

Gross profit

    2,900,871     2,161,156     8,486,712     5,559,140  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

General and administrative

    1,092,695     503,189     2,392,305     1,550,034  

Sales and marketing

    759,789     568,723     2,297,309     1,930,395  

Research and development

    224,304     160,411     1,009,872     654,070  
                   

Total operating expenses

    2,076,788     1,232,323     5,699,486     4,134,499  
                   

Income from operations

    824,083     928,833     2,787,226     1,424,641  

Other income (expense), net

    3,452     (3,340 )   (3,458 )   7,424  
                   

Income before provision for income taxes

    827,535     925,493     2,783,768     1,432,065  

Provision for income taxes

    304,168     281,566     846,878     465,980  
                   

Net income

  $ 523,367   $ 643,927   $ 1,936,890   $ 966,085  
                   
                   

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

                         

Change in fair value of available-for-sale securities, net of tax expense (benefit) of $1,171 and $77 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, and $(3,352) and $1,661 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

    2,176     144     (6,225 )   3,084  
                   

Comprehensive income

  $ 525,543   $ 644,071   $ 1,930,665   $ 969,169  
                   
                   

Net income per share:

                         

Basic

  $ 0.07   $ 0.09   $ 0.28   $ 0.14  
                   
                   

Diluted

  $ 0.06   $ 0.08   $ 0.22   $ 0.11  
                   
                   

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                         

Basic

    7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000  
                   
                   

Diluted

    8,859,015     8,492,475     8,624,314     8,462,240  
                   
                   

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Stockholders'
Equity
 

Balances, December 31, 2011

  $ 140   $ 700   $ 1,900,978   $ 171,908   $ 4,065   $ 2,077,791  

Net income

    —       —       —       966,085     —       966,085  

Other comprehensive income

    —       —       —       —       3,084     3,084  

Stock-based compensation

    —       —       173,240     —       —       173,240  
                           

Balances, December 31, 2012

  $ 140   $ 700   $ 2,074,218   $ 1,137,993   $ 7,149   $ 3,220,200  

Net income

    —       —       —       1,936,890     —       1,936,890  

Other comprehensive loss

    —       —       —       —       (6,225 )   (6,225 )

Stock-based compensation

    —       —       271,919     —       —       271,919  
                           

Balances, December 31, 2013

  $ 140   $ 700   $ 2,346,137   $ 3,074,883   $ 924   $ 5,422,784  
                           
                           

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Operating activities:

                         

Net income

  $ 523,367   $ 643,927   $ 1,936,890   $ 966,085  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                         

Depreciation and amortization

    20,768     31,996     139,040     106,281  

Non-cash disposal of property and equipment

                (430 )

Stock-based compensation

    162,809     67,980     271,919     173,240  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Accounts receivable

    (37,592 )   (41,490 )   (396,589 )   (1,154,176 )

Inventory

    (85,826 )   (125,149 )   45,655     (116,828 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    40,844     (58,396 )   (40,422 )   (72,977 )

Other assets

    (1,688 )   (293 )   (4,991 )   (1,185 )

Deferred income taxes

    (62,248 )   (13,115 )   (48,797 )   78,839  

Accounts payable

    125,479     57,843     19,050     337,317  

Accrued payroll and benefits

    (219,097 )   (231,690 )   114,109     404,952  

Other accrued taxes

    (47,196 )   6,032     60,466     18,320  

Warranty reserve

        (134 )   (134 )   9,011  

Deferred revenue

    (16,927 )   (215,710 )   (126,985 )   373,418  

Accrued income taxes, net of prepaid income taxes

    59,416     (172,875 )   (494,814 )   387,289  
                   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    462,109     (51,074 )   1,474,397     1,509,156  
                   

Investing activities:

                         

Purchases of investments

    (1,237 )   (1,037 )   (4,986 )   (4,707 )

Purchases of property and equipment          

    (4,292 )   (21,245 )   (163,175 )   (112,940 )

Patent and software costs

    (3,165 )   (2,421 )   (28,586 )   (48,621 )
                   

Net cash used in investing activities          

    (8,694 )   (24,703 )   (196,747 )   (166,268 )
                   

Financing activities:

                         

Repayment of officer note payable

    (6,333 )       (513,397 )   (238,532 )
                   

Net cash used in financing activities          

    (6,333 )       (513,397 )   (238,532 )
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

    447,082     (75,777 )   764,253     1,104,356  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    2,461,559     1,697,306     1,697,306     592,950  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 2,908,641   $ 1,621,529   $ 2,461,559   $ 1,697,306  
                   
                   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 307,000   $ 480,634   $ 1,390,049   $  
                   
                   

Deferred initial public offering costs included in Other assets

  $ 259,056   $   $   $  
                   
                   

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 – Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

        iRadimed Corporation ("iRadimed", the "Company", "we", "our") was incorporated in Oklahoma in July 1992 and reincorporated in Delaware in April 2014. We develop, manufacture, market and distribute Magnetic Resonance Imaging ("MRI") compatible products, and today, we are the sole provider of non-magnetic intravenous ("IV") infusion pump systems. We were the first to develop an infusion delivery system that neutralizes the dangers and problems present during MRI procedures. Our headquarters are in Winter Park, Florida.

        During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company began taking steps to execute an initial public offering of its common stock.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include allowances for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable, valuation of inventory, intangible assets, allocation of arrangement consideration, stock-based compensation, deferred income taxes, reserves for warranty obligations, and the provision for income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, delivery has occurred and title and risk of loss has transferred and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Terms of sale for most domestic sales are FOB destination, reflecting that title and risk of loss are assumed by the purchaser upon delivery. Terms of sales to international distributors are FOB shipping point, reflecting that title and risk of loss are assumed by the distributor at the shipping point.

        Under the revenue recognition rules for tangible products, we allocate revenue from arrangements with multiple deliverables to each of the deliverables based upon their relative selling prices as determined by a selling-price hierarchy. A deliverable in an arrangement qualifies as a separate unit of accounting if 1) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and 2) the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in control of the vendor. The principal deliverables in our multiple deliverable arrangements that qualify as separate units of accounting consist of (i) sales of medical devices and supplies, (ii) installation and training services, and (iii) separately priced extended warranty agreements.

        We use a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price ("ESP"). VSOE of fair value is defined as the price charged when the same element is sold separately, or if the element has not yet been sold separately, the price for the element established by management having the relevant authority when it is probable that the price will not change before the introduction of the element into the marketplace. VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is the price

F-7


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

actually charged for that deliverable. For certain sales under group purchasing organization ("GPO") contracts, we have established VSOE for all of the elements in our multiple element arrangements. This determination is based on the volume of sales to these customers in relation to our total sales and the discount tier in which those sales are made. For all other sales we rely on ESP, reflecting our best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis, to establish the amount of revenue to allocate to the undelivered elements. TPE generally does not exist for our products because of their uniqueness.

        For products shipped under FOB shipping point terms, delivery is considered to have occurred when shipped. Undelivered elements in our sales arrangements, which are not considered to be essential to the functionality of a product, generally include installation and training services that are performed after the related products have been delivered and extended warranty agreements. Revenue related to undelivered installation and training services is deferred until such time as those services are complete, which is typically within 30 days of the related products being delivered to the customer's location. Revenue and direct acquisition costs related to undelivered extended warranty agreements are deferred and recognized ratably over the service period, which is between one and four years. Deferred revenue for extended warranty agreements is based on the price charged when the service is sold separately.

        Shipping and handling charges billed to customers are included in revenue and shipping and handling related expenses are charged to cost of revenue. Advance payments from customers are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue as otherwise described above. Most of our sales are subject to 30 to 60 day customer-specified acceptance provisions. These provisions require us to estimate the amount of future returns and recognize revenue net of these potential returns.

        In certain States we are required to collect sales taxes from our customers. These amounts are excluded from revenue and recorded as a liability.

        GPOs negotiate volume purchase prices for hospitals, group practices, and other clinics that are members of a GPO. Our agreements with GPOs typically include the following provisions:

      Negotiated pricing for all group members;

      Volume discounts and other preferential terms on their members' purchases from us;

      Promotion of our products by the GPO to its members;

      Payment of administrative fees by us to the GPO, based on purchases of our products by group members.

        We do not sell to GPOs. Hospitals, group practices, and other acute care facilities that are members of a GPO purchase products directly from us under the terms negotiated by the GPO. Negotiated pricing and discounts are recognized as a reduction of the selling price of products at the time of the sale. Revenue from sales to members of GPOs is otherwise consistent with revenue recognition policies as previously described.

Cash Equivalents

        All highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are classified as cash equivalents.

F-8


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable is recorded at the sales price of the related products and services. We assess the sufficiency of the allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable. Estimates are based on historical collection experience and other customer-specific information, such as bankruptcy filings or liquidity problems of our customers. When it is determined that an account receivable is uncollectible, it is written off and relieved from the allowance. Any future determination that the allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts receivable is not properly stated could result in changes in operating expense and results of operations.

Investments

        Our investments consist of two mutual funds and are considered available-for-sale. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost basis of investments sold. Our investments are recorded in our balance sheets at fair value. We classify our investments as current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations. Unrealized gains and losses on our investments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Realized gains or losses are recorded in sale of investments and impairment losses that are determined to be other-than-temporary are recorded in investment impairment losses in our statements of operations.

Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A three-level valuation hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

        The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability on the measurement date. The three levels of inputs are:

      Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for an identical asset or liability.

      Level 2 – quoted prices for a similar asset or liability in an active market or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

      Level 3 – unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability.

        Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses. Cash and cash equivalents and investments are reported at their respective fair values on the balance sheet dates. The recorded carrying amount of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates their fair values due to their short-term maturities.

Inventory

        Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. We may be exposed to a number of factors that could result in portions of our inventory becoming either obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage. These factors include, but are not limited to, technological changes, competitive situations in products and prices, and the introduction of new product lines. We regularly evaluate our ability to realize the value of inventory

F-9


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

based on a combination of factors, including historical usage rates, forecasted sales, product life cycles, and market acceptance of new products. When inventory that is obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage is identified, it is written down to realizable salvage value or an inventory valuation allowance is established.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which are three to five years for computer software and hardware; five to seven years for furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements.

        Repair and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life of our property and equipment are expensed as incurred.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets include application and legal costs incurred to obtain patents. We capitalize these costs when we determine that probable future economic benefits exist. In making this determination, we consider the projected future operating results associated with the patents, industry and economic trends, and the entry of new products in the market. Costs incurred prior to this determination are expensed in the period they are incurred. We amortize capitalized patent costs using the straight-line method over their useful lives, which is typically 17 years. Periodic costs incurred to maintain existing patents are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived Assets

        Long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets may be impaired. Impairment indicators include, but are not limited to, technological obsolescence, unfavorable court rulings, significant negative industry and economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical and projected future operating results. Impairment is considered to have occurred when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset groups are less than its carrying value. Estimates of future cash flows involve consideration of many factors including the marketability of new products, product acceptance and lifecycle, competition, appropriate discount rates, and operating margins. An impairment is recognized as the amount by which the carrying value is less than the fair value of the asset or asset group.

Warranty

        We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While we engage in product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of our suppliers, the estimated warranty obligation is affected by ongoing product failure rates, material usage costs and direct labor incurred in correcting a product failure. Actual product failure rates, material usage costs and the amount of labor required to repair products that differ from estimates result in revisions to the estimated liability. We warrant for a limited period of time that our products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship. We estimate warranty allowances based on historical warranty experience. Historically, warranty expenses have not been material to our financial statements.

F-10


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Research & Development and Capitalized Software Development Costs

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Some of our products include embedded software which is essential to the product's functionality. Costs incurred in the research and development of new software components and enhancements to existing software components are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. We capitalize software development costs when the project reaches technological feasibility and cease capitalization when the project is ready for release. Capitalized software development costs are included in intangible assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the product. Amortization begins when the product is available for general release to the customer.

Advertising and Marketing

        Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as they are incurred. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), advertising and marketing costs were $12,877 and $11,941, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, these costs were $78,882 and $84,930, respectively. Advertising and marketing costs are included in sales and marketing expense.

Medical Device Excise Taxes

        Effective January 1, 2013, we became subject to the Medical Device Excise Tax applicable to sales of listed medical devices under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act ("ACA") enacted in 2010. The ACA requires us to pay 2.3% of the taxable sales value of devices sold. Qualifying sales are recorded on a gross basis. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited), we recorded medical device excise taxes of $51,333. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded medical device excise taxes of $161,246. Medical device excise taxes are included as a component of general and administrative expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

        We recognize stock-based compensation expense associated with employee stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award, which is generally four years. The maximum contractual life of our stock options is ten years from the grant date. We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the grant date fair value of those awards. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of certain assumptions including stock price, dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, and expected option life. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the estimated fair value of our employee stock options.

        The grant date stock price is based on third-party valuations that have been performed periodically and consideration of significant events impacting us since the date of the respective valuations; dividend yield is based on our expectation of dividend payments over the expected life of the option; expected volatility is based on a study of comparable, publicly traded companies with similar products and product life cycles; risk-free interest rate was the rate available on zero coupon U.S. government obligations with a term approximating the expected option life; the expected option life was calculated using the simplified method as there is no historical exercise data to rely upon.

        Forfeitures of employee stock options are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures, such that expense is recorded only for those stock-based awards that are expected to vest.

F-11


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The cash flow resulting from the tax benefits from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) is classified as a cash inflow from financing activities and a cash outflow from operating activities in our statements of cash flows. We treat tax deductions from certain stock option exercises as being realized when they reduce taxes payable in accordance with relevant tax law. Upon exercise, we issues new shares. To date, there have been no option exercises.

Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

        We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. A valuation allowance is recorded to offset net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        We recognize the tax benefit of uncertain tax positions in the financial statements based on the technical merits of the position. When the tax position is deemed more likely than not of being sustained, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being ultimately realized upon settlement.

Foreign Currency

        Gains and losses from transactions denominated in currencies other than our functional currency are included in other income and expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited), net foreign currency transaction gain was $2,184. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 (unaudited), net foreign currency transaction loss was $4,389. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, net foreign currency transaction losses were $23,432 and $12,210, respectively. Foreign currency gains and losses result primarily from fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and the Japanese Yen.

Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income includes net income and other comprehensive income items that are excluded from net income under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on our investments classified as available for sale.

Basic and Diluted Net Income per Share

        Basic net income per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. As discussed further in Note 5, the effect of our 1.75:1 stock split and recapitalization is reflected in the number of outstanding shares and per share information in the table below. Preferred stock and stock options granted by us represent the only dilutive effect reflected in diluted weighted-average shares outstanding.

F-12


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net income per share:

 
  As of March 31,   As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Net income

  $ 523,367   $ 643,927   $ 1,936,890   $ 966,085  
                   
                   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – Basic

    7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000     7,000,000  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                         

Preferred stock

    1,400,000     1,400,000     1,400,000     1,400,000  

Stock options

    459,015     92,475     224,314     62,240  
                   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – Diluted

    8,859,015     8,492,475     8,624,314     8,462,240  

Basic net income per share

  $ 0.07   $ 0.09   $ 0.28   $ 0.14  
                   
                   

Diluted net income per share

  $ 0.06   $ 0.08   $ 0.22   $ 0.11  
                   
                   

        Stock options to purchase shares of our common stock excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive are as follows:

 
  As of March 31,   As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Anti-dilutive stock options

    586,509     789,933     467,109     842,433  

        Subsequent to December 31, 2013, we granted 73,500 options to employees for the purchase of our common stock under the terms of our incentive stock plan as described further in Note 6 below.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

        We market our products to end users in the United States and to distributors internationally. Sales to end users in the United States are generally made on open credit terms. Management maintains an allowance for potential credit losses. At the end of 2013, one customer accounted for 10.8% of gross accounts receivable. At the end of 2012, one customer accounted for 15.4% of gross accounts receivable.

        Revenue for 2013 included two non-recurring sales to a customer in Saudi Arabia for 129 of our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps. Revenue recorded in 2013 related to these orders represented 10.7% of total revenue for 2013.

        We have deposited our cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions. Our cash and cash equivalents balances exceed federally insured limits throughout the year. We have not incurred any losses related to these balances.

        Our products require clearance from the Food and Drug Administration and international regulatory agencies prior to commercialized sales. The Company's future products may not receive required approvals. If the Company were denied such approvals, or if such approvals were delayed, it

F-13


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

would have a materially adverse impact on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Certain key components of our products essential to their functionality are sole-sourced. Any disruption in the availability of these components would have a materially adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        Recently issued FASB guidance and Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletins have either been implemented, with no significant effect, or are not applicable to us.

2 – Inventory

        Inventory consists of:

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of
March 31, 2014
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Raw materials

  $ 1,179,936   $ 1,143,495   $ 1,165,356  

Work in process

    85,502     14,337     55,039  

Finished goods

    160,719     182,499     165,591  
               

Total

  $ 1,426,157   $ 1,340,331   $ 1,385,986  
               
               

3 – Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consist of:

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of
March 31, 2014
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Computer software and hardware

  $ 157,422   $ 154,709   $ 132,878  

Furniture and fixtures

    91,049     87,611     75,146  

Leasehold improvements

    47,623     47,623     43,743  

Machinery and equipment

    765,280     721,270     642,833  

Tooling in-process

    693     46,562     —    
               

    1,062,067     1,057,775     894,600  

Accumulated depreciation

    (741,646 )   (730,432 )   (628,983 )
               

Total

  $ 320,421   $ 327,343   $ 265,617  
               
               

        Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $11,214 and $22,806 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, and $101,449 and $72,455 in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-14


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4 – Intangible Assets

        The following table summarizes the components of intangible asset balances:

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of
March 31, 2014
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Patents – in use

  $ 228,520   $ 228,430   $ 215,389  

Patents – in process

    22,240     19,165     3,620  

Internally developed software

    148,967     148,967     148,967  
               

    399,727     396,562     367,976  

Accumulated amortization

    (139,092 )   (129,538 )   (91,947 )
               

Total

  $ 260,635   $ 267,024   $ 276,029  
               
               

        Amortization expense of intangible assets was $9,554 and $9,190 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, and $37,591 and $33,826 in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Expected annual amortization expense for the next five years related to intangible assets is as follows:

2014

  $ 38,218  

2015

    38,218  

2016

    20,915  

2017

    13,437  

2018

    13,437  

5 – Capital Stock

Reincorporation

        Effective April 14, 2014, we reincorporated as a Delaware corporation. As part of this reincorporation, we converted all previously outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock into a single class of common stock on a 1.75:1 conversion ratio and all previously outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock were split on a 1.75:1 conversion ratio into new Series A Preferred Stock. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Series A Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock immediately upon the earlier the closing on the first sale of shares of our common stock in in an initial firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, where the aggregate public offering amount is not less than $10,000,000. In accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation, upon the sale of shares pursuant to this initial public offering, all of our Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into common stock on a 1:1 conversion ratio. This recapitalization is accounted for as a stock split as the intent is to provide for wider

F-15


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

distribution of our common stock. The table below summarizes the effect of the stock split and conversion on our capital stock that was previously outstanding as of:

December 31, 2013 and 2012  

Series A Preferred Stock outstanding – Pre recapitalization

    800,000  

Stock split ratio

    1.75:1  

Series A Preferred Stock outstanding – Post recapitalization

    1,400,000  
       
       

Common stock outstanding – Pre recapitalization

       

Class A Common Stock

    400,000  

Class B Common Stock

    3,600,000  
       

Total

    4,000,000  

Stock split ratio

    1.75:1  

Common stock outstanding – Post recapitalization

    7,000,000  
       
       

        As of the effective date of the reincorporation, we are now authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.0001. Upon completion of the public offering, there will be 8,400,000 shares Common Stock outstanding and no shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding.

        The effect of this stock split has been retroactively applied to per-share computations, share and option amounts for all periods presented within these financial statements and accompanying notes.

        The rights and privileges of our Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock are as follows:

Series A Preferred Stock

        We are authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 800,000 of these shares shall be designated as Series A Preferred Stock ("Preferred Stock") with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

        Voting and Dividends.     Prior to conversion, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock has the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted. The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends from legally available assets prior to any declaration or payment of dividends to Common Stock holders. Dividends on each share of Preferred Stock are initially at $0.06429 per year payable when and as declared by the Board and are non-cumulative. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends or distributions are distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate.

        Liquidation.     In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds resulting from such liquidation event to holders of the Common Stock, an amount equal to $1.07143 plus declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon occurrence of such liquidation event, the proceeds are insufficient to permit the payment of the aforementioned amount in full, then the entire proceeds shall be distributed ratably among all holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amount each holder would otherwise receive.

F-16


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Conversion.     Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price of each share of Preferred Stock by the applicable conversion price. The initial conversion price per share is $1.07143. Adjustments to the initial conversion price may result from a recapitalization event or changes in the number of common shares outstanding. Each share of Preferred Stock automatically converts into shares of fully paid non-assessable shares of Common Stock, at the then applicable conversion rate, upon (1) sale of our common stock through a qualified initial public offering, or (2) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis. As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the original issue price and the applicable conversion price are both $1.07143, resulting in a 1:1 conversion ratio.

        Redemption.     Upon a majority vote of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, we may, at our discretion, redeem or purchase shares of Preferred Stock. We also have a first right of refusal to repurchase shares of the Preferred Stock arising from a holder's proposal to sell such Preferred Stock.

Common Stock

        We are authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

        Voting and Dividends.     Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote except for matters related to potential amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation or matters that solely relate to the terms of one or more outstanding series of our Preferred Stock. Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, dividends pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held. These dividend rights are junior to those of the Preferred Stock holders' rights to dividends.

        Liquidation.     Liquidation preference of the Common Stock holders is junior to that of the Preferred Stock holders.

        Redemption.     The Common Stock is not redeemable.

6 – Stock-Based Compensation

        During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we maintained one stock plan known as the iRadimed Corporation Incentive Stock Plan ("Plan"). Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2013, our Board of Directors adopted and our shareholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (see Note 15). The Plan is administered by our Board of Directors. The Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 1,862,000 common shares in connection with the granting of non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options. As of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013, and after the effect of our stock split as discussed in Note 5, there were 28,808 and 102,308, respectively, shares available for future awards.

F-17


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Stock-based compensation was recognized as follows in the statement of operations:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 959   $ 3   $ 13   $ 2,050  

General and administrative

    56,935     4,115     16,461     1,770  

Sales and marketing

    95,536     63,775     255,096     168,316  

Research and development

    9,379     87     349     1,104  
                   

Total

  $ 162,809   $ 67,980   $ 271,919   $ 173,240  
                   
                   

        As of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) we had $2,148,989 of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2,117,081 of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.6 years. The total fair value of stock options that vested during the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) was $173,997. The total fair value of stock options that vested during the year ended December 31,2013 was $272,004.

        Under the Plan, the strike price of non-qualified stock options awarded under the Plan may not be less than 85% of the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The strike price of incentive stock options awarded under the Plan may not be less than 100% of our common stock on the date of grant. Some of the options we issued in the past had exercise prices below the estimated fair value of our Common Stock on their respective grant date and hence do not qualify as incentive stock options. Going forward our intention is to issue options to our employees that qualify as incentive stock options. Options awarded under the Plan expire no more than ten years after the date of grant. Options are granted periodically throughout the year.

        The weighted-average fair value of our options and the related assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to record stock-based compensation are as follows:

 
   
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  As of
March 31, 2014
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

  $ 3.30   $ 3.25   $ 1.59  

Dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Expected volatility

    112.8 %   113.0 %   116.8 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.4 %   2.4 %   1.1 %

Expected option life (years)

    7.0     7.0     7.0  

Forfeiture rate

    10.0 %   10.0 %   0.0 %

F-18


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The following table presents a summary of our stock option activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 
  Options   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Yrs)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding beginning of period

    1,192,433   $ 1.04     6.6   $ 652,787  
                   

Options granted

    567,259     1.46              

Options exercised

    —       —                

Options canceled

    —       —                
                   

Outstanding end of period

    1,759,692   $ 1.18     7.7   $ 3,741,190  
                   

Exercisable

    721,302   $ 1.09     5.4   $ 1,593,550  
                   

        The following table presents a summary of our stock option activity as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited):

 
  Options   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Yrs)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding beginning of period

    1,759,692   $ 1.18     7.7   $ 3,741,190  
                   

Options granted

    73,500     2.65              

Options exercised

    —       —                

Options canceled

    —       —                
                   

Outstanding end of period

    1,833,192   $ 1.24     7.5   $ 3,785,640  
                   

Exercisable

    721,302   $ 1.09     5.2   $ 1,593,550  
                   

        The historical valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . In the absence of a public trading market, we considered all relevant facts and circumstances known at the time of valuation, made certain assumptions based on future expectations and exercised significant judgment to determine the fair value of our common stock. The factors considered in determining the fair value include, but are not limited to, the following:

      Retrospective third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2012;

      Contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2013;

      Our historical financial results and estimated trends and projections of our future operating and financial performance;

      The market performance of comparable, publicly traded companies; and

      The overall economic and industry conditions and outlook.

F-19


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        We granted the following stock options during the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Grant Date
  Options
Granted
  Exercise
Price
  Estimated Fair Value
of Common Stock per
Share at Grant Date
  Aggregate
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

July 16, 2012

    17,500   $ 1.29   $ 1.59   $ 25,224  

November 1, 2012

    278,408   $ 0.93   $ 1.59   $ 402,939  

November 20, 2012

    43,750   $ 1.48   $ 1.59   $ 61,503  

January 1, 2013

    17,500   $ 1.29   $ 1.59   $ 24,819  

December 13, 2013

    26,250   $ 1.29   $ 3.30   $ 80,259  

December 31, 2013

    523,509   $ 1.48   $ 3.30   $ 1,590,185  

January 1, 2014

    26,250   $ 1.48   $ 3.30   $ 71,820  

January 1, 2014

    12,250   $ 3.30   $ 3.30   $ 31,862  

March 1, 2014

    8,750   $ 3.30   $ 3.30   $ 22,759  

March 25, 2014

    26,250   $ 3.30   $ 3.30   $ 68,276  

7 – Investments

        Our available-for-sale securities consist of two mutual funds and are summarized in the following table:

 
  Cost   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Market
Value
 

March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  $ 246,018   $ 4,769   $ —     $ 250,787  

December 31, 2013

  $ 244,782   $ 1,421   $ —     $ 246,203  

December 31, 2012

  $ 239,796   $ 10,998   $ —     $ 250,794  

8 – Fair Value Measurements

        The fair value of our assets and liabilities subject to recurring fair value measurements are as follows:

 
  Fair Value at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)  
 
  Fair
Value
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Market for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Mutual funds

  $ 250,787   $ 250,787   $ —     $ —    
                   
                   

 

 
  Fair Value at December 31, 2013  
 
  Fair
Value
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Market for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Mutual funds

  $ 246,203   $ 246,203   $ —     $ —    
                   
                   

F-20


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Fair Value at December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair
Value
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Market for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Mutual funds

  $ 250,794   $ 250,794   $ —     $ —    
                   
                   

        The fair values of our mutual funds are based upon quoted market prices and valuations provided by the third-party custodian of our mutual funds.

        There were no transfers into or out of any Levels during the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) or for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

9 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        The only component of accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows:

 
  Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on
Available-For-Sale
Securities
 

Balances at December 31, 2011

  $ 4,065  

Gain (loss), net

    3,084  

Reclassification realized in net earnings

    —    
       

Balances at December 31, 2012

  $ 7,149  
       

Gain (loss), net

    (6,225 )

Reclassification realized in net earnings

    —    
       

Balances at December 31, 2013

  $ 924  
       
       

10 – Income Taxes

        The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years
Ended December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Current taxes:

                         

U.S. federal

  $ 316,971   $ 263,916   $ 764,452   $ 300,052  

State

    49,444     29,739     130,784     87,236  
                   

Total current tax expense

    366,415     293,655     895,236     387,288  

Deferred taxes:

                         

U.S. federal

    (52,255 )   (3,569 )   (14,278 )   91,242  

State

    (9,992 )   (8,520 )   (34,080 )   (12,550 )
                   

Total deferred tax benefit

    (62,247 )   (12,089 )   (48,358 )   78,692  
                   

Income tax expense

  $ 304,168   $ 281,566   $ 846,878   $ 465,980  
                   
                   

F-21


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred taxes are as follows:

 
  As of March 31,   As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Deferred tax assets:

                         

Current deferred tax assets:

                         

Reserves and allowances

  $ 109,652   $ 104,801   $ 109,177   $ 103,341  

Other

        1,101         1,469  
                   

Total current deferred tax assets

  $ 109,652   $ 105,902   $ 109,177   $ 104,810  
                   
                   

Noncurrent deferred tax assets:

                         

Stock compensation

    214,555     80,028     152,906     55,736  

Research and development credits

        120,345         160,460  
                   

Total noncurrent deferred tax assets

  $ 214,555   $ 200,373   $ 152,906   $ 216,196  
                   
                   

Deferred tax liabilities:

                         

Current deferred tax liabilities:

                         

Reserves and allowances

    42,674     125,734     42,674     153,421  

Other

    542     3,279     542     4,192  
                   

Total current deferred tax liabilities

  $ 43,216   $ 129,013   $ 43,216   $ 157,613  
                   
                   

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

                         

Depreciation and amortization

    208,040     204,499     206,993     203,668  
                   

Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

  $ 208,040   $ 204,499   $ 206,993   $ 203,668  
                   
                   

        A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective rate is as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %   34.0 %   34.0 %

Domestic production activities deduction

    (2.4 )   (3.7 )   (3.7 )   (3.7 )

Research and development credits

        (2.8 )   (2.8 )   (2.5 )

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    4.8     2.3     2.3     3.4  

Permanent items

    0.4     0.6     0.6     1.3  
                   

Total

    36.8 %   30.4 %   30.4 %   32.5 %
                   
                   

        As of March 31, 2014 (unaudited), December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we have not identified or accrued for any uncertain tax positions. We are currently unaware of any uncertain tax positions that could result in significant payments, accruals or other material deviations in this estimate over the next 12 months.

        We file tax returns in the United States Federal jurisdiction and many state jurisdictions. Our returns are not currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing

F-22


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

authorities. The Company is subject to income tax examinations for our United States federal and State income taxes for 2008 and subsequent years.

11 – Employee Benefit Plan

        We sponsor a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan under which eligible employees may elect to have a portion of their salary deferred and contributed to the plan. Employer matching contributions are determined by management and are discretionary. Employer matching contributions were approximately $43,154 and $24,651, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), and $98,623 and $65,086, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Employer contributions vest ratably over five years.

12 – Segment, Customer and Geographic Information

        We operate in one reportable segment which is the development, manufacture and sale of MRI compatible products and IV infusion pump systems for use by hospitals and acute care facilities during MRI procedures.

        In the U.S., we sell our products through our direct sales force and outside of the U.S. we sell our products through distributors who resell our products to end users.

        Revenue information by geographic region is as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Years
Ended December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

United States

  $ 2,449,109   $ 2,032,815   $ 8,100,907   $ 5,821,106  

International

    1,108,128     595,454     3,239,190     1,863,955  
                   

  $ 3,557,237   $ 2,628,269   $ 11,340,097   $ 7,685,061  
                   
                   

        Property and equipment, net information by geographic region is as follows:

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of March 31,
2014
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

United States

  $ 245,430   $ 256,386   $ 207,290  

International

    74,991     70,957     58,327  
               

  $ 320,421   $ 327,343   $ 265,617  
               
               

        During the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), respectively, revenue from devices was $3,020,389 and $2,200,715, while revenue from disposable IV sets and services were $536,848 and $427,554. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, revenue from devices was $9,335,753 and $6,009,640, while revenue from disposable IV sets and services were $2,004,344 and $1,675,421. Revenue for 2013 included two non-recurring sales to a customer in Saudi Arabia for 129 of our MRI compatible IV infusion pumps. Revenue recorded in 2013 related to these orders represented 10.7% of total revenue for 2013.

F-23


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Long-lived assets held outside of the United States consist principally of tooling, which is a component of property and equipment, net.

13 – Commitments and Contingencies

        Leases.     We have entered into noncancelable operating leases for our facilities and office equipment. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2013 are approximately $60,000. Minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases after 2014 are not material to our financial statements.

        Rent expense, which is recorded on the straight-line method from commencement over the period of the lease, totaled $30,770 and $28,771 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited), respectively. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $116,277 and $115,440, respectively. Minimum lease payments for each of our operating leases are even throughout their respective lease term.

        In January 2014, we entered into a lease, commencing June 1, 2014, for a new facility in Winter Springs, Florida owned by Susi, LLC, and entity controlled by our president and CEO, Roger Susi. Pursuant to the terms of our lease for this property, the monthly base rent will be $32,583, adjusted annually for changes in the consumer price index. The term of the lease expires on May 31, 2019. The lease will automatically renew for two successive terms of five years each beginning in 2019 and again in 2024, and thereafter, will be renewed for successive terms of one year each.

        Purchase commitments.     We had various purchase orders for goods or services totaling approximately $1,529,710 at March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and $1,758,242 at December 31, 2013. No amounts related to these purchase orders have been recognized in our balance sheet.

        Uncommitted Revolving Credit Facility.     We have an uncommitted revolving credit facility with Bank of America, National Association ("Bank of America") that provided for a maximum borrowing capacity of $100,000 throughout 2013. Advances on this credit facility can be in the form of variable rate advances, fixed rate advances, or term advances. Interest rates on variable interest rate advances would reset weekly at the then applicable LIBOR rate plus a spread, which is determined at the time of the advance. Finance charges on variable rate advances would accrue monthly and are due on the earlier of demand of the first business day of the succeeding month. Fixed rate advances would bear finance charges at a fixed rate of interest established at the time of the advance plus a spread for a period up to 12 months. Each fixed rate advance, together with all accrued finance charges, fees and other charges, would be due upon the earlier of demand or the last day of the fixed rate period. Term advances would bear finance charges at a fixed rate of interest established at the time of the advance plus a spread for a term greater than 12 months. Each term rate advance, together with all accrued finance charges, fees and other charges, would be due upon the earlier of demand or the last day of the term period. An early repayment penalty applies to fixed rate and term rate advances. The early repayment penalty is equal to the amount sufficient to compensate Bank of America for any loss, cost or expense incurred resulting from the early repayment, including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by Bank of America for purposes of these advances.

        As security for any advances on this credit facility, we agreed to assign, transfer, pledge, grant and convey to Bank of America a continuing, first priority lien and security interest in all right, title and interest in the following property, whether owned now or hereafter acquired, in: (i) all of our securities;

F-24


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(ii) monies, debts, claims, securities, securities entitlements, financial assets, investment property, instruments, certificates of deposit, general intangibles of any sort now or hereafter held or; (iii) proceeds from the sale of the foregoing. We are also required to maintain financial assets in our securities account that have a value at least equal to the amount required by Bank of America from time to time.

        Events of default are typical for this type of instrument. Upon an event of default, Bank of America could perform any and all of the following: demand immediate payment of all amounts due; demand that we provide additional collateral; suspend or terminate our ability to obtain additional advances; liquidate securities held in our securities account; and increase the spread on any advance by 600 basis points.

        During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not request or obtain any advances from this revolving credit facility.

        Indemnifications.     Under our amended and restated bylaws, we have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences arising as a result of the officer or director serving in such capacity. We have a director and officer liability insurance policy that limits our exposure under these indemnifications and enables us to recover a portion of any future loss arising out of them.

        In addition, in the normal course of business, we enter into contracts that contain indemnification clauses whereby the Company indemnifies our customers against damages associated with product failures. We have determined that these agreements fall within the scope of ASC 460, Guarantees . We have obtained liability insurance providing coverage that limits our exposure for these indemnified matters. We have not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnities. We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnities is minimal and have not recorded a liability for these agreements as of December 31, 2013.

        Legal matters.     We may from time to time become a party to various legal proceedings or claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that any current legal or administrative proceedings are likely to have a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

        In October 2012, Radimed Gesellschaft für Kommunikationsdienstleistungen und Medizintechnik mbH ("Radimed") brought an action in Düsseldorf Regional Court against our German distributor alleging the name and sign "iRadimed" was confusingly similar to their German trademark "Radimed." A judgment was rendered against our German distributor preventing use of the name and sign "iRadimed" in Germany. We have however continued to sell products in Germany without any discernible effect by using the name IRI Development. On July 31, 2013, Radimed filed a lawsuit against us and our founder, Roger Susi, in Düsseldorf Regional Court, alleging that we infringed their German and Community trademarks "Radimed" and seeking to prevent our use of the name, sign and domain name "iRadimed" in the European Union. In addition, Radimed is seeking unspecified damages. We have not accrued for any loss related to this matter as we believe that any such loss is not probable or estimable.

F-25


Table of Contents


iRadimed Corporation
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14 – Officer Note Payable

        In the early stages of the Company, our CEO provided funding for operations in the form of an unsecured interest-free note payable with no specified due date. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $6,333 and $519,730 remained outstanding. In March 2014, subsequent to our 2013 year end, we repaid with cash the outstanding balance of the note payable.

15 – Subsequent Events

        Management has assessed subsequent events through June 18, 2014, which is the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

        In April 2014, our Board of Directors adopted and our shareholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan ("2014 Plan"). The 2014 Plan reserves 1,000,000 shares of our common stock for awards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards and other stock-based awards and cash awards.

F-26


Table of Contents


LOGO

                        Common Stock

P R O S P E C T U S

Sole Book-Running Manager

Roth Capital Partners

Co-Manager

Monarch Capital Group

                        , 2014

Through and including                        , 2014, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

   


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 
  Amount  

SEC Filing Fee

  $ 1,649  

FINRA Filing Fee

    2,195  

The NASDAQ Capital Market Listing Fee

          *  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

          *  

Legal Fees and Expenses

          *  

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

          *  

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses

          *  

Printing and Engraving Expenses

          *  

Miscellaneous Expenses

          *  
       

  $       *  
       
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for breaches of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of a law, authorizations of the payments of a dividend or approval of a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, subject to the same exceptions as described above. We also expect to maintain standard insurance policies that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments we may make to such officers and directors.

        Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with a threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with defense or settlement of such action or suit and no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of

II-1


Table of Contents

Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. In addition, to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding described above (or claim, issue, or matter therein), such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit, or proceeding may be advanced by the corporation upon receipt of an undertaking by such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by the corporation under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she (or his or her testators or intestate) is or was our director or officer or serves or served at any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in a similar capacity or as an employee or agent at our request, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by us, against expenses (including attorneys'), judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend, or defense of such action, suit, proceeding, or claim. However, we are not required to indemnify or advance expenses in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim, or counterclaim initiated by us or on behalf of us. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was our director or officer, or is or was serving at our request in a similar capacity of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (whether the basis of such action, suit, or proceeding is an action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director of officer) to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes, or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, and this indemnification continues after such person has ceased to be an officer or director and inures to the benefit of such person's heirs, executors, and administrators. The indemnification rights also include the right generally to be advanced expenses, subject to any undertaking required under Delaware General Corporation Law, and the right generally to recover expenses to enforce an indemnification claim or to defend specified suits with respect to advances of indemnification expenses.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        From January 1, 2011 through March 31, 2014, the Registrant has granted stock options under the 2005 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended to directors, officers, and employees to purchase an aggregate of 1,421,942 shares of common stock, giving effect to the 1.75:1 conversion ratio effected in the reincorporation merger, with exercise prices ranging from $0.93 per share to $3.30 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.25 per share. The issuances were made pursuant to the Registrant's 2005 Incentive Stock Plan in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) (formerly Section 4(2)) promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)
    Exhibits

      See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page to this registration statement.

        All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable, or the information is included in the financial statements or the related notes to financial statements thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

            (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

               (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

              (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

            (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

            (5)   (ii) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

II-3


Table of Contents

            (6)   For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

                (i)  Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

               (ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

              (iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

              (iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

        (f)    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the representative of the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (h)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (i)    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Winter Park, State of Florida on this 18 th day of June, 2014.

    IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ROGER SUSI

Roger Susi
Chief Executive Officer and President


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of iRadimed Corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint Roger Susi and Chris Scott, and each of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as we might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ROGER SUSI

Roger Susi
  Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director (principal executive officer)   June 18, 2014

/s/ CHRIS SCOTT

Chris Scott

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

June 18, 2014

/s/ JAMES HAWKINS

James Hawkins

 

Chairman of the Board

 

June 18, 2014

/s/ SERGE NOVOVICH

Serge Novovich

 

Director

 

June 18, 2014

/s/ MONTY ALLEN

Monty Allen

 

Director

 

June 18, 2014

II-5


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 * Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation
        
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws
        
  4.1 * Specimen common stock certificate
        
  4.2 * Form of Underwriter Compensation Warrant Agreement
        
  4.3   Investors' Rights Agreement dated February 26, 2005
        
  5.1 * Opinion of K&L Gates LLP
        
  10.1 + iRadimed Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Plan adopted February 1, 2005
        
  10.2 + Form of Stock Option Agreement for iRadimed Corp. 2005 Incentive Stock Plan
        
  10.3 + Iradimed Corporation 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.4 + Form of Stock Option Agreement for iRadimed Corporation 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.5   Lease Agreement regarding 7457 Aloma Avenue dated April 12, 2011 between Roberts Supply Profit Sharing, LLC and the Registrant
        
  10.6   Amendment to Lease Agreement regarding 7457 Aloma Avenue dated September 16, 2013 between Roberts Supply Profit Sharing, LLC and the Registrant
        
  10.7   Lease Agreement regarding 1025 Willa Springs Dr. dated January 17, 2014 between Susi, LLC and the Registrant
        
  10.8 + Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Christopher K. Scott dated December 16, 2013
        
  10.9 + Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Roger Susi dated April 14, 2014
        
  10.10 + Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Brent Johnson dated December 7, 2011
        
  10.11 Supply Agreement between dated January 26, 2014
        
  10.12   Patent Assignment Agreement by Roger E. Susi to the Registrant dated June 26, 2006
        
  10.13   Patent Assignment Agreement by Roger E. Susi to the Registrant dated June 26, 2006
        
  10.14   Patent Assignment Agreement by Roger E. Susi to the Registrant dated June 26, 2006
        
  10.15   Patent Assignment Agreement by Roger E. Susi to the Registrant dated October 29, 2007
        
  10.16   Patent Assignment Agreement by Roger E. Susi to the Registrant dated August 28, 2008
        
  10.17   Patent Assignment Agreement by Roger E. Susi and David Hefele to the Registrant dated December 3, 2008
        
  10.18   Patent Assignment Agreement by Roger E. Susi to the Registrant dated December 15, 2009
        
  23.1   Consent of McGladrey LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
        
  23.2 * Consent of K&L Gates, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)

*
To be filed by amendment.
+
Indicates a management contract or a compensatory plan.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pending a determination by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to whether these portions should be granted confidential treatment.

II-6




Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

I.

 

The name of this corporation is Iradimed Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

 

II.

 

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19808 .  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

III.

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware Corporation Law ”).

 

IV.

 

A.             Authorization of Stock .  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).  The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 100,000,000, consisting of 90,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 800,000 shares are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock.”

 

B.             The Board of Directors of the corporation (the “ Board ”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, with the exception of the Series A Preferred Stock, which designation, powers, preferences and rights are set forth herein.  The Board is hereby expressly vested with the authority, to the fullest extent now or hereafter provided by law, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions.

 

C.             Each share of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation, if reacquired by the Corporation (whether by redemption, repurchase, conversion to Common Stock or other means), shall upon such reacquisition resume the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, undesignated as to series and available for designation and issuance by the Corporation in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

D.             Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Series A Preferred Stock .  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV.D.

 

1.               Dividend Provisions.

 

(a)          The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of this corporation) on the Common Stock of this corporation, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board.  Such dividends shall not be cumulative.  The holders of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock can waive any dividend

 



 

preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis).  For purposes of this subsection 1(a), “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean $0.06429 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like).

 

(b)          After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate.

 

2.               Liquidation Preference.

 

(a)          In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event (the “ Proceeds ”) to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below), plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share.  If, upon the occurrence of such event, the Proceeds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire Proceeds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this subsection (a).  For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, “Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.07143 per share for each share of the Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock).

 

(b)          Upon completion of the distribution required by subsection (a) of this Section 2, all of the remaining Proceeds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

(c)           (i) For purposes of this Section 2, a “Liquidation Event” shall include (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of this corporation’s assets, (B) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of this corporation with or ‘into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of this corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of this corporation or the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of this corporation’s securities), of this corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of this corporation (or the surviving or acquiring entity), provided, however, that if the acquiring person or group of affiliated persons or any affiliates of any such person or persons (including any family members or family trusts of any acquiring person), individually or in the aggregate, owned more than 50% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding before the transaction or series of related transactions, then the liquidation provision is not triggered, or (D) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, provided, however, that a transaction shall not constitute a Liquidation Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of this corporation’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held this corporation’s securities immediately prior to such transaction.  The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis).

 



 

(ii)           In any Liquidation Event, if Proceeds received by this Corporation or its stockholders is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value.  Any securities shall be valued as:

 

(1)          securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by subsection (2) below, if (x) traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event, (y) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event, and (z) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by this corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(2)          The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (1) (x), (y) or (z) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by this corporation and the holders of at least (a majority) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(3)          The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Liquidation Event may be superseded by any determination of such value set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event.

 

(iii)        In the event the requirements of this Section 2 are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either,

 

(1)          cause the closing of such Liquidation Event to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or

 

(2)          cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection 2(c)(iv) hereof.

 

(iv)       The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock written notice of such impending Liquidation Event not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction.  The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and this Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes.  The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that subject to compliance with the Delaware General Corporation Law such periods may be shortened or waived upon the written consent of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Series A Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis).

 



 

3.               Conversion.   The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

(a)          Right to Convert.   Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of this corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (the conversion rate for the Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock is referred to herein as the “ Conversion Rate ”), determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion prior to closing on the IPO.  The initial Conversion Price per share for Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Original Issue Price applicable to such series, provided, however, that the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 3(d).

 

(b)          Automatic Conversion.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such series of Series A Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) closing on the first sale of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock in its initial firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 (or equivalent registration form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which is not less than $10,000,000.0 in the aggregate (the “ Initial Qualified Public Offering ”), or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stack (voting on an as-converted basis).

 

(c)           Mechanics of Conversion.   Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued.  This Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.  If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Series A Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Series A Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. If the conversion is in connection with Automatic Conversion provisions of subsection 3(b)(ii) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

 



 

(d)          Conversion Price Adjustments of Series A Preferred Stock for Certain Splits and Combinations.

 

(i)              In the event this Corporation should, at any time or from time to time alter the date upon which this Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Filing Date ”), fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

 

(ii)           If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

(e)           Other Distributions.   In the event this corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection 3(d)(i), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection 3(e), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation into which their shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

 

(f)            Recapitalizations.  If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 3 or in Section 2) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of this corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization in any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 3 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 3 (including, where applicable, adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalently as may be practicable.

 

(g)          No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments.

 

(i)              No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to particular stockholders, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and the corporation shall pay in cash the fair market value of any fractional shares as of the time when entitlement to receive such fractions is determined. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 



 

(ii)           Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(h)          Notices of Record Date.   In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, this corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or distribution.

 

(i)              Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.   This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series A Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(j)             Notices.   Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 3 to be given to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this corporation.

 

(k)          Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

4.               Voting Rights.

 

(a)          General Voting Rights.   Prior to conversion, the holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Series A Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all of the Common Stock shares into which shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 



 

(b)          Voting for the Election of Directors.   Prior to conversion, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect the directors of the corporation.  Any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.

 

5.               Protective Provisions.   So long as at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock originally issued remain outstanding, this corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(a)          alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares,

 

(b)          increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock,

 

(c)           redeem, purchase or, otherwise acquire any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (i) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to a right of first refusal, and (ii) the repurchase of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock pursuant to a right of first refusal arising upon a holder’s proposed transfer of such shares, where such right of first refusal applies generally to the shares of the corporation were they proposed to be transferred (subject to certain specified customary carve outs).

 

E.              Common Stock.   The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV.E.

 

1.               Dividend Rights.   Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets of this corporation legally available therefor any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held.

 

2.               Liquidation Rights.   Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV.D hereof.

 

3.               Redemption.   The Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

4.               Voting Rights.   Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock). The holder of each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

 



 

V.

 

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware Corporation Law, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Corporation Law as so amended.

 

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and upon request advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (or any predecessor thereof), or serves or served at any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation (or any predecessor), against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided; however, that the foregoing shall not require the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise.

 

Neither any amendment, modification nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate, reduce or adversely affect, any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

VI.

 

Effective upon the closing of an Initial Qualified Public Offering , no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be affected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the Corporation whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

VII.

 

The Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, but the stockholders may make additional by-laws and may alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise.

 



 

VIII.

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

IX.

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

X.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which constitute the Whole Board of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XI.

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Corporation Law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

 

XII.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or be under the direction of the Board which shall consist of not less than one Director, the exact number of which shall be determined in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. The number of Directors of the Corporation may from time to time be changed in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and the DGCL. A Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Stockholders of the Corporation and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Any Director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of Directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor. A Director elected by the Board to fill a newly created Directorship resulting from an increase in the number of Directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Stockholders of the Corporation and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify and may be filled by a majority of the Board then in office, without the presence of the quorum. Any other vacancy occurring on the Board may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining Director.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of Stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such Directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Certificate of Designations applicable thereto, and such Directors so elected shall not be divided into classes unless expressly provided by such terms. Further, any such Directors elected by one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock may be removed at any time, with or without cause (except as otherwise provided below), by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series given at a special meeting of such Stockholders called for such purpose.

 



 

Any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except as otherwise provided by law and except if the directors of the Corporation are ever divided into two or three classes, any director may be removed only for cause by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote in an election for such class of directors.

 

XIII.

 

Advance notice of new business at stockholders’ meetings and stockholder proposals and stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XIV.

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the laws of the State of Delaware) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XV.

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 



 

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, Kasey Hannah, being the incorporator, whose mailing address is 10100 Santa Monica Blvd., 7th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90067, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the DGCL, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby acknowledging, declaring, and certifying that the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation is my act and deed and that the facts herein stated are true, and have accordingly hereunto set my hand this 8th day of April,  2014.

 

/s/ Kasey Hannah

 

Kasey Hannah

 

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

A Delaware Corporation

 

ARTICLE I: OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.1 Registered Office .

 

The registered office of Iradimed Corporation (“ Corporation ”) shall be at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and the name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

SECTION 1.2 Principal Office .

 

The principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation shall be as set forth in a resolution adopted by the Board.

 

SECTION 1.3 Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II: MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.1 Place of Meetings .

 

All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.

 

SECTION 2.2 Annual Meetings .

 

The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, and on any subsequent day or days to which such meeting may be adjourned.

 

SECTION 2.3 Special Meetings .

 

A special meeting of the stockholders for the transaction of any proper business may be called at any time exclusively by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.  For the purposes of these Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the Corporation whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 



 

SECTION 2.4 Notice of Meetings .

 

Except as otherwise required by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting by delivering a typewritten or printed notice thereof to such stockholder personally, or by depositing such notice in the United States mail, in a postage prepaid envelope, directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s post office address furnished by such stockholder to the Secretary of the Corporation for such purpose, or, if such stockholder shall not have furnished an address to the Secretary for such purpose, then at such stockholder’s post office address last known to the Secretary, or by transmitting a notice thereof to such stockholder at such address by telegraph, cable, wireless or facsimile.  Except as otherwise expressly required by law, no publication of any notice of a meeting of stockholders shall be required.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “ DGCL ”).) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Every notice of a meeting of stockholders shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, shall also state the purpose for which the meeting is called.  Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder to whom notice may be omitted pursuant to applicable Delaware law or who shall have waived such notice, and such notice shall be deemed waived by any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, except a stockholder who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Except as otherwise expressly required by law, notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

 

SECTION 2.5 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action other than to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any such other action.  If in any case involving the determination of stockholders for any purpose other than notice of or voting at a meeting of stockholders the Board shall not fix such a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board shall adopt the resolution relating thereto.  A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 2.6 Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of a majority in voting interest of the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or any adjournment thereof.  Subject to the requirement of a larger percentage vote, if any, contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or by statute, the stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding any withdrawal of stockholders that may leave less than a quorum remaining, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the vote of at least a majority in voting interest of the shares required to constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat or, in the absence therefrom of all the stockholders, any officer entitled to preside at, or to act as secretary of, such meeting may adjourn such meeting from time to time.  At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

 

2



 

SECTION 2.7 Voting .

 

(A) Each stockholder shall, at each meeting of stockholders, be entitled to vote, in the manner prescribed by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, in person or by proxy each share of the stock of the Corporation that has voting rights on the matter in question and that shall have been held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation:

 

(i) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 2.5 of these Bylaws as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

 

(ii) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then (a) at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day upon which notice of the meeting shall be given or (b) if notice of the meeting shall be waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day upon which the meeting shall be held.

 

(B) Shares of the Corporation’s own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors in such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.  Persons holding stock of the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote such stock.  Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation the pledgor shall have expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or the pledgee’s proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon.  Stock having voting power standing of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or with respect to which two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship, shall be voted in accordance with the provisions of DGCL.

 

(C) Subject to the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, any such voting rights may be exercised by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto authorized and delivered to the secretary of the meeting.  The attendance at any meeting of a stockholder who may theretofore have given a proxy shall not have the effect of revoking the same unless such stockholder shall in writing so notify the secretary of the meeting prior to the voting of the proxy.  At any meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present, all matters, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, in these Bylaws or by law, shall be decided by the vote of a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat and thereon.  The vote at any meeting of stockholders on any question need not be by ballot, unless so directed by the chairman of the meeting.  On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and it shall state the number of shares voted.

 

SECTION 2.8 Inspectors of Election .

 

Prior to each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of such meeting shall appoint an inspector(s) of election to act with respect to any vote.  Each inspector of election so appointed shall first subscribe an oath faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of election at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector of election’s ability.  Such inspector(s) of election shall decide upon the qualification of the voters and shall certify and report the number of shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on any

 

3



 

question, determine the number of votes entitled to be cast by each share, shall conduct the vote and, when the voting is completed, accept the votes and ascertain and report the number of shares voted respectively for and against each question, and determine, and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of, any challenge made to any determination made by such inspector(s) of election.  Reports of inspector(s) of election shall be in writing and subscribed and delivered by them to the Secretary of the Corporation.  The inspector(s) of election need not be stockholders of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector(s) of election on any question other than a vote for or against a proposal in which such officer shall have a material interest.  The inspector(s) of election may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspector(s) of election in the performance of the duties of the inspector(s) of election.

 

SECTION 2.9 Advance Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Stockholder Director Nominations .

 

(A)  Except for (1) any directors entitled to be elected by the holders of preferred stock, (2) any directors elected in accordance with Section 3.6 hereof by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly-created directorships or (3) as otherwise required by applicable law or stock market regulation, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures in this Section 2.9 shall be eligible for election as directors.  Nomination for election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of stockholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who (x) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.9(B) and (y) is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.  At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (1) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (2) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (3) properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder.  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the business must constitute a proper matter under Delaware law for stockholder action and the stockholder must (x) have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Section 2.9(B) and (y) be a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting.

 

(B)  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting differs by more than thirty (30) days from such anniversary date or if the Corporation has not previously held an annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation.  In the case of an election of directors at a special meeting of stockholders, provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting and (y) the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which notice of the date of such special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.  In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the public announcement thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

 

4



 

Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (I) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (a) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor thereto) and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (or any successor thereto) (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (b) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated, (c) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting and nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (d) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; and (e) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board, (II) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text relating to the business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the By-laws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (III) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (a) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (b) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (d) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such business before the meeting and (e) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal.  In addition, the stockholder making such proposal shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.  In addition, with regards to any director-nominee, the stockholder’s notice must be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed nominee to serve as a director if elected.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.9; provided that any stockholder proposal which complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any successor provision)  promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is to be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of this Section 2.9.  A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 2.9(B) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal or director-nominee in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 2.9.

 

(C)  The chairman of any meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether business was properly brought before the meeting or a nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.9 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf a proposal or nomination is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal or nominee in compliance with the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 2.9), and if the chairman should determine that business was not properly brought before the meeting or a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.9, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such business shall not be brought before the meeting or such nomination shall be disregarded, as applicable.

 

5



 

(D) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 2.9 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director submitted by a stockholder or proposal.

 

(E) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.9, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation to present a nomination or such business, such nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 2.9, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(F) For purposes of this Section 2.9, “public disclosure” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones New Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

SECTION 2.10 Conduct of Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence or inability to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint, shall act as chairman of, and preside at, the meeting.  The secretary or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

SECTION 2.11 Stockholder Action Without Meeting .

 

Any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.  Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

6



 

ARTICLE III: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.1 General Powers .

 

Subject to any requirements in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or of the DGCL as to action which must be authorized or approved by the stockholders, any and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of, the Board to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

 

(A) to select and remove all the officers, agents and employees of the Corporation, prescribe such powers and duties for them as may not be inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, fix their compensation, and require from them security for faithful service;

 

(B) to conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the Corporation, and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, as it may deem best;

 

(C) to change the location of the registered office of the Corporation in Section 1.1 hereof; to change the principal office and the principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation from one location to another as provided in Section 1.2 hereof; to fix and locate from time to time one or more offices of the Corporation within or without the State of Delaware as provided in Section 1.3 hereof; to designate any place within or without the State of Delaware for the holding of any meeting or meetings of stockholders; and to adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal and of such certificates from time to time, and in its judgment as it may deem best, provided such seal and such certificate shall at all times comply with the provisions of law;

 

(D) to authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the Corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such considerations as may be lawful;

 

(E) to borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the Corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust and securities therefor; and

 

(F) by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board to designate an executive and other committees of the Board, each consisting of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board, and to prescribe the manner in which proceedings of such committee or committees shall be conducted.

 

SECTION 3.2 Number and Term of Office .

 

Number of Directors .  The business, affairs and property of the Corporation shall be managed by a board of directors of not less than one or more than seven directors; provided, however, the initial Board of Directors shall consist of four (4) directors.  The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that no such decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.  Each director shall hold office for the full term to which he shall have been elected and until his successor is duly elected and shall qualify, or until his earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.  A director need not be a resident of the State of Delaware or a stockholder of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 3.3 Chairman of the Board .

 

The Chairman of the Board, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the Board and all meetings of stockholders.  The Chairman of the Board shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

7



 

SECTION 3.4 Election of Directors .

 

Except as provided in Section 3.6 hereof, the directors shall be elected by the stockholders of the Corporation, and at each election, the persons receiving the greater number of votes, up to the number of directors then to be elected, shall be the persons then elected.  The election of directors is subject to any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation relating thereto, including any provision regarding the rights of holders of preferred stock to elect directors.

 

SECTION 3.5 Resignations .

 

Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the Secretary of the Corporation.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time is not specified, it shall take effect immediately upon receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 3.6 Vacancies .

 

Except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

SECTION 3.7 Place of Meeting .

 

The Board or any committee thereof may hold any of its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board or such committee may from time to time by resolution designate or as shall be designated by the person or persons calling the meeting or in the notice or a waiver of notice of any such meeting.  Directors may participate in any regular or special meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment pursuant to which all persons participating in the meeting of the Board or such committee can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.8 Regular Meetings .

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such times as the Board or its Chairman shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

8



 

SECTION 3.9 Special Meetings .

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or, if the Chairman of the Board is absent or unable or refuses to act, by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and may also be called by any two members of the Board.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws, at least 24 hours notice shall be given to each director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.11 hereof other than by mail or on at least three days notice if given by mail.  Special meetings shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or the President in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or more directors.  Except where otherwise required by law or by these Bylaws, notice of the purpose of a special meeting need not be given.  Notice of any meeting of the Board shall not be required to be given to any director who is present at such meeting, except a director who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

SECTION 3.10 Quorum and Manner of Acting .

 

Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the presence of a majority of directors in office shall be required to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and all matters shall be decided at any such meeting, a quorum being present, by the affirmative votes of a majority of the directors present.  A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, provided any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at any meeting may adjourn the same from time to time until a quorum shall be present.  Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given.  The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

 

SECTION 3.11 Notices.

 

Subject to Section 3.9 and Section 3.12 hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any director by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such director at such director’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, facsimile, e-mail or by other means of electronic transmission.

 

SECTION 3.12 Waiver of Notice.

 

Whenever notice to directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, a waiver thereof, in writing signed by, or by electronic transmission by, the director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance by a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special Board of Directors or committee meeting need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

SECTION 3.13 Action by Unanimous Written Consent .

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing is given thereto by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or of such committee.

 

SECTION 3.14 Compensation .

 

Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

 

9


 

SECTION 3.15 Committees .

 

The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and subject to any restrictions or limitations on the delegation of power and authority imposed by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Any such committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board at the next regular meeting of the Board.  Unless the Board or these Bylaws shall otherwise prescribe the manner of proceedings of any such committee, meetings of such committee may be regularly scheduled in advance and may be called at any time by the chairman of the committee or by any two (2) members thereof; otherwise, the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to notice and conduct of meetings of the Board shall govern.

 

SECTION 3.16 Affiliated Transactions .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws, each transaction, or, if an individual transaction constitutes a part of a series of transactions, each series of transactions, proposed to be entered into between the Corporation, on the one hand, and any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, must be approved by the Board.  For the purposes of this Section 3.16, (a) “affiliate” shall mean (i) any person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Corporation, (ii) any other person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding capital shares, shares or equity interests of the Corporation, or (iii) any officer or director of the Corporation; (b) “person” shall mean and include individuals, corporations, general and limited partnerships, stock companies or associations, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other entities and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof; and (c) “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests or other equity interests.

 

ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS

 

SECTION 4.1 Officers .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents (the number thereof and their respective titles to be determined by the Board), a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, and such other officers as may be appointed at the discretion of the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 hereof.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 4.2 Election .

 

The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed or elected in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.3 or 4.5 hereof, shall be chosen annually by the Board at the first meeting thereof after the annual meeting of stockholders, and each officer shall hold office until such officer shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or until such officer’s successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

10



 

SECTION 4.3 Other Officers .

 

In addition to the officers chosen annually by the Board at its first meeting, the Board also may appoint or elect such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time specify, and shall hold office until such officer shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or until such officer’s successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 4.4 Removal and Resignation .

 

Except as provided by DGCL Section 141(k), any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by resolution of the Board, at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.  Any officer or assistant may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time is not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board or the Secretary, as the case may be; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 4.5 Vacancies .

 

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause may be filled by the vote of the majority of the directors present at any meeting in which a quorum is present, or pursuant to Section 3.13 of these Bylaws.

 

SECTION 4.6 Chief Executive Officer .

 

The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board has been appointed and is present.  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time.

 

SECTION 4.7 President .

 

The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board has been appointed and is present or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present.  Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him by the Board of Directors.  The President shall have the power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation.

 

SECTION 4.8 Vice President .

 

Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the Corporation as are commonly incident to their office or as may from time to time be assigned to such Vice President by the Chairman of the Board, or the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws.  In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board, shall perform all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chairman of the Board.

 

11



 

SECTION 4.9 Secretary .

 

(A) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the Corporation.  The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice.  The Secretary shall perform all other duties given him in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board shall designate from time to time.

 

(B) The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Corporation or such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes of all meetings of directors and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized and the notice thereof given, the names of those present at meetings of directors, the number of shares present or represented at meetings of stockholders, and the proceedings thereof.

 

(C) The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the name of each stockholder, the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder, the number and date of certificates issued for such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

SECTION 4.10 Chief Financial Officer .

 

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation.  The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.

 

ARTICLE V: CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS, CHECKS,

 

DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

 

SECTION 5.1 Execution of Corporate Instruments .

 

The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances, and unless so authorized by the Board or by these Bylaws, no officer, agent, or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or in any amount.

 

SECTION 5.2 Checks, Drafts, Etc .

 

All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the Board.  Each such officer, assistant, agent or attorney shall give such bond, if any, as the Board may require.

 

12



 

SECTION 5.3 Deposits .

 

All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select, or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board.  For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President (or any other officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation who shall from time to time be determined by the Board) may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.4 General and Special Bank Accounts .

 

The Board may from time to time authorize the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board.  The Board may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws, as it may deem expedient.

 

ARTICLE VI: SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

SECTION 6.1 Certificates of Stock .

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under the DGCL.  Each stockholder, upon written request to the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation, shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder and designating the class of stock to which such shares belong, which shall otherwise be in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall bear the Corporation seal and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The Corporation seal and the signatures by corporation officers may be facsimiles if the certificate manually countersigned by an authorized person on behalf of a transfer agent or registrar other than the Corporation or its employee.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue.  Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement among stockholders or any agreement between stockholders and the Corporation.  The Corporation shall not be permitted to issue fractional shares.

 

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send, or cause its transfer agent to send, to the registered owner thereof a written notice that shall set forth the name of the Corporation, that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, the name of the stockholder, the number and class (and the designation of the series, if any) of the shares represented, and any restrictions on transfer of such shares of stock imposed by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws any agreement among stockholders or any agreement between stockholders and the Corporation.

 

13



 

SECTION 6.2 Transfers .

 

Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock may be transferred only on the books of the Corporation, if such shares are certificated, by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefore properly endorsed or accompanied by a proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated shares to the stockholder entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon the Corporation’s books.  Upon the surrender of any certificate for transfer of stock, such certificate shall at once be conspicuously marked on its face “Cancelled” and filed wit the permanent stock records of the Corporation.

 

Upon the receipt of proper instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled, issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the stockholder entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.  If the Corporation has a transfer agent or registrar acting on its behalf, the signature of any officer or representative thereof may be in facsimile.

 

SECTION 6. 3 Stock Record and Record Holders .

 

A stock record in one or more counterparts shall be kept of the name of the person, firm or corporation owning the stock of the Corporation, the number of shares of stock owned by such stockholder, the date thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation.

 

Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

 

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of his, her or its post office address and any changes thereto.

 

SECTION 6.4 Replacement of Certificates .

 

In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe, provided, however, that if such shares have ceased to be certificated, a new certificate shall be issued only upon written request to the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation.

 

14



 

SECTION 6.5 Regulations .

 

The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the stock of the Corporation.  It may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer clerks or one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates for stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

 

ARTICLE VII: INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 7.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers .

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (provided that the effect of any such amendment shall be prospective only) (the “ Delaware Law ”), a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director.  The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.  The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person against any liability which may be asserted against such person.  The Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including without limitation a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such sums as may become necessary or desirable to effect the indemnification as provided herein.  To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses as incurred (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any such expenses shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person seeking indemnification to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Section 7.1, no advance shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is reasonably and promptly made by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested Directors, or (if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested Directors so directs) by independent legal counsel to the Corporation, that, based upon the facts known to the Board or such counsel at the time such determination is made, (a) the party seeking an advance acted in bad faith or deliberately breached his or her duty to the Corporation or its stockholders, and (b) as a result of such actions by the party seeking an advance, it is more likely than not that it will ultimately be determined that such party is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.1.  The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, the Corporation’s Bylaws, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The Corporation may, but only to the extent that the Board of Directors may (but shall not be obligated to) authorize from time to time, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 7.1 as it applies to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.  Nothing contained in this Section, or elsewhere in these By-laws, shall operate to indemnify any director or officer if such indemnification is for any reason contrary to law, either as a matter of public policy, or under the provisions of the Federal Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any other applicable state or federal law.

 

15



 

SECTION 7.2 Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

Subject to Section 7.1, the Corporation may, but only to the extent that the Board may (but shall not be obligated to) authorize from time to time, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII as they apply to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.3 Enforcement of Indemnification .

 

The rights to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred above shall be contract rights.  If a claim under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of such claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expenses of prosecuting or defending such suit.  In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall either create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII: MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 8.1 Seal .

 

The Board shall adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in the form set forth in a resolution approved by the Board.

 

SECTION 8.2 Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 8.3 Dividends.

 

Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, unless otherwise provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

16



 

SECTION 8.4 Waiver of Notices .

 

Whenever notice is required to be given by these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the person entitled to said notice may waive such notice in writing, either before or after the time stated therein, and such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

SECTION 8.5 Amendments .

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the by-laws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws.

 

17




Exhibit 4.3

 

Execution copy

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 26th day of February, 2005 by and among IRADIMED Corporation, an Oklahoma corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an “Investor,” and Roger Susi as a holder of an additional 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock, referred to as a “Common Holder.”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Investors are parties to the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Series A Agreement”);and

 

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Investors to purchase Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock” or “Preferred Stock”) and invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Series A Agreement, the Investors, the Common Holder and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors and the Common Holder to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to them and certain other matters as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.         Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

1.1       Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1:

 

(a)        The term “Act’’ means the S ecurities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(b)        The term “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof; provided, however, that the Common Holder shall not be deemed to be Holders for purposes of Sections and 3.7.

 

(d)       The term “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Act.

 

(e)        The term “1934 Act’’ means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(f)        The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

(g)        The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock

 

Page 1 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

issued to the Common Holder; provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for the purposes of Sections 1.10, 2.1, and 3.7 and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) and (ii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.

 

(h)        The number of shares of “Registrable Securities” outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

 

(i)         The term “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 under the Act.

 

(j)         The term “Rule 144(k)” shall mean subsection (k) of Rule 144 under the Act.

 

(k)        The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.2       Company Registration.

 

(a)        If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2(c), use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder requests to be registered.

 

(b)        Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

 

(c)        Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 1.2 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into

 

Page 2 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering or (ii) any securities held by a Common Holder be included in such offering if any Registrable Securities held by any Holder (and that such Holder has requested to be registered) are excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

 

1.3       Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)        prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed or the expiration of 120 days, whichever is earlier;

 

(b)        prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)        furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other

 

Page 3 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

 

(d)       use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

 

(e)        in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

 

(f)        notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(g)        cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 1 to be listed on a national exchange or trading system and on each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

 

(h)        provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1, the Company shall be entitled to postpone or suspend, for a reasonable period of time, the filing, effectiveness or use of, or trading under, any registration statement if the Company shall determine that any such filing or the sale of any securities pursuant to such registration statement would in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company:

 

(i)         materially impede, delay or interfere with any material pending or proposed financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company for which the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized negotiations;

 

(ii)        materially adversely impair the consummation of any pending or proposed material offering or sale of any class of securities by the Company; or

 

(iii)       require disclosure of material nonpublic information that, if disclosed at such time, would be materially harmful to the interests of the Company and its stockholders; provided , however , that during any such period all executive officers and directors of the Company are also prohibited from selling securities of the Company (or any security of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates).

 

Page 4 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

In the event of the suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.3, the applicable time period during which such registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by that number of days equal to the number of days the effectiveness of such registration statement was suspended.

 

1.4       Information from Holder. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

1.5       Expenses of Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders, if any (and not to exceed $15,000), shall be borne by the Company.

 

1.6       Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

 

1.7       Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

 

(a)        To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in such registration statement a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which

 

Page 5 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person; provided further. however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned person, or any person controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the most current prospectus was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned person to such person, if required by law to have been so delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

 

(b)        To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.7(b) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection I.7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection I.7(b) exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

(c)        Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.7 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.7, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such

 

Page 6 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.7, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.7.

 

(d)       If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however. that no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 1.7(b), shall exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)        The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1 and otherwise.

 

1.8       Reports Under the 1934 Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3,the Company agrees to:

 

(a)        make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Initial Offering;

 

(b)        file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

 

(c)        furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective

 

Page 7 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting. requirements) (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

1.9       Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner or stockholder of a Holder, (ii) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (iii) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 80,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 1.11 below; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.

 

1.10     Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included.

 

1.11     “Market Stand-Off’’ Agreement.

 

(a)        Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11 shall apply only to the Company’s initial offering of equity securities, and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter

 

Page 8 of 14


 

Execution copy

 

pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers and directors enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 1.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Offering that are consistent with this Section 1.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

(b)                               Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.11):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

1.12                     Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 (i) after three (3) years following the consummation of the Initial Offering, (ii) as to any Holder, such earlier time after the Initial Offering at which such Holder (A) can sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(k) or (B) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3)-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 or (iii) after the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

2.                                     Covenants of the Company.

 

2.1                             Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall, upon request, deliver to each Investor (or transferee of an Investor) that holds at least 80,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (a “Major Investor”):

 

(a)                                as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement for such fiscal year, a

 

Page 9 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with the Company’s customary accounting principles regularly applied; and,

 

(b)                               as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter.

 

2.2                             Termination of Information. The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur or (iii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time).

 

2.3                             Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.3, the term “Major Investor” includes any general partners and affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of, its capital stock (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)                                The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 3.5 (“Notice”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

 

(b)                               By written notification received by the Company within twenty (20) calendar days after the giving of Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock that are Registrable Securities issued and held by such Major Investor (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding)

 

(c)                                If all Shares that Major Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 2.3(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, the

 

Page 10 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those, specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

 

(d)                              The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; (ii) the issuance of securities pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock registered under the Act, resulting in proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000,000 in the aggregate, (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, (v) the issuance and sale of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series A Agreement or (vi) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships, provided such issuances are primarily for other than equity financing purposes or (vii) the issuance of securities that, with unanimous approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, are not offered to any existing stockholder of the Company. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor in any subsequent offering of Shares if (i) at the time of such offering, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the Act and (ii) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 

(e)                                The rights provided in this Section 2.3 may not be assigned or transferred by any Major Investor; provided, however, that a Major Investor that is a venture capital fund may assign or transfer such rights to an affiliated venture capital fund.

 

(f)                                 The covenants set forth in this Section 2.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to Registration Statement under the Act resulting in proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000,000 in the aggregate (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) or (ii) a Liquidation Event, as that term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time)

 

3.                                     Miscellaneous.

 

3.1                             Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party

 

Page 11 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

3.2                             Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Oklahoma as applied to agreements among Oklahoma residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Oklahoma.

 

3.3                             Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile copy and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

3.4                             Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

3.5                             Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 3.5).

 

3.6                             Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

3.7                             Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Any term of this Agreement (other than Section 2.1,) may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided, however, that in the event that such amendment or waiver adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Common Holder in a different manner than the other Holders, such amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority in interest of the Common Holder. The provisions of Section 2.1 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by Major Investors. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

3.8                             Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement

 

Page 12 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

3.9                             Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

3.10                     Additional Investors. Notwithstanding Section 3.7. no consent shall be necessary to add additional Investors as signatories to this Agreement, provided that such Investors have purchased Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the subsequent closing provisions of Section 1.3 of the Series A Agreement.

 

(remainder of page intentionally left blank)

 

Page 13 of 14



 

Execution copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION:

 

 

 

Name:

/s/ Roger Susi

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

By:

*

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

 

 

 

ROGER SUSI

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Each of the following investors signed the Investors’ Rights Agreement:

·     Scott and Patricia Griffith

·     Terrapin Enterprises LLC.

·     Louis Waldman, Trust

·     Francis Casey

·     Nick Palombi

·     Pacific Summit Capital LLC.

·     Paolo Dirienza

·     Carl Bilancione

Page 14 of 14




Exhibit 10.1

 

EQUITY

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION
INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

 

1.                                       Purposes

 

Iradimed Corporation (the “Company”) has adopted this Plan to enhance the concern of the Company’s key employees, officers, directors and consultants in the success of the Company by giving them an ownership interest in the Company, and to give them an incentive to continue their service to the Company.

 

2.                                       Stock Subject to Plan

 

The Company shall reserve 862,000 shares of its no par value Common Stock (hereinafter called the “Shares”) to be issued upon exercise of the options which may be granted from time to time under this Plan. As it may from time to time determine, the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter called the “Board”) may authorize that the Shares may be comprised, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock of the Company or of issued shares which have been reacquired. If options granted under this Plan terminate or expire before being exercised in whole or in part, the Shares subject to those options which have not been issued may be subjected to subsequent options granted under the Plan.

 

3.                                       Administration of the Plan

 

The Board shall appoint a Stock Option Committee (hereinafter called the “Committee”) which shall consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board, and, at the election of the Board or if the Board consists of less than three directors, may consist of the entire Board, to administer the Plan. Subject to the express provisions of this Plan and guidelines which may be adopted from time to time by the Board, the Committee shall have plenary authority in its discretion (a) to determine the individuals to whom, and the time at which, options are granted, and the number and purchase price of the Shares subject to each option; (b) to determine whether the options granted shall be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (hereinafter called the “Code”), or non-statutory stock options, or both; (c) to interpret the Plan and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it; (d) to determine the terms and provisions (and amendments thereof) of the respective option agreements subject to Section 6 of the Plan, which need not be identical, including, if the Committee shall determine that a particular option is to be an incentive stock option, such terms and provisions (and amendments thereof) as the Committee deems necessary to provide for an incentive stock option or to conform to any change in any law, regulation, ruling or interpretation applicable to incentive stock options; and (e) to make any and all determinations which the Committee deems necessary or advisable in administering the Plan. The Committee’s determination on the foregoing matters shall be conclusive. The Committee may delegate any of the foregoing authority to the President with respect to options granted to or which are held by non-officers.

 



 

4.                                       Persons Eligible

 

Options may be granted under the Plan to employees of and consultants to the Company and its subsidiaries, including officers and directors. Employees may be granted either incentive or non-statutory options while consultants may be granted only non-statutory options. Officers and directors shall be deemed to be consultants for the foregoing purposes unless they are also employees. For purposes of this Plan, “employee” shall conform to the requirements of Section 422A of the Code, and “subsidiary” shall mean subsidiary corporations as defined in Section 425 of the Code. An employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its parent or subsidiaries is referred to herein as a “Principal Shareholder.”

 

The aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year (under all incentive stock option plans of the Company or its parent or subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000, nor shall the total number of shares covered by incentive and nonqualified options granted to any person during any twelve months period exceed 400,000 shares, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5(a).

 

5.                                       Changes in Capital Structure

 

(a)                                  Effect on the Plan . In the event of changes in the outstanding capital stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend, stock split or reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, acquisition of 80 percent or more of its gross assets or stock, reorganization or liquidation, the Committee and/or the Board shall make such adjustments in the aggregate number and class of shares available under the Plan as it deems appropriate, and such determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Effect on Outstanding Options .

 

(i)                                      Stock Splits and Like Events .

 

Should a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, reclassification, or recapitalization occur, then the Committee and/or the Board shall make such adjustments in (i) the number and class of shares to which optionees will thereafter be entitled upon exercise of their options and (ii) the price which optionees shall be required to pay upon such exercise as it in its sole discretion in good faith deems appropriate, and such determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such adjustment shall have the result that an optionee exercising an option subsequent to such occurrence would pay the same aggregate exercise price to exercise the entire option and would then hold the same class and aggregate number of shares as if such optionee would have exercised the outstanding option immediately prior to such occurrence.

 



 

(ii)                                   Recapitalizations; Assumption of Options .

 

(A)                                Definition of “Event” .

 

An “Event” shalt mean the occurrence of any of the following transactions:

 

(I)                                    a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving corporation if Company shareholders as a result of the merger or consolidation receive stock of another corporation and/or property in exchange for their Company shares or any merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Company and the options granted under this Plan are assumed by the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all optionees);

 

(II)                               a dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

 

(III)                          the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

 

(IV)                           any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the shareholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company).

 

(B)                                Effect of “Event” .

 

Upon the consummation of an Event, the Board shall make arrangements which shall be binding upon the holders of unexpired options then outstanding under this Plan as the Board, in its sole discretion, in good faith determines to be in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be final and conclusive. The possible arrangements include, but are not limited to, the substitution of new options for any portion of such unexpired options, the assumption of any portion of such unexpired options by any successor to the Company or its affiliate, the acceleration of the expiration date of any portion of such unexpired options to a date not earlier than thirty (30) days after notice to the optionee, or the cancellation of such portion in exchange for the payment by any successor to the Company or its affiliate of deferred compensation to the optionee. Such deferred compensation may (but need not) be in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Shares subject to such unexpired portion and the aggregate exercise price of the Shares under the terms of such unexpired portion on the date of the Event and may (but need not) be paid in installments which correspond to the vesting schedule of the unexpired option. The Board shall not be obligated to arrange such substitution or assumption to comply with Section 425(a) of the Code or to accelerate the exercisability of a portion of an option when it accelerates the expiration date of such portion. The Board may but need not treat all options in a like manner.

 



 

(C)                                Company Acquisitions .

 

The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (i) granting an option under the Plan in substitution of such other company’s award, or (ii) assuming such award as if it had been granted under the Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an option granted under the PIan. Such substitution or assumption shall be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed option would have been eligible to be granted an option under the Plan if the other company had applied the rules of the Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award shall remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new option rather than assuming an existing option, such new option may be granted with a similarly adjusted exercise price.

 

6.                                       Terms and Conditions of Options

 

Each option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement (hereinafter called “Agreement”) which is not inconsistent with this Plan, and the form of which the Committee and/or Board may from time to time determine, provided that the Agreement shall contain the substance of the following:

 

(a)                                  Option Price .  The Purchase Price of Shares subject to an Option shall be established by the Board and set forth in a Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Purchase Price of Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (110% for a Principal Shareholder) on the date the Option is granted. If required by applicable law, including, without limitation, the corporations code of each of Oklahoma and Florida, or the regulations thereunder, the Purchase Price of Shares subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value (110% for a Principal Shareholder) on the date the Option is granted. In no event shall the Purchase Price be less than the par value of a Share. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 6(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with a Purchase Price lower than that prescribed in this Section 6(a) if the Option grant is attributable to the issuance or assumption of an option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  At the time of purchase, Shares purchased under options shall be paid for in full either (i) in cash, (ii) at the discretion of the Board, with a promissory note secured by the Shares purchased, (iii) at the discretion of the Committee and/or Board, with outstanding stock of the Company at such value as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion to be the fair market value of such stock, or (iv) a combination of promissory note (if permitted pursuant to (ii) above), stock (if permitted pursuant to (iii) above), and/or cash. If outstanding stock is used as payment and such stock was acquired upon prior exercise of an option granted under this Plan, then such stock must have been held by the optionee for at Ieast one year subsequent to such prior exercise and two years subsequent to the grant of the prior exercised option. To the extent that the right to purchase Shares has accrued under an option, the optionee may exercise said option from time to time by giving written notice to the Company stating the number of Shares with respect to which the optionee is exercising the option, and submitting with said notice payment of the full purchase price of said Shares either in cash or, at the discretion of the Board and/or Committee as described above, with a promissory note, outstanding stock of the Company, or a combination of cash, promissory note, and/or such stock. As soon as practicable after receiving such notice and payment, the Company shall issue, without

 



 

transfer or issue tax to the optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the option), and at the main office of the Company or such other place as shall be mutually acceptable, a certificate or certificates representing such Shares out of authorized but unissued Shares or reacquired Shares of its capital stock, as the Board and/or Committee, or its delegate, may elect, for the number of Shares to be delivered. The time of such delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with such procedures as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, be desirable in view of federal and state laws, including corporate securities laws and revenue and taxation laws. If the optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the option) fails to accept delivery of any or all of the number of Shares specified in such notice upon tender of delivery of the certificates representing them, the right to exercise the option with respect to such undelivered Shares may be terminated.

 

(c)                                   Option Term . The Committee and/or Board may grant options for any term, but shall not grant any options for a term longer than ten (10) years from the date the option is granted (except in the case of an incentive option granted to a Principal Shareholder in which case the term shall be no longer than five (5) years from the date the option is granted). Each option shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in this section 6 of this Plan.

 

(d)                                  Exercise of Options . Each option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable on such date or dates, upon or after the occurrence of certain events, or upon or after the achievement of certain performance milestones (which occurrences or achievements may be waived in whole or in part or extended at the discretion of the Committee and/or Board) and during such period and for such number of Shares as shall be determined by the Committee and/or Board. [Provided, however, for so long as the Company is relying upon Oklahoma [corporations code] section [ ] and/or Florida [corporations code] section [ ] for exemption from qualification under each the Oklahoma and Florida Blue Sky law, and for so long as required by said Sections [ ] and/or [ ] or regulations implementing either, each option, unless granted to an officer, director or consultant of the Company, or else is not offered or sold in either Florida or Oklahoma, as defined in Oklahoma [corporations code] Section [ ] and/or Florida [corporations code] section [ ], shall nevertheless become exercisable as to not less than [twenty percent (20%)] of the Shares subject to the option per year elapsed from the date of the grant.] If an option becomes exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events or achievements of certain performance milestones subject to the proviso above, the option may not be exercised unless the Committee and/or Board shall determine and notify the optionee in writing that such events have occurred or that such performance milestones have been achieved. An incentive option granted to a non-officer may not be exercised at any time unless the optionee shall have continuously served, to the extent determined by the Committee and/or Board, as an employee of the Company or its subsidiary throughout a period commencing at the date an option is granted and ending no more than three (3) months and no less than thirty (30) days before an attempted exercise of the option, and, if applicable, unless the Committee and/or Board shall determine and notify the optionee in writing that certain events have occurred or certain performance milestones have been achieved.

 

(e)                                   Nonassignability of Option Rights .  No option shall be assignable or transferable by the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the life of an optionee, the option shall be exercisable only by the optionee.

 



 

(f)                                    Effect of Termination of Employment or Death or Disability . In the event the optionee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries ceases, as determined by the Committee during the optionee’s life for any reason, including retirement, any incentive option or unexercised portion thereof granted to a non-officer optionee which is otherwise exercisable shall terminate unless exercised within a period not to exceed three (3) months nor to be less than thirty (30) days of the date on which such employment ceased but not later than the date of expiration of the option period.

 

In the event of the death or disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)) of the optionee while employed or within a period not to exceed three months nor to be less than thirty (30) days of the date on which such employment ceases, any option or unexercised portion thereof granted to the optionee, if otherwise exercisable by the optionee at the date of death or disability, may be exercised by the optionee (or by the optionee’s personal representatives, heirs or legatees) at any time prior to the expiration of one year from the date of death or disability of the optionee but not later than ten (10) years from the date of grant of such option except that, in the case of an incentive option granted to a Principal Shareholder, not later than five years from the date of grant of such option.

 

In the event of the disability (as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act, but not as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)) of the optionee while employed or within a period not to exceed three months nor to be less than thirty (30) days of the date on which such employment ceases, any option or unexercised portion thereof granted to the optionee, if otherwise exercisable by the optionee at the date of disability, may be exercised by the optionee (or by the optionee’s personal representatives, heirs or legatees) at any time prior to the expiration of one year from the date of disability of the optionee but not later than ten (10) years from the date of grant of such option except that, in the case of an incentive option granted to a Principal Shareholder, not later than five years from the date of grant of such option. The fact that the company permits the optionee to exercise the option subsequent to ninety (90) days after the termination of such employment shall not give rise to any implication (or be admissible as evidence in any proceeding as an admission or evidence) that the optionee was disabled as defined by state law or the Americans with Disabilities Act, that the optionee was unable to perform the optionee’s job functions, that the optionee’s employment was terminated because the optionee could not perform the optionee’s job functions, or that the Company has not made reasonable efforts to accommodate any disability which optionee may have had. If the optionee and the Company can not agree as to whether the optionee is disabled, they shall both appear before the Committee which shall make such determination which shall be final, binding, and conclusive on the optionee and the Company. Optionee understands that if optionee is disabled but not as defined in Code Section 22 (e) (3), then ninety (90) days after termination of employment any incentive stock option converts to a non-statutory stock option and upon any exercise of the option thereafter Federal (and possibly state) income tax will be due and on any difference between the then fair market value of the option shares and their exercise price.

 

(g)                                   Rights of Optionee . The optionees shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to an option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to the optionee for such Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights of which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued. Neither this Plan, nor any action or agreement thereunder, shall confer any rights of employment, any rights to election or retention as an officer or director, or any rights to serve as a consultant.

 



 

(h)                                  Tax Withholding . To the extent required by applicable law, the Company shall withhold from the pay of an optionee any taxes required to be withheld upon exercise of an option. The Company may instead at its discretion require that the taxes be paid to the Company concurrently with the exercise of the option as a condition to the exercise of the option. The Company, at the discretion and upon the approval of the Board, may permit the optionee to pay some or all of the taxes by tendering to the Company outstanding shares of the Company’s stock held by the optionee, meeting the same criteria and valued in the same manner as stock tendered to pay the exercise price as set forth in Section 6(d) above, or by reducing at the optionee’s instructions, the number of shares to be issued upon exercise of the option, with such shares similarly valued.

 

(i)                                      Restrictions of Shares . To the extent required by the Company’s bylaws, the Board, and/or the Committee, shares of Stock issued upon exercise of options shall be subject to a right of first refusal, a right to repurchase upon termination of employment, market stand-off requirements in the event of a public offering of stock, and the right to require execution of a non-disclosure agreement prior to being shown certain information concerning the Company.

 

7.                                       Use of Proceeds

 

The proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to options granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

8.                                       Amendment of Plan

 

The Board of Directors may at any time amend the Plan, provided that no amendment may affect any then outstanding options or any unexercised portions thereof, and provided further that any such amendment increasing the number of Shares reserved under the Plan, altering the employees or class of employee eligible to be granted incentive stock options under the Plan, causing options granted to employees and intended to be incentive options under the Plan not to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422A of the Code, or amending this Section 8 shall be subject to shareholder approval.

 

9.                                       Financial Information

 

Whenever the Company provides financial statements, whether audited or unaudited, to all of its shareholders as a group, the Company shall concurrently provide each optionee with a copy of such financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall provide each optionee at the end of its fiscal year with a copy of its financial statements for such fiscal year, either audited or unaudited, within ninety (90) days after the end of such fiscal year if such person is then an optionee. In connection with such provision, the Company may require the optionee to enter into a nondisclosure agreement; provided, however, that such nondisclosure agreement may not contain provisions which are more stringent than those the Company imposes on its shareholders which are also receiving the financial statements.

 



 

10.                                Effective Date and Termination of Plan

 

This Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 1, 2005, and approved by the shareholders on February 1 2005. The Board may terminate this Plan at any time. If not earlier terminated, this Plan shall terminate on February 1, 2015.

 

This Plan, the granting of any option hereunder, and the issuance of stock upon the exercise of any option, shall be subject to such approval or other conditions as may be required or imposed by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction to issue regulations or rules with respect thereto, including the securities laws of various governmental entities.

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

EQUITY

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Introduction

 

This Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) made and entered into as of the            day of         , 20     (hereinafter called “Effective Date”), between Iradimed Corporation, an Oklahoma corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), and        (hereinafter called the “Optionee”), pursuant to the Incentive Stock Plan (hereinafter called the “Plan”) of the Corporation, which reserves for issuance to persons serving the Corporation and its subsidiaries as employees or consultants certain shares of the Corporation’s no par value Common Stock (hereinafter called the “Common Stock”). As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the corporation, as that term is defined in Sections 425(f) and (g) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”).

 

Background

 

The Corporation desires to carry out the purposes of the Plan by affording the Optionee, who is an employee of the Corporation, an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock by means of the grant of an incentive stock option, as hereinafter provided.

 

Agreement

 

Based upon the facts and premises contained in the above Recital and the mutual covenants below, the parties hereto have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Option

 

The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (hereinafter called the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                      shares of the Common Stock (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7 hereof and hereinafter called the “Option Shares”) on the terms and conditions herein set forth. The Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422A of the Code.

 

2.                                       Purchase Price

 

The purchase price of the Option Shares shall be $                 per share, which price has been determined by the Stock Option Committee (hereinafter called the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors to be not less than the fair market value of said shares as of this date.

 



 

3.                                       Terms of Option

 

The Option shall terminate upon the date ten (10) years subsequent to the Effective Date, subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 5, 6, and 7 hereof, or when all of the Option Shares have been acquired. Subject to the provisions of Section 8, the Option is exercisable as follows:

 

a.                                       Prior to the date one year subsequent to              (the “Vesting Start Date”), the Option shall not be exercisable;

 

b.                                       On or after the date one year subsequent to the Vesting Start Date, the Option shall become exercisable as to twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Option Shares;

 

c.                                        On or after the date two years subsequent to the Vesting Start Date, the Option shall become exercisable as to an additional twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Option Shares;

 

d.                                       On or after the date three years subsequent to the Vesting Start Date, the Option shall become exercisable as to an additional twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Option Shares;

 

e.                                        On or after the date four years subsequent to the Vesting Start Date, the Option shall be exercisable as to all of the Option Shares at any time, but not later than ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

 

The Option may be exercised as to any or all of the available Option Shares; provided, however, that if the Option is exercised for less than all of the available Option Shares, at any time prior to the occurrence of a “Qualifying IPO” as defined in Section 10 below, it cannot be exercised for less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares. The purchase price of the shares as to which the Option shall be exercised shall be paid in full at time of exercise in cash, by check, or in certain circumstances as provided in Section 8 below, with outstanding stock of the Corporation. If outstanding stock is used as payment and such stock was acquired upon prior exercise of an option granted under the Plan, then such stock must have been held by the Optionee for at least one year subsequent to such prior exercise and two years subsequent to the grant of the prior exercised option. Except as provided in Sections 5 and 6 hereof, the Option may not be exercised at any time unless the Optionee is then in the service of the Corporation or a subsidiary and shall have been continuously employed by the Corporation or by a subsidiary since the Effective Date. The holder of the Option shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Option Shares as to which there has been no exercise of the Option.

 

In addition, the Committee and/or the Board may not shorten the term of any individual outstanding option so that such option terminates early. The Committee and/or the Board may not so shorten the term of any individual outstanding option(s)

 



 

4.                                       Nontransferability

 

The Option shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and the Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. More particularly (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing), the Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as provided above), pledged, or hypothecated in any way, shall not be assignable by operation of law, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, and the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect.

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment

 

In the event that the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, and whether at the initiative of the Optionee or the Corporation, the Option may be exercised by the Optionee, to the extent that the Optionee shall have been entitled to do so at the date of such termination, at any time within ninety (90) days after such termination, but not after ten (10) years from the Effective Date, at the end of which time the Option shall terminate. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any such subsidiary to terminate the Optionee’s employment at any time.

 

6.                                       Death or Disability of Optionee

 

If prior to ten (10) years from the Effective Date the Optionee shall die or become disabled (as defined in Code Section 22(e) (3)) while employed by the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries or within ninety (90) days after the termination of such employment, the Option may be exercised (to the extent that the Optionee shall have been entitled to do so at the date of the Optionee’s death or disability) by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s personal representatives, heirs, or legatees) at any time within one (1) year after his death or disability, but not after ten (10) years from the Effective Date, at the expiration of which time the Option shall terminate.

 

If prior to ten (10) years from the Effective Date the Optionee shall become disabled (as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act, but not as defined in Code Section 22(e) (3)) while in the service of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries or within ninety (90) days after the termination of such service, the Option may be exercised (to the extent that the Optionee shall have been entitled to do so at the date of the Optionee’s disability) by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s personal representatives, heirs, or legatees) at any time within one (1) year after his disability, but not after ten (10) years from the Effective Date, at the expiration of which time the Option shall terminate. The fact that the company permits the Optionee to exercise the option subsequent to ninety (90) days after the termination of such employment shall not give rise to any implication (or be admissible as evidence in any proceeding as an admission or evidence) that the Optionee was disabled as defined by state law or the Americans with Disabilities Act, that the Optionee was unable to perform the Optionee’s job functions, that the Optionee’s employment was terminated because the Optionee could not perform the Optionee’s job functions, or that the Company has not made reasonable efforts to accommodate any disability which Optionee may have had. If the Optionee and the Company can not agree as to whether the Optionee is disabled, they shall both appear before the Committee which shall make such determination which shall be final, binding, and conclusive on

 



 

the Optionee and the Company. Optionee understands that if Optionee is disabled but not as defined in Code Section 22 (e) (3), then ninety (90) days after termination of employment any incentive stock option converts to a non-statutory stock option and upon any exercise of the Option thereafter Federal (and possibly state) income tax will be due and on any difference between the then fair market value of the option shares and their exercise price.

 

7.                                       Adjustments Upon Changes in Capital Structure

 

a.                                       Stock Splits and Like Events .

 

If a stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, reclassification, or recapitalization were to occur, then the aggregate number and/or class of shares subject to this Option and the exercise price prior to such occurrence shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and such adjustment shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such adjustment shall have the result that if the Optionee was to exercise a portion of the Option subsequent to such occurrence, then Optionee would pay the same aggregate exercise price to exercise such portion of the Option and would then hold the same class and aggregate number of shares as if the Optionee would have exercised such portion of the Option immediately prior to such occurrence.

 

b.                                       Recapitalizations; Assumption of Options .

 

The effect of the following “Events” upon the Option are described below:

 

(i)                                      a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation if Corporation shareholders as a result of the merger or consolidation receive stock of another corporation and/or property in exchange for their Corporation shares or any merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Corporation in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the Corporation and the options granted under this Plan are assumed by the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all optionees);

 

(ii)                                   a dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation;

 

(iii)                                the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or

 

(iv)                               any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the shareholders of the Corporation give up all of their equity interest in the Corporation (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation).

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event, the Board of Directors shall at its complete discretion make arrangements (the “Arrangements”) which shall be binding upon the Optionee as to any portion of the Option, for the substitution of new options for such portion or for the assumption of such portion by any successor to the Corporation or its affiliate, for the acceleration of the expiration date of such portion to a date not earlier than thirty (30) days after

 



 

notice to the Optionee, or for the cancellation of such portion in exchange for payment by any successor to the Corporation or its affiliate of deferred compensation to the Optionee. Such deferred compensation may, but need not, be in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Option Shares subject to such unexpired portion and the aggregate exercise price of the Option Shares under the terms of such unexpired portion on the date of the Event, and may, but need not, be paid in installments which correspond with the vesting schedule of the Option. Any such substitution or assumption of any portion of the Option need not comply with Section 425(a) of the Code nor in the event of the acceleration of the expiration date of any portion of the Option need the exercisability of such portion be accelerated.

 

8.                                       Method of Exercising Option; Investment Representation

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by written notice to the Corporation at its main office. Such notice shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation and shall state the election to exercise the Option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option. Optionee understands that if the Option is disqualified as an incentive option the Corporation may withhold applicable taxes, if any, upon exercise and/or subsequent sale of the Option and the Optionee may be required to pay said withholding as a condition to the exercise of the Option or the delivery of the Option Shares. The written notice to the Corporation shall be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, and any withholding if required by the Corporation, in cash, by check, or if subsequent to the occurrence of a Qualifying IPO as defined in Section 10(a) below, with outstanding stock of the Corporation or by reduction of the number of shares to be issued upon exercise of the option. If the Corporation accepts shares of its outstanding stock or reduces the number of shares to be issued upon exercise as payment for the exercise price and any withholding, the shares of the Company’s stock transferred to the Company and/or retained by the Company in such payment shall be valued at their fair market value in accordance with the valuation methods described in Section 20.2031-2 of the Treasury Regulations for the purposes of such transaction. In general, such valuation methods are based on the price per share as reported by the market upon which the stock trades as of the close of trading on the date of the transaction. The Corporation shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing the shares to be received by Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received. The certificate or certificates for the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the written order of the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 6 hereof after the death of the Optionee, such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option. All shares that shall be purchased upon the exercise of the Option as provided herein shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Unless the Option Shares are neither offered nor sold in Oklahoma or Florida, as defined in the Oklahoma and Florida code sections, respectively, the options, and the shares purchasable upon the exercise of options, granted under the Plan are exempt from qualification under the Oklahoma corporate securities law by Section [ ] and by the Florida corporate securities law by Section [ ], and are exempt under the securities laws of certain but not all states. The Option shall not be exercisable unless the Option Shares have been qualified and/or

 



 

registered under the securities laws of the state in which Optionee resides or are exempt therefrom. (The Corporation may, if permitted by such laws, permit the exercise of the Option but postpone delivery of the Option Shares and/or payment of the purchase price thereof or may set up an escrow pending such qualification and/or registration.) The qualification and/or registration can typically, but not always, be effected within thirty (30) days; therefore, the Optionee is advised to periodically check with the Corporation to verify the procedure the Corporation needs to follow in order to qualify and/or register the Option Shares in the state in which Optionee resides and to give the Corporation at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of Optionee’s intent to exercise the Option. Upon Optionee’s agreement to exercise the Option, the Corporation hereby agrees to use its best efforts to promptly register and/or qualify the Option Shares so that the Option may be exercisable but the Corporation shall have no liability to Optionee if despite such efforts such registration and/or qualification is not obtained as promptly as desired by Optionee. The certificates for the shares shall be subject to any legend condition imposed by the securities law of the state in which Optionee resides.

 

The shares purchasable upon the exercise of options granted under the Plan have not been registered under the Federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Therefore, unless the Option Shares are so registered prior to Optionee acquiring them by exercising the Option, the Option Shares shall be subject to the following restrictions and all certificates representing the Option Shares shall bear a conspicuous legend containing said restrictions:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) IN RELIANCE IN PART ON THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 701, OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATE SECURITIES LAW OF 1968, AS AMENDED (THE “LAW”) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY SECTION 25102(0), OR REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES STATUTES OF ANY STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA (THE “STATUTES”). THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND CONSTITUTE RESTRICTED SECURITIES FOR PURPOSES OF RULE 144. NEITHER SAID SHARES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE (1) IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER THE ACT OR A “NO-ACTION” LETTER OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS TO SAID TRANSFER, SALE OR OFFER AND (2) IN THE ABSENCE OF QUALIFICATION OR REGISTRATION UNDER THE LAW AND STATUTES, WITHOUT AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND/OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED AS TO SAID TRANSFER, SALE OR OFFER AS A RESULT OF COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 OR OTHERWISE.

 

Until registration of the Option Shares under the Act, the notice of exercise shall require the Optionee to represent that the Optionee is acquiring the Option Shares for the Optionee’s own account, for investment, and not for purposes of resale or distribution and each subsequent purchaser shall be required to so represent until such registration. The Corporation

 



 

may prohibit any sale or transfer of any interest in the Option Shares by a person so representing for one year (or such longer time as the Corporation reasonably deems appropriate) if such person does not convince the Corporation that such sale or transfer was due to changed circumstances from when such person made such representation and that such representation was therefore truthfully made.

 

9.                                       Disposition of Shares

 

Without limiting the restriction in Sections 10 and 11, the Optionee agrees to notify the Corporation in writing of any sale or transfer of any Option Shares which takes place either within two years from the Effective Date or within one year from the transfer of Option Shares to the Optionee pursuant to exercise of the Option. Such notice shall set forth the price and terms of any such sale or transfer. If the Corporation, in good faith, believes it is required to withhold taxes, social security, or other amounts as a result of such disqualifying disposition, the Optionee shall upon request promptly pay to the Corporation the amount so required to be withheld and the Corporation may refuse to effect any transfer of the Option Shares on its books and records until Optionee has made such payment. The Corporation may accept payment in cash, by check, or if the disposition is subsequent to a “Qualifying IPO” as defined in Section 10 below, with shares of the outstanding stock of the Corporation which shall be valued at their fair market value as provided in Section 8 above for the purposes of such transaction.

 

10.                                Right of First Refusal

 

a.                                       Initiation of Right of First Refusal .

 

Until a public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock has occurred with proceeds to the Corporation of at least Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) (a “Qualifying IPO”), the Optionee (which for purposes of this Section 10 shall include the Optionee’s heirs, executors, administrators and transferees, and shall be referred to as the “Shareholder”) shall not sell pledge, assign, or otherwise transfer any of the Shareholder’s interest in any of the Option Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option without first offering to the Corporation or its designees (which may include some or all of the shareholders of the Corporation) the right and option to purchase said shares as provided hereinafter in this Section 10 and in conformity with Article 9 of the Corporation’s Bylaws (the “Right of First Refusal”). Notwithstanding the above, the Optionee may sell or transfer any interest in any of said Option Shares to the Optionee’s spouse or children, or to a trustee or custodian for the benefit of the Optionee or Optionee’s spouse or children (collectively, “Permitted Transferees”) without first offering said Option Shares to the Corporation or its designees, provided such buyer or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 10 and Section 8 of this Agreement, by the Repurchase Option specified in Section 11 and by the Market Stand-Off specified in Section 13 of this Agreement.

 

In the event of a pledge or other hypothecation of the Option Shares, or the granting of any option or other right to purchase the Option Shares, then the Right of First Refusal shall come into existence at the time of any sale or transfer of ownership of the Option Shares pursuant to the foreclosure under such pledge or hypothecation or exercise of such option or right, as the case may be; provided, however, that Optionee may not pledge or hypothecate the

 



 

Option Shares or grant an option or right to purchase the Option Shares unless the pledge holder or option or right holder, as the case may be, agrees in writing at the time of the pledge or grant of the option or right to be bound by the Right of First Refusal as contained in this Section 10 and to cause any proposed assignee or transferee of such pledge or right or option to execute and deliver to the Corporation a similar writing prior to such assignment or transfer.

 

b.                                       Mechanics .

 

Any Shareholder desiring to sell any or all of the Option Shares during such time period shall give written notice to the Corporation of the Shareholder’s bona fide intention to sell the Option Shares pursuant to a bona fide written offer of a third parry other than the Corporation (the “Proposed Purchaser”). The notice shall include a photocopy of such written offer which shall specify the identity of the Proposed Purchaser, the number of such Option Shares proposed to be sold (hereinafter the “Offered Shares”), and the price and payment terms of the proposed offer to buy the Offered Shares. The payment terms of the Proposed Purchaser to the Shareholder (and of the Shareholder to the Corporation) must be cash, cash equivalent (a certificate of deposit, shares of stock in a publicly traded Corporation, and the like), or a promissory note of the Proposed Purchaser payable on date(s) specified by passage of time. The Corporation or its designees shall have the right and option to purchase any or all of the Offered Shares, at the price and on the payment terms specified in the Shareholder’s notice, for a period of sixty (60) days from receipt of said notice from the Shareholder. That is, such notice by the Shareholder constitutes an irrevocable offer by the Shareholder to sell all of the Offered Shares to the Corporation or its designees at the price and payment terms specified in such notice for sixty (60) days from the Corporation’s receipt of such notice.

 

The Corporation shall exercise its option by giving written notice (the “Original Notice”) to the Shareholder stating that the number of Offered Shares as to which it is exercising its option. The Shareholder shall deliver certificates representing the number of Offered Shares purchased by the Corporation or its designees against payment for the account of the Shareholder of the purchase price in compliance with the terms of the bona fide offer within thirty (30) days of the option exercise notice.

 

In the event both the Corporation and its designees fail to exercise their option as provided in this Section as to all of the Offered Shares, the remaining Offered Shares may be sold by the Shareholder to the Proposed Purchaser within a period of sixty (60) days following the end of the Corporation’s sixty (60)-day option period specified above, provided that (1) such sale is made at a price and on terms no more favorable to the Proposed Purchaser than those made available to the Corporation and its designees under this section, (2) the Proposed Purchaser delivers a written undertaking to the Corporation to be bound by the restrictions on the Option Shares set forth in this Section 10 and Section 8 of this Agreement and the Market Stand-Off specified in Section 13 of this Agreement, and (3) the Corporation receives a statement from the Optionee and Proposed Purchaser detailing the circumstances surrounding the propose transfer such that in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation the sale to the Proposed Purchaser complies with applicable federal and state corporate securities laws. If the statement is inadequate for such counsel to so conclude, the Optionee and Proposed Purchaser shall provide such additional information as such counsel shall reasonably request. If such counsel is then unable to so conclude, then the transfer shall be prohibited and shall not occur.

 


 

Upon receipt of a writing from Shareholder and Proposed Purchaser that the foregoing conditions have been satisfied and the purchase price paid to the Shareholder by the Proposed Purchasers, the Corporation shall transfer the ownership of record to the Proposed Purchaser (and reissue the certificate).

 

If within this sixty (60)-day period the Shareholder does not enter into an agreement for such a sale of the remaining Offered Shares to the Proposed Purchaser which is consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the Right of First Refusal shall be revived as to such Offered Shares which shall not be sold or transferred unless the Shareholder first offers the Corporation the right and option to repurchase all such Offered Shares in accordance with this Section.

 

Any transfer or purported transfer of the Option Shares or any interest therein shall be null and void unless the terms and conditions of this Section 10 are strictly observed and followed, or such terms and conditions are waived by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

11.                                Repurchase Option.

 

In the event that the Optionee’s employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, and whether at the initiative of the Optionee or the Corporation, or by death, disability, retirement or otherwise, the Corporation or its designees (which may include some or all of the shareholders of the Corporation) shall have the option to purchase all Option Shares held by the Optionee at the date of such termination and acquired thereafter pursuant to Section 5 (the “Repurchase Option”). The Repurchase Option is exercisable by the payment not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such termination of the following amount:

 

The greater of :

 

(x) the cumulative monthly profit or loss of the Corporation, calculated in accordance with generally the Corporation’s customary accounting principles as consistently applied by the Corporation, beginning with the last month ended prior to the Effective Date and ending with the last month prior to such termination date, divided by the total number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock which, as of the date of repurchase, are then outstanding, are issuable upon exercise of any then exercisable options or warrants including options granted under the Corporation’s Incentive Stock Plan, and are issuable upon conversion of any then convertible securities, including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock; and,

 

(y) the net worth of the Corporation (total assets minus total liabilities), calculated in accordance with the Corporation’s customary accounting principles as consistently applied by the Corporation as of the end of the last month prior to such termination date, divided by the total number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock which, as of the date of repurchase are then outstanding, are issuable upon exercise of any then exercisable options or warrants including options granted under the Corporation’s Incentive Stock Plan, and are issuable upon conversion of any then convertible securities, including, without limitation, the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock.

 



 

In addition to the other legends described in this Agreement, all certificates representing the Option Shares shall bear the following legend:

 

THESE SHARES ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND ARE SUBJECT TO A REPURCHASE OPTION, ALL AS SET FORTH IN AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT DATED February 22, 2005 ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY.

 

12.                                Escrow.

 

Any share certificates issued upon the exercise of Option Shares shall be deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Corporation (the “Escrow Holder”), together with a stock power executed in blank as security for the Right of First Refusal and the Repurchase Option. Accordingly, said shares shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred so long as they remain subject to either or both of the Right of First Refusal and the Repurchase Option except as provided in Section 10 and Section 11, respectively, and any transfer or purported transfer in violation thereof shall be null and void, except that Optionee may transfer the Option Shares to a Permitted Transferee, provided the Permitted Transferees agrees in writing to be bound by the Right of First Refusal, the Repurchase Option, the Market Stand Off, and all other restrictions against transfer of the Option Shares as set forth in this Agreement.

 

The Corporation, by written resolution adopted by its board of directors, may terminate the escrow and direct the Escrow Holder to deliver the certificate(s) representing the Option Shares to Optionee and/or Permitted Transferees, as appropriate, provided, however, that the Escrow Holder shall not be required to deliver such certificate(s) unless, at its discretion, it has received satisfactory releases, indemnity, and security against claims. Shares so delivered free of escrow shall nevertheless remain subject to the Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, the Market Stand Off, and all other restrictions against transfer of the Option Shares as set forth in this Agreement.

 

The Escrow Holder may resign at any time, provided that (i) its duties are undertaken by a successor escrow holder, or (ii) the certificate(s) representing the Option Shares are deposited with any court of competent jurisdiction. Any bank doing business in California is deemed to be such a suitable successor, in which case there shall be applied such additional terms of escrow as such successor escrow holder may at its discretion require as a condition to its assuming the duties of escrow holder and the original escrow holder is authorized to execute as agent for each party an escrow agreement or instructions containing such additional terms.

 

The Escrow Holder shall in no event be liable for damages to any party resulting from the exercise of its duties hereunder, or for any other reason, except gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Corporation shall pay all fees and expenses of the Escrow Holder and shall hold the Escrow Holder harmless against all claims arising out of its performance as escrow holder hereunder except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction has made a final determination that they arose from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Holder.

 



 

Optionee and/or Permitted Transferees shall have full voting rights and shall be entitled to dividends, if any, with respect to the escrowed shares.

 

13.                                Market Stand-Off

 

In conformity with Article 10 of the Corporation’s Bylaws, the Optionee shall not, to the extent requested by the Corporation, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Option Shares during a period of up to six (6) months following the effective date of a registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Act; provided however, that such prohibition shall only be applicable to the Corporation’s initial registration statement (the “First Registration Statement”) and registration statements filed within three (3) years after the effective date of the First Registration Statement and if all officers and directors of the Corporation are similarly prohibited. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Option Shares until the end of such six-month period and place an appropriate legend on any share certificate representing the Option Shares.

 

14.                                Notices

 

Any notice required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery, or delivery by Fed Ex or other national overnight service, or delivery by fax or e-mail, to the President of the Corporation, or to the Optionee; or (ii) three (3) days after it is deposited in the U.S. mail, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the President of the Corporation at the Corporation’s principal executive office, or to the Optionee addressed to his/her address appearing on the records of the Corporation. Either party may designate another address for purposes of receiving notice under this Section by giving written notice to the other party thereof in accordance with, and referring specifically to, this Section 14.

 

15.                                Delivery of Plan

 

Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received from the Corporation a copy of the Plan pursuant to which this Agreement is made and entered into.

 

16.                                Tax Advice

 

Optionee represents that he/she has not relied upon any tax advice from the Corporation or its counsel with respect to this Agreement.

 



 

17.                                Confidentiality and Financial Information

 

a.                                       Confidentiality

 

The Corporation has a general policy of maintaining the confidentiality of certain Corporation records as described in Article 8 of the Corporation’s Bylaws. The Option Shares shall be subject to such Article 8 and all certificates representing the Option Shares shall bear the following legend:

 

THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THESE SHARES, AND SUCH HOLDER’S AGENTS AND ATTORNEYS, MAY BE REQUIRED TO EXECUTE NONDISCLOSURE STATEMENTS PRIOR TO BEING PERMITTED TO INSPECT CERTAIN RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION.

 

b.                                       Financial Information .

 

Whenever the Corporation provides financial statements, whether audited or unaudited, to all of its shareholders as a group, the Corporation shall concurrently provide the Optionee with a copy of such financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall upon request provide the Optionee at the end of its fiscal year with a copy of its financial statements, either audited or unaudited, for such fiscal year, within ninety (90) days after the end of such fiscal year, if Optionee is then an optionee of the Corporation.

 

Optionee acknowledges that such financial statements are confidential information of the Corporation and are being provided solely in order to assist Optionee in the decision of whether and when to exercise the Option. Notwithstanding Article 8 of the Bylaws, Optionee agrees (1) to maintain the confidentiality of all such financial statements and not to disclose the contents of such financial statements to any third party without the prior written consent of an officer of the Corporation and (2) not to use such financial statements for any other purpose.

 

18.                                Payment of Taxes

 

To the extent the Corporation requires taxes to be paid to the Corporation concurrently with the exercise of an Option and/or with a subsequent disposition of the Option Shares as a condition to the exercise of the Option or delivery of the Option Shares, if such exercise or disposition is subsequent to a Qualifying IPO, the Corporation may permit Optionee to pay some or all of the taxes by tendering to the Corporation outstanding shares of the Corporation’s stock held by Optionee, or by reducing the number of shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option. The shares tendered to or retained by the Corporation as payment of taxes shall be valued at their fair market value, as provided in Section 8 above, for the purposes of such transaction.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement, which is governed by California law, constitutes the entire agreement between the Corporation and Optionee relating to the Option, superseding all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral. If this Agreement concerns Optionee’s initial option under the Plan, then this Agreement specifically supersedes any prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, concerning Corporation equity, including without limitation, those contained in any offer letter.

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Iradimed Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), sets forth herein the terms of its 2104 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), as follows:

 

1.                                       PURPOSE

 

The Plan is intended to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined herein) ability to attract and retain highly qualified officers, non-employee members of the Board, key employees, consultants and advisors, and to motivate such officers, non-employee members of the Board, key employees, consultants and advisors to serve the Company and its Affiliates and to expend maximum effort to improve the business results and earnings of the Company, by providing to such persons an opportunity to acquire or increase a direct proprietary interest in the operations and future success of the Company.  To this end, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock, other stock-based awards and cash awards. Any of these awards may, but need not, be made as performance incentives to reward attainment of performance goals in accordance with the terms hereof. Stock options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options, as provided herein.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of interpreting the Plan and related documents (including Award Agreements), the following definitions shall apply:

 

2.1.                             “Acquiror” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.1 .

 

2.2.                             “Affiliate” means any company or other trade or business that “controls,” is “controlled by” or is “under common control” with the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary.

 

2.3.                             Award means a grant of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-based Award or cash award under the Plan.

 

2.4.                             Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Grantee, or notice from the Company or an Affiliate to a Grantee that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

2.5.                             Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.6.                             “Business Combination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.2.

 



 

2.7.                             Cause shall be defined as that term is defined in the Grantee’s offer letter or other applicable employment agreement; or, if there is no such definition, “Cause” means, as determined by the Company and unless otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement: (i) the commission of any act by a Grantee constituting financial dishonesty against the Company or its Affiliates (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law); (ii) a Grantee’s engaging in any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by the Board, would: (A) materially adversely affect the business or the reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates with their respective current or prospective customers, suppliers, lenders and/or other third parties with whom such entity does or might do business; or (B) expose the Company or any of its Affiliates to a risk of civil or criminal legal damages, liabilities or penalties; (iii) the repeated failure by a Grantee to follow the directives of the chief executive officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates or the Board, or (iv) any material misconduct, violation of the Company’s or Affiliates’ policies, or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty by the Grantee in connection with the business affairs of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

2.8.                             Change in Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.2 .

 

2.9.                             Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as hereafter amended. References to the Code shall include the valid and binding governmental regulations, court decisions and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder.

 

2.10.                      Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as determined by the Board.  The Compensation Committee of the Board may, in its discretion, designate a subcommittee of its members to serve as the Committee (to the extent the Board has not designated another person, committee or entity as the Committee).  Following the Initial Public Offering, (i) the Board will cause the Committee to satisfy the applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed; (ii) for purposes of Awards to Covered Employees intended to constitute Performance Awards, to the extent required by Code Section 162(m), Committee means all of the members of the Compensation Committee who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) for purposes of Awards to Grantees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, Committee means all of the members of the Compensation Committee who are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 adopted under the Exchange Act.

 

2.11.                      Company shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

2.12.                      “Common Stock” or “Stock” means a share of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.13.                      “Consultant” means a consultant or advisor that provides bona fide services to the Company or any Affiliate and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (during any period in which the Company is not a public company subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act) or Form S-8 (during any period in which the Company is a public company subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

 

2



 

2.14.                      Covered Employee means a Grantee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code as qualified by Section 12.4 .

 

2.15.                      Disability shall be defined as that term is defined in the Grantee’s offer letter or other applicable employment agreement; or, if there is no such definition, “Disability” means, as determined by the Company and unless otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, the Grantee is unable to perform each of the essential duties of such Grantee’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; provided , however , that, with respect to rules regarding expiration of an Incentive Stock Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service, “Disability” means “permanent and total disability” as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

2.16.                      Effective Date means April 14, 2014, the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

2.17.                      Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

2.18.                      Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of a particular date shall mean (1) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing or last price of the Common Stock on the composite tape or other comparable reporting system for the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date, or (2) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange, or the value of such shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as determined by the Board in good faith in its sole discretion.

 

2.19.                      Family Member means a person who is a spouse, former spouse, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother, sister, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of the applicable individual, any person sharing the applicable individual’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which any one or more of these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any one or more of these persons (or the applicable individual) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which one or more of these persons (or the applicable individual) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

 

2.20.                      Grant Date means, as determined by the Board, the latest to occur of (i) the date as of which the Board approves an Award, (ii) the date on which the recipient of an Award first becomes eligible to receive an Award under Section 6 , or (iii) such other date as may be specified by the Board in the Award Agreement.

 

2.21.                      Grantee means a person who receives or holds an Award under the Plan.

 

2.22.                      Holder means, with respect to any Issued Shares, the person holding such Issued Shares, including the initial Grantee or any Permitted Transferee.

 

3



 

2.23.                      Incentive Stock Option means an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted tax statute, as amended from time to time.

 

2.24.                      “Incumbent Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.2 .

 

2.25.                      Initial Public Offering means the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement (other than a Form S-8 or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC.

 

2.26.                      Issued Shares means, collectively, all outstanding shares of Stock issued pursuant to Awards (including without limitation, outstanding shares of Restricted Stock prior to or after vesting and shares issued in connection with the exercise of an Option or SAR).

 

2.27.                      “New Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.1 .

 

2.28.                      Non-qualified Stock Option means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.29.                      “Offered Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.4.1 .

 

2.30.                      “Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.5 .

 

2.31.                      Option means an option to purchase one or more shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.32.                      Option Price means the exercise price for each share of Stock subject to an Option.

 

2.33.                      “Other Stock-based Awards” means Awards consisting of Stock units, or other Awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock.

 

2.34.                      Performance Award means an Award made subject to the attainment of performance goals (as described in Section 12 ) over a performance period of from one (1) to five (5) years.

 

2.35.                      Permitted Transferee means any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Issued Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 17.13.3 ): the Holder’s spouse, children (natural or adopted), stepchildren or a trust for their sole benefit of which the Holder is the settlor; provided however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Issued Shares during the term of this Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

 

2.36.                      Plan shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

4



 

2.37.                      “Prior Plan means the Iradimed Corporation (Oklahoma) 2005 Incentive Stock Plan.

 

2.38.                      Purchase Price means the purchase price for each share of Stock pursuant to a grant of Restricted Stock.

 

2.39.                      “Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 .

 

2.40.                      Restricted Stock means shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 .

 

2.41.                      “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 .

 

2.42.                      SAR Exercise Price means the per share exercise price of a SAR granted to a Grantee under Section 9 .

 

2.43.                      “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.44.                      Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code.

 

2.45.                      Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

2.46.                      “Separation from Service” means a termination of Service by a Service Provider, as determined by the Board, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive; provided , however , that if any Award governed by Section 409A is to be distributed on a Separation from Service, then the definition of Separation from Service for such purposes shall comply with the definition provided in Section 409A.

 

2.47.                      “Service” means service as a Service Provider to the Company or an Affiliate. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee’s change in position or duties shall not result in interrupted or terminated Service, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2.48.                      Service Provider means an employee, officer, non-employee member of the Board, or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2.49.                      Stock Appreciation Right or SAR” means a right granted to a Grantee under Section 9 .

 

2.50.                      Subsidiary means any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2.51.                      “Substitute Award” means any Award granted in assumption of or in substitution for an award of a company or business acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary or with which the Company or an Affiliate combines.

 

5



 

2.52.                      Ten Percent Stockholder means an individual who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

2.53.                      “Termination Date means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date, unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Board under Section 5.2 .

 

2.54.                      “Transition Period” means the period beginning with the consummation of an Initial Public Offering and ending as of the earlier of (i) the date of the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Initial Public Offering occurs and (ii) the expiration of the “reliance period” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2).

 

2.55.                      “Voting Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.2 .

 

3.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

3.1.                             General.

 

The Board shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan as are consistent with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law. The Board shall have the power and authority to delegate its responsibilities hereunder to the Committee, which shall have full authority to act in accordance with its charter (as in effect from time to time), and with respect to the authority of the Board to act hereunder, all references to the Board shall be deemed to include a reference to the Committee, to the extent such power or responsibilities have been delegated.  Except as specifically provided in Section 14 or as otherwise may be required by applicable law, regulatory requirement or the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Company, the Board shall have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan.  Following the Initial Public Offering, the Committee shall administer the Plan; provided , however , the Board shall retain the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with applicable law and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed.  The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision of the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive. Without limitation, the Board shall have full and final authority, subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, to:

 

(i)                                      designate Grantees;

 

(ii)                                   determine the type or types of Awards to be made to a Grantee;

 

(iii)                                determine the number of shares of Stock to be subject to an Award;

 

6



 

(iv)                               establish the terms and conditions of each Award (including, but not limited to, the Option Price of any Option, the nature and duration of any restriction or condition (or provision for lapse thereof) relating to the vesting, exercise, transfer, or forfeiture of an Award or the shares of Stock subject thereto, and any terms or conditions that may be necessary to qualify Options as Incentive Stock Options);

 

(v)                                  prescribe the form of each Award Agreement; and

 

(vi)                               amend, modify, or supplement the terms of any outstanding Award including the authority, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan, to modify Awards to foreign nationals or individuals who are employed outside the United States to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom.

 

3.2.                             Deferral Arrangement.

 

The Board may permit or require the deferral of any Award payment into a deferred compensation arrangement, subject to such rules and procedures as it may establish and in accordance with Section 409A, which may include provisions for the payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents, including converting such credits into deferred Stock units.

 

3.3.                             No Liability.

 

No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Award or Award Agreement.

 

3.4.                             Book Entry.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under this Plan for the delivery of stock certificates through the use of book-entry.

 

4.                                       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

4.1.                             Authorized Number of Shares.

 

Subject to adjustment under Section 15 , the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be initially issued pursuant to the Plan is 1,000,000.  The total number of shares of Common Stock described in the preceding sentence shall be available for issuance under Incentive Stock Options.  Shares of Common Stock underlying any outstanding stock option or other award granted under the Prior Plan or any other predecessor employee stock plan of the Company that is forfeited, terminated or cancelled for any reason without issuance of such shares, including an award that is settled in cash or shares underlying an award that are surrendered or tendered to the Company for payment of an exercise price or to cover taxes, shall be cancelled and will not be available for future grant under the Plan.  From and after the Effective Date, no new awards will be made under the Prior Plan.  Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares purchased on the open market or otherwise, all as determined by the Company from time to time.  No later than the end of the Transition Period, the maximum number of shares for each type of Stock-based Award, and the maximum amount of cash for any cash-based Award, intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) granted to any Grantee in any specified period shall be established by the Company and approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

7



 

4.2.                             Share Counting.

 

Any Award settled in cash shall not be counted as shares of Common Stock for any purpose under this Plan.  If any Award under the Plan expires, or is terminated, surrendered or forfeited, in whole or in part, the unissued Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan.  If shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan are repurchased by, or are surrendered or forfeited to the Company at no more than cost, such shares of Common Stock shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. If shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, vesting or settlement of an Award, or shares of Common Stock owned by a Grantee (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest), are surrendered or tendered to the Company in payment of the Option Price or Purchase Price of an Award or any taxes required to be withheld in respect of an Award, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, such surrendered or tendered shares of Common Stock shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.  In addition, in the case of any Substitute Award, such Substitute Award shall not be counted against the number of shares reserved under the Plan.

 

5.                                       EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

 

5.1.                             Term.

 

The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date, provided that it has been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan shall terminate automatically on the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date and may be terminated on any earlier date as provided in Section 5.2 .

 

5.2.                             Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan as to any Awards which have not been made. An amendment shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent stated by the Board, required by applicable law or required by applicable stock exchange listing requirements.  No Awards shall be made after the Termination Date. The applicable terms of the Plan, and any terms and conditions applicable to Awards granted prior to the Termination Date shall survive the termination of the Plan and continue to apply to such Awards.  No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Grantee, materially impair rights or obligations under any Award theretofore awarded.

 

8



 

6.                                       AWARD ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS

 

6.1.                             Service Providers.

 

Subject to this Section 6, Awards may be made to any Service Provider as the Board shall determine and designate from time to time in its discretion.

 

6.2.                             Successive Awards.

 

An eligible person may receive more than one Award, subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.

 

6.3.                             Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards.

 

Awards may, in the discretion of the Board, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate, or any other right of a Grantee to receive payment from the Company or any Affiliate. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Board shall have the right to require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Board shall have the right, in its discretion, to make Awards in substitution or exchange for any other award under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Affiliate, in which the value of Stock subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation (for example, Restricted Stock Units or Restricted Stock).

 

7.                                       AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine.  Without limiting the foregoing, an Award Agreement may be provided in the form of a notice which provides that acceptance of the Award constitutes acceptance of all terms of the Plan and the notice.  Award Agreements granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions but shall be consistent with the terms of the Plan.  Each Award Agreement evidencing an Award of Options shall specify whether such Options are intended to be Non-qualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options, and in the absence of such specification such options shall be deemed Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

8.                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

 

8.1.                             Option Price.

 

The Option Price of each Option shall be fixed by the Board and stated in the related Award Agreement. The Option Price of each Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (except those that constitute Substitute Awards) shall be at least the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of Stock; provided , however , that in the event that a Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the Option Price of an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.  In no case shall the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of Stock.

 

9



 

8.2.                             Vesting.

 

Subject to Section 8.3 , each Option shall become exercisable at such times and under such conditions (including, without limitation, performance requirements) as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement.

 

8.3.                             Term.

 

Each Option shall terminate, and all rights to purchase shares of Stock thereunder shall cease, upon the expiration of the Option term determined by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement not to exceed ten (10) years from the Grant Date, or under such circumstances and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the related Award Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that the Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder, an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option at the Grant Date shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from its Grant Date.

 

8.4.                             Limitations on Exercise of Option.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event may any Option be exercised, in whole or in part, (i) prior to the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company as provided herein or (ii) after the occurrence of an event which results in termination of the Option.

 

8.5.                             Method of Exercise.

 

An Option that is exercisable may be exercised by the Grantee’s delivery of a notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the shares.  To be effective, notice of exercise must be made in accordance with procedures established by the Company from time to time.

 

8.6.                             Rights of Holders of Options.

 

Unless otherwise stated in the related Award Agreement, an individual holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder (for example, the right to receive cash or dividend payments or distributions attributable to the subject shares of Stock or to direct the voting of the subject shares of Stock) until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to him. Except as provided in Section 15 or the related Award Agreement, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance.

 

10


 

8.7.                             Delivery of Stock Certificates.

 

Promptly after the exercise of an Option by a Grantee and the payment in full of the Option Price, such Grantee shall be entitled to the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates evidencing his or her ownership of the shares of Stock subject to the Option.

 

8.8.                             Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.

 

An Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option only (i) if the Grantee of such Option is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related Award Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by such Grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Grantee’s employer and its Affiliates) does not exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

 

9.                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

9.1.                             Right to Payment.

 

A SAR shall confer on the Grantee a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the SAR Exercise Price, as determined by the Board. The Award Agreement for an SAR shall specify the SAR Exercise Price.  SARs may be granted alone or in conjunction with all or part of an Option or at any subsequent time during the term of such Option or in conjunction with all or part of any other Award.

 

9.2.                             Other Terms.

 

The Board shall determine at the Grant Date or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which SARs shall cease to be or become exercisable following Separation from Service or upon other conditions, the method of exercise, whether or not a SAR shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR.

 

9.3.                             Term of SARs.

 

The term of a SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion; provided , however , that such term shall not exceed ten (10) years.

 

9.4.                             Payment of SAR Amount.

 

Upon exercise of a SAR, a Grantee shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company (in cash or Stock, as determined by the Board) in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

11



 

(i)              the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the SAR Exercise Price; by

 

(ii)             the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

 

10.                                TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

10.1.                      Restrictions.

 

At the time of grant, the Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a period of time (a “ Restricted Period ”) and any additional restrictions including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives applicable to an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units in accordance with Section 12.1 and 12.2 . Each Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units may be subject to a different Restricted Period and additional restrictions. Neither Restricted Stock nor Restricted Stock Units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the Restricted Period or prior to the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions.

 

10.2.                      Restricted Stock Certificates.

 

The Company shall issue stock, in the name of each Grantee to whom Restricted Stock has been granted, stock certificates or other evidence of ownership representing the total number of shares of Restricted Stock granted to the Grantee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Grant Date. The Board may provide in an Award Agreement that either (i) the Secretary of the Company shall hold such certificates for the Grantee’s benefit until such time as the Restricted Stock is forfeited to the Company or the restrictions lapse, or (ii) such certificates shall be delivered to the Grantee; provided , however , that such certificates shall bear a legend or legends that comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and make appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under the Plan and the Award Agreement.

 

10.3.                      Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock.

 

Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock shall have rights as stockholders of the Company, including voting and dividend rights.

 

10.4.                      Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock Units.

 

10.4.1.                                    Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

 

Restricted Stock Units may be settled in cash or Stock, as determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Award Agreement shall also set forth whether the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled (i) within the time period specified in Section 17.11 for short term deferrals or (ii) otherwise within the requirements of Section 409A, in which case the Award Agreement shall specify upon which events such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled.

 

12



 

10.4.2.                                    Voting and Dividend Rights.

 

Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock Units shall not have rights as stockholders of the Company, including no voting or dividend or dividend equivalents rights.

 

10.4.3.                                    Creditor’s Rights.

 

A holder of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement.

 

10.5.                      Purchase of Restricted Stock.

 

The Grantee shall be required, to the extent required by applicable law, to purchase the Restricted Stock from the Company at a Purchase Price equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate par value of the shares of Stock represented by such Restricted Stock or (ii) the Purchase Price, if any, specified in the related Award Agreement. If specified in the Award Agreement, the Purchase Price may be deemed paid by Services already rendered. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 11 or, in the discretion of the Board, in consideration for past Services rendered.

 

10.6.                      Delivery of Stock.

 

Upon the expiration or termination of any Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board, the restrictions applicable to shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units settled in Stock shall lapse, and, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, a stock certificate for such shares shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, to the Grantee or the Grantee’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

 

11.                                FORM OF PAYMENT FOR OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK

 

11.1.                      General Rule.

 

Payment of the Option Price for the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock shall be made in cash or in cash equivalents acceptable to the Company, except as provided in this Section 11 .

 

11.2.                      Surrender of Stock.

 

To the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price for shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock may be made all or in part through the tender to the Company of shares of Stock, which shares shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price or Purchase Price for Restricted Stock has been paid thereby, at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or surrender.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make payment in the form of already owned shares of Stock may be authorized only at the time of grant.

 

13



 

11.3.                      Cashless Exercise.

 

With respect to an Option only (and not with respect to Restricted Stock) following the Initial Public Offering, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form acceptable to the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of the Option Price and any withholding taxes described in Section 17.3 .

 

11.4.                      Other Forms of Payment.

 

To the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules, including, but not limited to, the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock otherwise due to the exercising Grantee.

 

12.                                TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS

 

12.1.                      Performance Conditions.

 

The right of a Grantee to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Board. The Board may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Section 12.2 in the case of a Performance Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m).

 

12.2.                      Performance Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees.

 

If and to the extent that the Board determines that a Performance Award to be granted to a Grantee who is designated by the Board as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Code Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 12.2 .

 

12.2.1.                                    Performance Goals Generally.

 

The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Board consistent with this Section 12.2 .  Following the end of the Transition Period, performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Board result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” The Board may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards.  Performance goals may, in the

 

14



 

discretion of the Board, be established on a Company-wide basis, or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, subsidiaries or business segments, as applicable.  Performance goals may be absolute or relative (to the performance of one or more comparable companies or indices).  Measurement of performance goals may exclude (in the discretion of the Board) the impact of charges for restructuring, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes (each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles and as identified in the Company’s financial statements or other SEC filings).  Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Grantee or to different Grantees.

 

12.2.2.                                    Business Criteria.

 

One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or specified subsidiaries or business units of the Company (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used exclusively by the Board in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: net sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre-or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonuses; net earnings; earnings per share; net income (before or after taxes); return on equity; total shareholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of, share price; market share; gross profits; earnings (including earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and taxes or earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reduction in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital; cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels; operating margins; gross margins or cash margin; year-end cash; debt reductions; shareholder equity; regulatory performance; implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects and recruiting and maintaining personnel and any other business criteria established by the Board.

 

12.2.3.                                    Timing for Establishing Performance Goals.

 

Following the Transition Period, performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).

 

12.2.4.                                    Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms.

 

Settlement of Performance Awards shall be in cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Board. The Board may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards.

 

15



 

12.3.                      Written Determinations.

 

All determinations by the Board as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award pool or potential individual Performance Awards and as to the achievement of performance goals relating to Performance Awards, shall be made in writing in the case of any Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m) to the extent required by Code Section 162(m). To the extent permitted by Code Section 162(m), the Board may delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards.

 

12.4.                      Status of Section 12.2 Awards under Code Section 162(m).

 

The provisions of this Section 12.4 are applicable following the Transition Period.  It is the intent of the Company that Performance Awards under Section 12.2 granted to persons who are designated by the Board as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder shall, if so designated by the Board, constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, the terms of Section 12.2 , including the definitions of Covered Employee and other terms used therein, shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, because the Board cannot determine with certainty whether a given Grantee will be a Covered Employee with respect to a fiscal year that has not yet been completed, the term Covered Employee as used herein shall mean only a person designated by the Board, at the time of grant of Performance Awards, as likely to be a Covered Employee with respect to that fiscal year. If any provision of the Plan or any agreement relating to such Performance Awards does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

13.                                OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

 

13.1.                      Grant of Other Stock-based Awards.

 

Other Stock-based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in conjunction with other Awards under the Plan.  Other Stock-based Awards may be granted in lieu of other cash or other compensation to which a Service Provider is entitled from the Company or may be used in the settlement of amounts payable in shares of Common Stock under any other compensation plan or arrangement of the Company, including without limitation, the Company’s incentive compensation plan.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Awards shall be made, the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of such Awards.  Unless the Board determines otherwise, any such Award shall be confirmed by an Award Agreement, which shall contain such provisions as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of this Plan with respect to such Award.

 

13.2.                      Terms of Other Stock-based Awards.

 

Any Common Stock subject to Awards made under this Section 13 may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses.

 

16



 

14.                                REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

14.1.                      General.

 

The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Award if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Grantee, any other individual exercising an Option, or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to an Award upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares hereunder, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option pursuant to such Award unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Award. Specifically, in connection with the Securities Act, upon the exercise of any Option or the delivery of any shares of Stock underlying an Award, unless a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Award, the Company shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are exempt from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

 

14.2.                      Rule 16b-3.

 

During any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that Awards and the exercise of Options granted to officers and directors hereunder will qualify for the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. To the extent that any provision of the Plan or action by the Board or Committee does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, it shall be deemed inoperative to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board, and shall not affect the validity of the Plan. In the event that Rule 16b-3 is revised or replaced, the Board may exercise its discretion to modify this Plan in any respect necessary to satisfy the requirements of, or to take advantage of any features of, the revised exemption or its replacement.

 

17



 

15.                                EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

 

15.1.                      Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .

 

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, and in the Option Price, SAR Exercise Price or Purchase Price per share of any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Grantees’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to a Change in Control) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the Option Price, SAR Exercise Price or Purchase Price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion.  Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 15.1 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the Option Price, SAR Exercise Price or Purchase Price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent.  In no event may the exercise price of any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. The Board in its sole discretion, may also make such adjustments in the terms of any Award to reflect, or related to, such changes in the capital structure of the Company or distributions as it deems appropriate. Adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 15.1 shall be made in accordance with Section 409A to the extent applicable.

 

15.2.                      Change in Control.

 

15.2.1.                                    Consequences of a Change in Control.

 

Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A if applicable, the Board may provide for any one or more of the following in connection with a Change in Control:

 

(a)  Accelerated Vesting . The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability, vesting and/or settlement in connection with such Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Grantee’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, to such extent as the Board shall determine.

 

18



 

(b)  Assumption, Continuation or Substitution. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiror ”), may, without the consent of any Grantee, either assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock, as applicable. For purposes of this Section 15.2.1 , if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award denominated in shares of Stock shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided , however , that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award, for each share of Stock subject to the Award, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised or settled as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control.

 

(c)  Cash-Out of Awards . The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Grantee, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or a portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control and not previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. In the event such determination is made by the Board, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Grantees in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

 

19



 

15.2.2.                                    Change in Control Defined.

 

Except as may otherwise be defined in an Award Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  the acquisition, other than from the Company, by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or any subsidiary, affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or employee benefit plan of the Company, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Securities ”); or

 

(b)                                  a reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), other than a Business Combination in which more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity immediately following the Business Combination is held by the persons who, immediately prior to the Business Combination, were the holders of the Voting Securities; or

 

(c)                                   a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

 

(d)                                  during any period of 24 consecutive months, the Incumbent Directors cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; “ Incumbent Directors ” shall mean individuals who were members of the Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or individuals whose election or nomination for election to the Board of Directors by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the then Incumbent Directors (but excluding any individual whose initial election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that an Award hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A and payable upon a Change in Control, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change in Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a “change in control event” pursuant to the definition of such term in Section 409A.

 

15.3.                      Adjustments.

 

Adjustments under this Section 15 related to shares of Stock or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share.

 

20


 

16.                                NO LIMITATIONS ON COMPANY

 

The making of Awards pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

17.                                TERMS APPLICABLE GENERALLY TO AWARDS GRANTED UNDER THE PLAN

 

17.1.                      Disclaimer of Rights.

 

No provision in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company or any Affiliate either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual and the Company or any Affiliate. In addition, notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, no Award granted under the Plan shall be affected by any change of duties or position of the Grantee, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider. The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan shall be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein. The Plan shall in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any Grantee or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.

 

17.2.                      Nonexclusivity of the Plan.

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or particular individuals), including, without limitation, the granting of stock options as the Board in its discretion determines desirable.

 

17.3.                      Withholding Taxes.

 

The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld (i) with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award, (ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, or (iii) otherwise due in connection with an Award.  At the time of such vesting, lapse, or exercise, the Grantee shall pay to the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or the Affiliate may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation. Subject to the prior approval of the Company or the Affiliate, which may be withheld by the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, in its sole discretion, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or

 

21



 

the Affiliate to withhold the minimum required number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Grantee as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation or (ii) by delivering to the Company or the Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations. The Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. A Grantee who has made an election pursuant to this Section 17.3 may satisfy his or her withholding obligation only with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements.

 

17.4.                      Right of First Refusal; Right to Repurchase.

 

17.4.1.                                    Right of First Refusal.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, stockholders’ agreement or other agreement to which a Holder is a party, at any time prior to registration by the Company of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, in the event that the Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of such Holder’s Issued Shares (to the extent vested), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Issued Shares which the Holder proposes to sell (the “ Offered Shares ”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section17.4.1 , the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder. In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice. Any Issued Shares purchased by such proposed transferee shall no longer be subject to the terms of the Plan.  Any Issued Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan.

 

17.4.2.                                    Right of Repurchase.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, stockholders’ agreement or other agreement to which a Grantee is a party, at any time prior to registration by the Company of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, in the case of any Grantee whose Separation from Service is for Cause, or where the Grantee has, in the Board’s reasonable determination, taken any action prior to or following his Separation of Service which would have constituted grounds for Cause, the Company shall have the right, exercisable at any time and from time to time thereafter, to repurchase from the Grantee (or any successor in interest by purchase, gift or other mode of transfer) any shares of Common Stock issued to such Grantee under the Plan for the purchase price paid by the Grantee for such shares of Common Stock (or the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock at the time of repurchase, if lower).

 

22



 

17.5.                      Market Standoff Requirement.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, stockholders’ agreement or other agreement to which a Grantee is a party, in connection with any underwritten public offering of its Common Stock (“ Offering ”) and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing the Offering, Grantees shall not be permitted to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of any Common Stock delivered under the Plan (other than those shares of Common Stock included in the Offering) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of the registration statement with respect to such Offering as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters in connection with such Offering.

 

17.6.                      Captions.

 

The use of captions in this Plan or any Award Agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement.

 

17.7.                      Other Provisions.

 

Each Award Agreement may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of an employment agreement and the Plan, the terms of the employment agreement govern.

 

17.8.                      Number and Gender.

 

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, etc., as the context requires.

 

17.9.                      Severability.

 

If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

17.10.               Governing Law.

 

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law.

 

23



 

17.11.               Section 409A.

 

The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable laws require otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan during the six (6) month period immediately following the Grantee’s Separation from Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Grantee’s Separation from Service (or the Grantee’s death, if earlier). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Grantee under Section 409A and neither the Company nor the Committee will have any liability to any Grantee for such tax or penalty.

 

17.12.               Separation from Service.

 

The Board shall determine the effect of a Separation from Service upon Awards, and such effect shall be set forth in the appropriate Award Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Board may provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, the actions that will be taken upon the occurrence of a Separation from Service, including, but not limited to, accelerated vesting or termination, depending upon the circumstances surrounding the Separation from Service.

 

17.13.               Transferability of Awards and Issued Shares.

 

17.13.1.                             Transfers in General.

 

Except as provided in Section 17.13.2 , no Award shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only the Grantee personally (or the Grantee’s personal representative) may exercise rights under the Plan.

 

17.13.2.                             Family Transfers.

 

If authorized in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of an Award (other than Incentive Stock Options) to any Family Member. For the purpose of this Section 17.13.2 , a “not for value” transfer is a transfer which is (i) a gift, (ii) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights; or (iii) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members (or the Grantee) in exchange for an interest in that entity. Following a transfer under this Section 17.13.2 , any such Award shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer. Subsequent transfers of transferred Awards are prohibited except to Family Members of the original Grantee in accordance with this Section 17.13.2 or by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

24



 

17.13.3.                             Issued Shares.

 

No Issued Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) such transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award, all applicable securities laws, and with the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Sections 17.4 and 17.5 and this Section 17.13.3 ), (ii) such transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan (including Sections 17.4 and 17.5 and this Section 17.13.3 ).  In connection with any proposed transfer, the Board may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Board, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws.  Any attempted disposition of Issued Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 17.13.3 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Issued Shares as a result of any such disposition, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such disposition and shall not in any way give effect to any such disposition of Issued Shares. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the agreement with respect to a particular Award, Issued Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions:

 

(i)                                      Transfers to Permitted Transferees . The Holder may sell, assign, transfer or give away any or all of the Issued Shares to Permitted Transferees; provided, however, that following such sale, assignment, or other transfer, such Issued Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including Sections 17.4 and 17.5 and this Section 17.13.3 ) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company.

 

(ii)                                   Transfers Upon Death . Upon the death of the Holder, any Issued Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Issued Shares acquired thereafter by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Issued Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated hereby.

 

17.14.               Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

 

If specified in the Award Agreement, the recipient of an Award under this Plan may be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to the Common Stock or other securities covered by an Award.  The terms and conditions of a dividend equivalent right may be set forth in the Award Agreement.  Dividend equivalents credited to a Grantee may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock or other securities of the Company at a price per unit equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date that such dividend was paid to shareholders, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

 

 

Iradimed Corporation

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

By: Roger Susi

 

Title: CEO and President

 

25




Exhibit 10.4

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF [INCENTIVE/NON-QUALIFIED] STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, Iradimed Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby grants, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), to the Grantee designated in this Notice of Grant of [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option Award (the “ Notice ”) an option to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company set forth in the Notice (the “ Shares ”), subject to certain restrictions as outlined below in this Notice and the additional provisions set forth in the attached Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Award (collectively, the “ Agreement ”).  The terms and conditions of the Plan are incorporated by reference in their entirety into this Agreement.  When used in this Agreement, the terms which are defined in the Plan shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan, as modified herein (if applicable).

 

Grantee :                                               [                    ]

Type of Option [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option

 

 

Exercise Price per Share :           $        

Date of Grant :                                       

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted :                                    

Expiration Date :                                    

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

[ Insert schedule — time based or performance based.  The following is an example of a typical time-vesting award. ]

 

The Option will vest and become exercisable as follows:

 

Vesting Date

 

Number of Vested Shares

 

 

 

 

 

On the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

25% of the Shares

 

 

 

 

 

On the two-year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

25% of the Shares

 

 

 

 

 

On the three-year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

25% of the Shares

 

 

 

 

 

On the four-year anniversary of the Grant Date

 

25% of the Shares

 

 

Except as set forth in Section 2(c) of the attached Terms and Conditions, to become vested and exercisable on any such Vesting Date, the Grantee must remain in Service with the Company through such Vesting Date.

 

[Insert the following if the award includes acceleration events (e.g., for certain terminations of employment or CIC: Notwithstanding the foregoing Vesting Schedule, vesting of all or some portion of the Option may be accelerated in accordance with the terms of Section 2(c) of the attached Terms and Conditions.]

 

1



 

Exercise After Separation from Service :

 

[Insert post-service exercise periods.  The following is an example of a typical approach consistent with CA requirements.]

 

Separation from Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Cause : any non-vested portion of the Option expires immediately and any vested portion of the Option remains exercisable for ninety (90) days following the Separation from Service;

 

Separation from Service due to death or Disability : any non-vested portion of the Option expires immediately and any vested portion of the Option remains exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Separation from Service;

 

Separation from Service for Cause : the entire Option, including any vested and non-vested portion, expires immediately upon Separation from Service.

 

IN NO EVENT MAY THIS OPTION BE EXERCISED AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE AS PROVIDED ABOVE .

 

By signing below, the Grantee agrees that this [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and the attached Terms and Conditions.

 

Grantee

 

Iradimed Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

2



 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .  The Stock Option Award (the “ Award ”) granted by Iradimed Corporation (the “ Company ”) to the Grantee specified in the Notice of Grant of [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option Award (the “ Notice ”) to which these Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Award (the “ Terms ”) are attached, is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice, and these Terms.  The terms and conditions of the Plan are incorporated by reference in their entirety into these Terms (the Plan is available upon request).  Together, the Notice, all Exhibits to the Notice and these Terms constitute the “ Agreement .”   When used in this Agreement, the terms which are defined in the Plan shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan, as modified herein (if applicable).  For purposes this Agreement, any reference to the Company shall include a reference to any Affiliate.

 

The Board has approved an award of an Options to the Grantee with respect to a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as set forth in the Notice, conditioned upon the Grantee’s acceptance of the provisions set forth in the Notice and these Terms within 60 days after the Notice and these Terms are presented to the Grantee for review.

 

If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that the Option fails to meet the requirements of an ISO under Section 422 of the Code, this Option shall be treated as a Non-qualified Stock Option (“ NSO ”).

 

The Company intends that this Option not be considered to provide for the deferral of compensation under Section 409A and that this Agreement shall be so administered and construed.  Further, the Company may modify the Plan and this Award to the extent necessary to fulfill this intent.

 

2.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.  No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with applicable laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Grantee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.  Until such time as the Option has been duly exercised and Shares have been delivered, the Grantee shall not be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to such Shares and shall not be entitled to receive dividends or other distributions with respect thereto.  The Board may, in its discretion and pursuant to its administrative authority under Section 3.1 of the Plan, (i) accelerate vesting of the Option or (ii) extend the applicable exercise period of the Option.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  The Grantee may exercise the Option by delivering an exercise notice in a form approved by the Company (the “ Exercise Notice ”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares exercised.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

(c)                                   Acceleration of Vesting Under Certain Circumstances [Choose: (A) The vesting and exercisability of the Option shall not be accelerated under any circumstances, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or (B) The vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be accelerated in the event and to the extent provided in the following: (add acceleration events).]

 

3



 

3.                                       Method of Payment .  If the Grantee elects to exercise the Option by submitting an Exercise Notice under Section 2(b) of this Agreement, the aggregate Exercise Price (as well as any applicable withholding or other taxes) shall be paid by cash or check; provided, however , that the Board may consent, in its discretion, to payment in any of the following forms, or a combination of them:

 

(a)                                  cash or check;

 

(b)                                  a “net exercise” under which the Company reduces the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price and any applicable withholding, or such other consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program approved by the Company in connection with the Plan;

 

(c)                                   surrender of other shares of Common Stock owned by the Grantee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the exercised Shares and any applicable withholding; or

 

(d)                                  any other consideration that the Board deems appropriate and in compliance with applicable law.

 

4.                                       Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of the Shares upon exercise or the method of payment of consideration for those shares would constitute a violation of any applicable law, regulation or Company policy.

 

5.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee.  The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Grantee.

 

6.                                       Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Withholding .

 

(a)                                  The Board shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect to any income recognized by the Grantee with respect to the Option Award.

 

(b)                                  The Grantee shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.3 of the Plan.

 

[ (c)                          If the Grantee makes any disposition of Shares delivered pursuant to the exercise of an ISO under the circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions) or any successor provision of the Code, the Grantee shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten days of such disposition. ] [include if an ISO]

 

4



 

8.                                       Grantee Representations .  The Grantee hereby represents to the Company that the Grantee has read and fully understands the provisions of the Notice, these Terms and the Plan, and the Grantee’s decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary.  Further, the Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this Award. The Grantee releases and holds the Company, and its officers, directors, employees and agents, harmless from any loss or claim related to or in any way connected with the tax consequences of the Option, including without limitation the treatment of the Option under Section 409A.

 

9.                                       Regulatory Limitations on Exercises .  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Board shall have the sole discretion to impose such conditions, restrictions and limitations (including suspending the exercise of the Option and the tolling of any applicable exercise period during such suspension) on the issuance of Common Stock with respect to this Option unless and until the Board determines that such issuance complies with (i) any applicable registration requirements under the Securities Act or the Board has determined that an exemption therefrom is available, (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, (iii) any applicable Company policy or administrative rules, and (iv) any other applicable provision of state, federal or foreign law, including foreign securities laws where applicable.

 

10.                                Right of First Refusal; Company Call Option .  The exercise agreement by which the Option is exercised shall include a right of first refusal and call option in favor of the Company substantially similar to the terms set forth in Exhibit A to these Terms, applicable at any time prior to an Initial Public Offering.

 

11.                                Market Stand-off Agreement . In connection with an Initial Public Offering and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such Initial Public Offering, the Grantee agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of an Initial Public Offering.

 

12.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Notices .  Any notice which either party hereto may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be in writing and may be delivered personally, by intraoffice mail, by fax, by electronic mail or other electronic means, or via a postal service, postage prepaid, to such electronic mail or postal address and directed to such person as the Company may notify the Grantee from time to time; and to the Grantee at the Grantee’s electronic mail or postal address as shown on the records of the Company from time to time, or at such other electronic mail or postal address as the Grantee, by notice to the Company, may designate in writing from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Waiver .  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of the Notice or these Terms hall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

(c)                                   Entire Agreement .  These Terms, the Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the Award are superseded.

 

(d)                                  Binding Effect; Successors .  These Terms hall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the extent not prohibited herein, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives.  Nothing in these Terms, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and as provided above, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.

 

5



 

(e)                                   Governing Law .  The Notice and these Terms shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law.

 

(f)                                    Headings .  The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of these Terms.

 

(g)                                   Conflicts; Amendment .  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated in these Terms in their entirety.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these Terms and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.  The Agreement may be amended at any time by the Board, provided that no amendment may, without the consent of the Grantee, materially impair the Grantee’s rights with respect to the Option.

 

(h)                                  No Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing in the Notice or these Terms shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service at any time.

 

(i)                                      Further Assurances .  The Grantee agrees, upon demand of the Company or the Board, to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the Board, as the case may be, to implement the provisions and purposes of the Notice and these Terms and the Plan.

 

(j)                                     Confidentiality .  The Grantee agrees that the terms and conditions of the Option award reflected in the Notice and these Terms are strictly confidential and, with the exception of Grantee’s counsel, tax advisor, immediate family, or as required by applicable law, have not and shall not be disclosed, discussed, or revealed to any other persons, entities, or organizations, whether within or outside Company, without prior written approval of Company.  The Grantee further agrees to take all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that confidentiality is maintained by any of the individuals or entities referenced above to whom disclosure is authorized.

 

6



 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

EXHIBIT A

 

COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CALL OPTION

 

1.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Shares that have previously become vested (“ Vested Shares ”) may not be sold or otherwise transferred by the Grantee without the Company’s prior written consent.  Before any Vested Shares held by the Grantee or any permitted transferee of such Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(a)                                  Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Board, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

 

(d)                                  Payment .  Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof.  The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)                                   Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such

 

A-1



 

Proposed Transferee.  If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)                                    Exempt Transfers .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to a Family Member of Purchaser, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares upon an Initial Public Offering.

 

(h)                                  Encumbrances on Vested Shares .  Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that:  (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party.  Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Shares that have not yet become vested.

 

2.                                       Company’s Call Option .  In addition to all other restrictions and conditions applicable under the Plan, this Agreement and otherwise to Shares issued upon the exercise of the Option, Vested Shares shall be issued subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                              Call Notice .  At any time during the ninety day period beginning on the date of the Grantee’s Separation from Service for any reason, the Company shall have the right and option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) to purchase from the Grantee or his or her heirs or personal representative, all, but not less than all, of the Vested Shares that are outstanding as of the date of Separation from Service, which right may be exercised by giving written notice of such exercise (a “ Call Notice ”) to the Grantee or his or her heirs or personal representative.  The purchase price of such Vested Shares shall be the Fair Market Value of such Vested Shares as of the date of Separation from Service, provided that if the Separation from Service is for Cause, the purchase price for the Vested Shares shall be for the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such Vested Shares as of the date of Separation from Service or (B) the purchase price paid by the Grantee to acquire such Vested Shares.

 

(b)                                  Closing .  The closing of a purchase of Vested Shares under this Section shall be held at the principal office of the Company on a date and time specified in the Call Notice (the “ Closing Date ”).  The Closing Date shall in no event be more than ninety days, or less than thirty days, after the date of such Call Notice.  At the closing, the Company shall deliver to the Grantee or his or her heirs or personal representative the purchase price in cash and the Grantee shall deliver to the Company (A) such instruments as the Company shall reasonably request evidencing the transfer of the Vested Shares and (B) if requested by the Company, all necessary transfer tax stamps.

 

A-2



 

(c)                                   Legends .  The Company may at any time place legends on the certificates representing Vested Shares referencing the restrictions imposed by this Agreement or require that any Vested Shares be placed in escrow.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Repurchase Option .  The Company’s Repurchase Option shall terminate as to all Shares for which a Closing Date has not yet occurred upon an Initial Public Offering.

 

A-3




Exhibit 10.5

 

7457 ALOMA AVENUE LEASE AGREEMENT

 

This lease agreement is made and entered into this 12th day of April , 20 11 by and between Roberts Supply Profit Sharing, LLC, A Florida Limited Liability Company, herein after referred to as “Landlord”, and:  Iradimed, Corp. hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord unit(s)  101, 201, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305 , herein after known as the “Premises”, within 7457 Aloma Avenue, herein after known as the “Building”, City of Winter Park, County of Orange, State of Florida, on the following terms and conditions:

 

1 - TERM. To have and to hold the above described Premises for a term commencing on the 1st day of July, 2011, to and including the 30th day of June, 2012.

 

2. RENT. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises described above for the Term set forth in Paragraph 1 above at an annual rent of One hundred And Six Thousand, Five hundred And Thirty-One + 44/100 dollars ($ 106,531.44 ) payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month (excepting the first month’s rent payable upon execution of this lease) at the office of Landlord or such other place as Landlord may designate, without any set off or deduction whatsoever, at the monthly rate, during the first year, of Eight Thousand, Eight hundred And Seventy-Seven + 62/100 dollars ($ 8877.62 ) plus applicable sales tax. In the event that all rent has not been received by the Landlord by the 5th day of each month during the lease term, a late charge of 5% of all past due amounts will be assessed.

 

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO RENT. Commencing at the end of the first full year of the original term of this Lease, the rental amount provided in Paragraph 2 above shall be adjusted annually in accordance with the Consumer Price Index as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor. Such adjustment shall be computed as follows:

(a)  The percentage of which the Price Index available as of the commencement date of the year in which the annual adjustment is to be made differs from the Price Index as of the commencement date of the next preceding year shall be multiplied by the annual minimum rental rate for the lease year preceding the year in which the adjustment is to be made; the product shall be added to such preceding lease year’s annual minimum rental for the lease year in which such adjustment is to be made.

(b)  In no event shall the minimum rental for any calendar year be less than the annual minimum rental of the immediately preceding year.

(c)  The minimum rental as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the lease year or part thereof for which such adjustment was made.

(d)  In the event that there is any substantial change in the method by which the Price Index is computed, then, for the purposes of this Lease, the Price Index shall be adjusted to the figure which would have resulted had no change occurred in the manner in which such Price Index was computed. In the event such Price Index shall become unavailable, Landlord shall have the right to choose a substitute index which shall be reliable governmental or other nonpartisan publication evaluating substantially the same information as previously used in determining the Price Index.

 

4 - INCREASED TAXES AND INSURANCE, ETC. Tenant agrees to pay, without demand, set off, or deduction, the following:

(a)  The proportionate share, determined by square footage of total Building, of all taxes imposed on the Premises during the Term of the Lease, in excess of, and over and above, those assessed or imposed at the time of making this Lease. Same shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord as additional rent on or before sixty (60) days from date of delivery by Landlord of notice to the Tenant concerning such increase.

(b)  All increases in fire insurance premiums on the Premises due to an increase in the rate of fire insurance in excess of the rate on the premises at the time of making this Lease shall be paid as provided in “(a)” above.

 

5 - OCCUPANCY. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for General Office , and for no other purpose.

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

1

 

 



 

6 - ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall make no changes in or to the Premises of any nature without Landlord’s prior written consent. Subject to the prior written consent of the Landlord, and to the provisions of this article, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements which are non-structural and which do not affect utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the Premises by using contractors or mechanics first approved by Landlord. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the Premises at any time, either by Tenant, or by Landlord in Tenant’s behalf, shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises unless Landlord by notice to Tenant no later than twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed as the termination of this lease elects to have them removed by Tenant, in which event, the same shall be removed from the Premises by Tenant forthwith, at Tenant’s expense.

 

7 - EXAMINATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant, having examined the Premises, is familiar with the condition thereof and relying solely on such examination will take them in their present condition, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises have been received in thoroughly good order, rentable condition and repair, of which the execution of this Lease and taking possession thereunder shall be conclusive evidence and that no representation as to the condition of the Premises has been made by the Landlord, or Landlord’s agents and that no obligation as to the repairing, adding to, or improving the Premises has been assumed by the Landlord, and that no oral arrangements have been entered into in consideration of making this Lease and that said Lease contains a full statement of the obligation of both parties hereto.

 

8- MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

(a)  Tenant agrees, at its own cost, to replace promptly any and all plate glass or other glass in the Premises which may become broken, using glass of the same kind and quality. Tenant also agrees to maintain and replace any and all doors , interior and exterior, in the Premises as needed.

(b)  Tenant shall, at its own expense, keep and maintain all of the Premises and appurtenances thereof, including, without limitation, heating and air-conditioning systems, ductwork, vents and filters, water and sewer systems, electrical, lighting, bulbs, ballasts, machinery, fixtures, plumbing, plumbing fixtures and equipment, in good order and repair throughout the Term of this Lease and any extensions and renewals thereof, including, without limitation, maintaining the Premises in a neat, orderly and attractive retail condition including all paint, wallpaper, carpet and other flooring, and to keep the Premises free of all insects, rodents and other pests. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage or injury which may be caused by or resulting from the Tenant’s failure to fully comply with all the terms and conditions contained herein.

(c)  The Landlord shall provide for exterior maintenance and repairs of the common areas within the Building in accordance with generally accepted good practices. The Tenant shall, during the Term of this Lease, keep the Premises in as good a state of repair as it is at the time of the commencement of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

9- UTILITIES.

(a)  The Tenant will promptly pay all gas, power and electric light rates or charges which may become payable during the Term of this Lease. Landlord will pay all common areas of the previously mentioned utilities.

(b)  Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installations and Tenant may not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other Tenants of the Building. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no way make Landlord liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain.

 

10. - INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. Landlord does not warrant that any services to be provided by Landlord will be free from interruption due to causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In the event of temporary interruption of services or unavoidable delay in the making of repairs, the same shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damage by abatement of rent or otherwise, nor shall the same relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

11 - INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY ON PREMISES. All property of any kind that may be on the Premises during the Term or continuance of this Lease shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and except for any gross negligence of the Landlord, the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person for any injury, loss or damage to property or to any person on the Premises.

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

2

 

 



 

12 - FIRE AND OTHER HAZARDS. In the event that the Premises, or the major part hereof, are destroyed by fire, lightning, storm or other casualty, the Landlord, at its option, may forthwith repair the damage to such Premises at its own cost and expense. The rental thereon shall cease as to that portion of the Premises so destroyed until the completion of such repairs and the Landlord will immediately refund the pro rata part of any such rentals paid in advance by the Tenant prior to such destruction; should the Premises be only partly destroyed, so that the major part thereof is usable by the Tenant, then the full rental shall not abate, and such injury or damage shall be restored by the Landlord as speedily as is practicable. If Landlord elects not to rebuild the Premises then this Lease shall terminate.

 

13. CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES It is agreed that if the Premises, or any part thereof, or the whole or any part of the Building of which they are a part, shall be taken for any street or other public use by right of eminent domain so as to be thereof unfit for use, then the rent due, or a proportionate share thereof (according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained by the Premises) shall be abated until the Premises shall have been fully repaired or restored by the Landlord. In the event of such taking, the Tenant may, however, elect to terminate this lease in its entirety if the Landlord is unable or unwilling to repair or to restore the Premises in a tenantable condition for the use of the Tenant within sixty (60) days of the date of such taking. If the taking be partial, then the Tenant’s rental shall be reduced in the portion which the net rentable space taken bears to the net rentable space originally leased. In such condemnation proceedings Tenant may claim compensation for the taking of any removable installation which by the terms of this Lease Tenant would have been permitted to remove at expiration of the Lease, but Tenant shall be entitled to no additional award it being agreed that all damages allocable to full fee simple ownership of Premises shall in any event to be payable to Landlord. Tenant hereby waives any right it may have to such proceeds and agrees to execute such instruments as may be requested by Landlord to effectuate this paragraph.

 

14 - EXPIRATION OF TERM. At the expiration of the Term, the Tenant will peaceably yield up to the Landlord the Premises in good and tenantable repair. All fixtures and/or equipment as shall have been installed in the Premises by the Tenant so as to be affixed thereto may not be removed by Tenant at the expiration or termination of this Lease; provided, however, if prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, or within fifteen (15) days thereafter, the Landlord so directs, the Tenant shall promptly remove the fixtures and/or the equipment which were installed in the Premises by the Tenant and which are designated in said notice and repair any damage occasioned by such removal.

 

15 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The Tenant shall not assign this Lease, nor sublet the Premises or any part thereof, nor use the same or any part thereof, nor permit the same or any part thereof, to be used for any other purpose than as above stipulated in Paragraph 5.

 

16 - SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall, upon the execution of this Lease, deposit with Landlord as security for the payment of rent and the performance of all other covenants to be performed by Tenant, the sum of One Thousand, Eight hundred And Fifty + no/100 dollars ($1,850.00). Said security deposit shall be non-interest bearing. If Tenant defaults in the payment of any monthly rental installment, or fails to perform any other covenant within three (3) days after receipt of written demand therefor, Landlord, at its option, may apply sufficient sums from the security deposit towards payment thereof. If Landlord elects to so apply the security deposit, Tenant shall be obligated to immediately replenish the security deposit for the amount so applied by Landlord. The total security deposit shall be held by Landlord until expiration of the initial term or until expiration of any renewal term if any renewal option which exists is exercised, and the unused portion of the security deposit shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant at the end of the Term of this Lease or any renewal thereof. Provided, however, the Landlord may hold the security deposit for a period of thirty (30) days following surrender of the possession of the Premises, and may deduct from the amount refunded any rental due and payable, the costs of repairing any damage or replacing any damaged portion of the Premises or of the Building or other real estate of which the Premises form a part and the costs of cleaning the same if the Tenant fails to do so prior to surrender of possession. Provided, however, said Security Deposit does not constitute a limitation of any kind to a claim by Landlord against Tenant for nonpayment of rentals or other sums under this Lease or for costs of repair, replacement and cleaning of the Premises as discussed herein. In the event proceedings begin it is agreed that the Security Deposit held hereunder shall be deemed to be applied first to rent and other charges first due to Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of any such proceedings. The security deposit shall not be applied to rent except upon approval of Landlord.

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

3

 

 



 

17 - SIGNS. To protect and maintain the architectural quality and aesthetic appearance of the Building, Tenant shall not erect, install or maintain any sign, advertisement, or display device, including, without limitation, portable signs and painted trucks, on the exterior of the Premises or upon any other part of the Building or property without the prior written approval of the Landlord. The Tenant shall promptly remove any sign, advertisement, or display device erected or maintained in violation of this provision and restore the Premises and Building to the condition prior to the sign or advertisement after notice from the Landlord. In such event, the Landlord may cause such sign, advertisement or display device to be removed and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of such removal and the restoration of the Premises and Building made necessary by the removal of the signage as additional rental amount. The location of the sign as well as the color, size, content and design thereof shall be subject to the approval of the Landlord.

 

18 - RIGHT TO INSPECT. The Landlord at all reasonable times, may enter into and upon the Premises for the purpose of inspection, making repairs or alterations as required hereunder. In exercising such right, the Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to not unduly interfere with the Tenant’s business.

 

19-DEFAULT.

(a)  If Tenant defaults in the prompt payment of rent and such default shall continue for three (3) days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Tenant; or if Tenant defaults in the performance or observance of any other provisions of this Lease, including Exhibit “A” attached, and such other default shall continue for five (5) days, after notice thereof shall have been given to Tenant; or if the leasehold interest of Tenant be levied upon under execution or attached by process of law; or if Tenant abandons the leased Premises; then and in any such event Landlord, if it so elects forthwith, or at any time thereafter while such default continues, either may terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease, or may terminate this Lease.

(b)  Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of the Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, the Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to the Landlord.

(c)  Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if rent is not currently paid and Tenant is absent from the Premises for a period of fifteen (15) days. If the Tenant abandons the Premises or defaults hereunder in any respect or otherwise entitles the Landlord so to elect, and if the Landlord elects to terminate the Tenant’s right to possession only without terminating the Lease, the Landlord may, at the Landlord’s option, enter into the Premises, remove the Tenant’s signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession thereof as provided in the first paragraph of this Paragraph 19, without such entry and possession terminating the Lease or releasing the Tenant, in whole or in part, from the Tenant’s obligations to pay the rent hereunder for the full term. Upon and after entry into possession without termination of the Lease, the Landlord may relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of the Tenant to any person, firm or corporation other than the Tenant for such rent, for such time, and upon such terms as the Landlord, in the Landlord’s sole discretion, shall determine. In any such case, the Landlord may make repairs in or to the Premises, and redecorate the same to the extent deemed by the Landlord necessary or desirable and the Tenant shall, upon demand, pay the cost thereof together with the Landlord’s expenses of reletting. If the consideration collected by the Landlord upon any such reletting for the Tenant’s account is not sufficient to pay the full amount of unpaid rent reserved in this Lease, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating, and the Landlord’s expenses, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of each deficiency upon demand.

(d)  Tenant shall pay all Landlord’s costs, charges and expenses, including the fees of counsel, agents and other retained by Landlord, incurred in enforcing any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or incurred by Landlord in any litigation including bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, negotiation or transaction in which Tenant causes Landlord to become involved or concerned.

(e)  If Tenant violates any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or defaults in any of its obligations hereunder, other than the payment of rent or other sums payable hereunder, such violation may be restrained or such obligation enforced by injunction.

(f)  Tenant agrees that it will promptly pay said rent at the times above stated; that, if any part of the rent remains due and unpaid for three (3) days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Tenant, Landlord shall have the option of declaring the balance of the entire rent payable during the term of this Lease to be immediately due and payable, and Landlord may then proceed to collect all of the unpaid rent called for by this Lease by distress or otherwise.

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

4

 

 



 

20 - INDEMNITY - LIABILITY INSURANCE.

(a)  Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims for damages to goods, wares, merchandise and property in and about the Premises and from and against any and all claims for any personal injury or loss of life in and about the Premises.

(b)  Tenant shall maintain in full force, during the term of this Lease, a policy or policies of comprehensive general liability insurance, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, written by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of Florida, which will insure Tenant and Landlord and shall list Landlord as an additional insured.. The coverage under such insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit for any accident involving Bodily Injury and Property Damage.

(c)  Tenant shall maintain full insurance coverage for any and all damage or loss to plate glass windows on or within the Premises.

(d)  Tenant shall deposit with Landlord copies or certificates of all policies required to be obtained by Tenant under this Lease, including an endorsement which states that such insurance shall not be canceled except after thirty (30) days notice in writing to Landlord and which lists Landlord as an additional insured..

 

21 - NOTICES. All notices required to be served upon the Landlord shall be served by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested at:

 

Roberts Supply Profit Sharing LLC

4203 Metric Drive

Winter Park, Florida 32792

 

or any other change of address that may be made from time-to-time, and all notices required to be served upon the Tenant shall be served by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested at the address of the Tenant as follows:

 

Iradimed Corp.

7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite #201

Winter Park, Florida 32792

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given, delivered or served if and when deposited with the United States Post Office, postage prepaid, whether evidence of delivery received is obtained or not obtained. Alternatively, notice shall be deemed to be delivered to Tenant if hand delivered to Tenant, an employee of Tenant, or left at Premises.

 

22 - SUBORDINATION. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Premises or the Building of which it forms a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required by any mortgagee. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute promptly any subordination certificate that Landlord may request.

 

23 - RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD. Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant:

(a)  To have pass keys to the Premises.

(b)  To approve the weight, size and location of safes, computers, and other heavy articles or equipment in and about the Premises.

(c)  At any time or times to decorate and to make, at Landlord’s own expense, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Premises, or any part of the Building and to perform any acts related to the safety, protection and reservation thereof, and during such operations to take into and through the Premises or any part of the Building all material and equipment required and to close or temporarily suspend operation of entrances, doors, corridors or others facilities, provided that Landlord shall cause as little inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances, and shall not do any act which permanently reduces the size of the Premises. Landlord may do any such work during ordinary business hours and Tenant shall pay Landlord for overtime and other expenses incurred if such work is done during other hours at Tenant’s request.

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

5

 

 



 

24 - LIENS. Tenant agrees that Tenant will pay all liens of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers, materialmen, and other liens of like character, and will indemnify Landlord against all legal costs and charges, bond premiums for release of liens, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred (whether litigation is necessary or not) in discharging the Premises or any part thereof from any liens, judgments, or encumbrances caused or suffered by Tenant. It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that the cost and charges above referred to shall be considered as rent due and shall be included in any lien for rent. The foregoing shall not be deemed to authorize any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements by Tenant. The Tenant herein shall not have the authority to create any liens for labor or material on the Landlord’s interest in the above described property, and all persons contracting with the Tenant for the erection, installation, alteration, or repair of improvements on or to the Premises, and all materialmen, contractors, mechanics, and laborers are hereby charged with notice that they must look to the Tenant and to the Tenant’s interest only in the above described property to secure the payment of any bill for work done or material furnished during the rental period created by this Lease.

 

25 - WAIVER OF DEFAULTS. The waiver by the Landlord of any breach of this Lease by the Tenant shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of any duty or covenant imposed by this Lease.

 

26 - DEFINITION OF TERMS.

(a)  The terms “Lease”, “Lease Agreement”, or “Agreement”, shall be inclusive of each other and shall also include any renewals, extensions or modifications of this Lease.

(b)  The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include the successors and assigns for the parties hereto.

(c)  The singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular whenever the context so requires or permits.

 

27 - RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall in all respects comply with and abide by the Rules and Regulations set forth by Landlord, and all amendments and additions thereto which may, from time to time, be made by Landlord. By execution of this Lease Agreement, Tenant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the existing Rules and Regulations for the Building attached hereto as Exhibit “A” all of which are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Lease Agreement. Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges that the Rules and Regulations are intended to provide for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building, for the preservation of order therein, and the well being and comfort of all tenants. If Tenant defaults in the performance or observance of any of the Rules and Regulations, as same may be amended from time to time, and such default shall continue for five (5) days after notice thereof shall have been given to Tenant, then Landlord, if it so elects, shall be entitled to the remedies set forth in Paragraph 19 of this Lease Agreement.

 

28 - CANCELLATION OF PREVIOUS LEASE. Upon the commencement of this Lease Agreement, all previous leases between Landlord and Tenant, if any, for space at 7457 Aloma Avenue, located in Winter Park, Orange County, Florida, are deemed null and void, except that the Tenant shall remain liable for all mandatory obligations accruing until N/A .

 

29 - GUARANTY. The Undersigned “Guarantor”, individually (and jointly and severally, if more than one) hereby guarantees the Rent and each and every of the covenants and obligations of the Tenant hereunder. Landlord, at its option, shall have the full right to proceed directly against the Guarantor hereunder without taking any action as provided in this Lease against the Tenant.

 

30 - RESTRICTION ON BEER AND WINE. Tenant is hereby restricted from selling beer or wine for take out or off-site consumption. Tenant may not sell or make available any beer or wine that could be taken out of Tenant’s Premises. Also, the Premises shall Never be used for a grocery store, delicatessen, or for the sale of motor fuels. Landlord shall have all rights that may be available at law or in the equity under Florida law to enforce this restriction (including suit for injunctive relief.) In any enforcement or for damages resulting from violation of this restriction, the Landlord shall be entitled to recover from the Tenant it’s costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

31 - RADON GAS. Radon is a naturally occurring gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your public health unit.

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

6

 

 



 

32 - ABANDONMENT. If during the term of this Lease Tenant shall abandon, vacate or remove from the Premises the major portion of the goods, wares, equipment, or furnishings usually kept on the Premises, or shall cease doing business in the Premises, or shall suffer the rent to be in arrears, Landlord may, at its option, cancel this Lease, in the manner stated in this Lease hereof, or Landlord may enter the Premises as agent of said Tenant, by force or otherwise, without being liable in any ways therefore, and relet the Premises with or without any furniture that may be therein, as the agent of Tenant, at such price and upon such terms and for such duration of time as Landlord may determine, and receive the rent therefore, applying same to the payment of the rent due by these presents, and if the full rental herein provided shall not be realized by Landlord over and above the expenses of Landlord of such reletting, Tenant shall pay any deficiency upon demand.

 

33 - BANKRUPTCY. It is agreed between the parties hereto that if Tenant shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or an insolvent or take benefit of any federal reorganization or composition proceeding or make a general assignment or take the benefit of any insolvency law, or if Tenant’s leasehold interest under this lease shall be sold under any execution or process of law, or if a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver be appointed or elected or had for Tenant (whether under Federal or State laws), or if said Premises shall be abandoned or deserted, or if Tenant shall fail to perform any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, or if this Lease or the Term thereof be transferred or pass to or devolve upon any persons, firm, officer or corporation other than Tenant, by death of the Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, then and in any such event this Lease and the Term of this Lease, at Landlord’s option, shall expire and end five days after Landlord has given Tenant written notice (in the manner herein above provided) of such act, condition of default and Tenant hereby agrees immediately then to quit and surrender said Premises to Landlord; but this shall not impair or affect Landlord’s right to maintain summary or other proceedings for the recovery of the possession of the Premises in all cases provided by law. If the Term of this Lease shall be so terminated, Landlord may immediately or at any time thereafter reenter or repossess the Premises and remove all persons and property therefrom without being liable for trespass or damages. Landlord may elect to accept rent from such receiver, trustee, or other judicial officer during the Term of their occupancy in their fiduciary capacity without affecting Landlord’s rights as contained in this Lease, but no receiver, trustee, or other judicial officer shall ever have any rights, title or interest in or to the Premises by virtue of this Lease.

 

34 - WRITTEN AGREEMENT. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and all previous negotiations leading thereto, and it may be modified only by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No surrender of the Premises, or of the remainder of the Term of this Lease, shall be valid unless accepted by Landlord in writing.

 

35 - TIME. It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of all the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

36 - RENEWAL OPTIONS. Provided Tenant is not in default of any of the provisions of this Lease, Tenant may renew this lease as described below:

 

(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  If a Renewal Option is set forth in paragraph 36 (a) above, then this Lease will be automatically renewed and extended for the term set forth in the Renewal Option unless Tenant gives to Landlord, at least ninety (90) days before the term of this Lease (or any renewal or extension) expires, written notice that this Lease shall not be so renewed. If there is no Renewal Option set forth above, or if any and all Renewal Options have been exercised or renewed, then this Lease will be automatically renewed for successive Terms of one (1) year each unless Tenant give to Landlord, at least ninety (90) days before the Term of this lease (or any renewed or extended Term) expires, written notice that this Lease shall not be so renewed. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall have the right to prevent any automatic renewal of this Lease, by giving Tenant written notice of termination of the Lease at the end of the then current term, which notice shall be given at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Lease Term. Each extended Term shall be upon the same terms, covenants, and conditions as provided in this Lease, with the rent and any additional rent during any extended Term to be adjusted in accordance with the Terms of this Lease.

 

37-  ADDENDUM.

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

7

 

 



 

(a)                                  Exhibit “A”, “Rules and Regulations”, as per Paragraph 27 hereof.

(b)                                  Security Deposit transferred from prior lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement of Lease to be executed as to the day any year first above written.

 

Signed and delivered by:

 

 

Roberts Supply Profit Sharing LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/Wayne P. Roberts

 

 

Wayne P. Roberts - Manager

 

 

 

Tenant:

Iradimed Corp.

 

 

 

By:

/s/[illegible signature]

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

/s/[illegible signature]

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 10.07

 

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

8

 

 



 

OFFICE RULES AND REGULATIONS
Exhibit “A”

 

In an effort to protect and maintain the integrity of the Building and grounds and the rights of all of the Tenants within the complex, the following are the Rules and Regulations of the Building in accordance with Paragraph 27 of the Lease Agreement.

 

1                                       To protect and maintain the architectural quality and aesthetic appearance of the Building, no Tenant may place any sign or awning on the Building or display any merchandise or advertisement outside of the confines of its Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

2                                       If Tenant wishes to install curtains, blinds, or other window coverings, Tenant shall obtain prior written approval of Landlord as to color and material for the exterior lining or surface.

 

3                                       To further protect the quality and appearance of the Building, Tenant shall maintain its unit in a neat, clean and orderly manner.

 

4                                       Televisions, stereos, radios or other devices may be used within the confines of Tenant’s lease space, but in such a manner so as not to be heard or seen outside of its space.

 

5                                       In consideration of other tenants in the Building, Tenant will not cook or prepare any food or permit any cooking or preparation of food within the Premises.

 

6                                       Any advertisement conducted by the Tenant shall be compatible with the public image desired for the Building by the Landlord.

 

7                                       Generally, the Tenant shall accept deliveries through any door leading into Tenant’s place of business and in doing so, shall consider the interests of the Landlord and accept said deliveries at a place and in a manner so as to cause a minimum amount of interference, if any, to the Landlord in its operation of the Building and to the other tenants of the Building.

 

8                                       In the interest of safety for all of the tenants and the Building, no articles deemed hazardous due to the threat of fire or explosion shall be brought into the Building.

 

9                                       Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall place all garbage and refuse in the designated containers. It is required that prior to placing garbage and refuse in designated containers, that it be placed in plastic bags, fastened closed and that all boxes and/or other cardboard containers be broken down before placing in designated containers.

 

10.                                The Building will be open daily between the hours of 7:30 A.M. and 7:00 P.M., Monday through Saturday (excluding Holidays) Building closing hours may be extended during Holiday Seasons, and other occasions during the year with prior agreement of Landlord. Though the building closes at 7:00 P.M. daily, the exterior doors must be locked after 5:30 P.M. It is each Tenants’ responsibility to make sure that the building in secure after 5:30 P.M. daily.

 

11.                                As Landlord, in keeping with continuing the high quality of the property, reserve the right to make deletions and/or additions to theses Rules and Regulations as it becomes necessary for the benefit of all Tenants and the Building.

 

TENANT:

 

 

BY:

 

 

 

 

Form 10.07

 

 

 

TENANT INITIALS                      

9

 

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

7457 ALOMA AVENUE LEASE AGREEMENT

 

This lease agreement is made and entered into this 16th day of Septemer , 2013 by and between Roberts Supply Profit Sharing, LLC, A Florida Limited Liability Company, herein after referred to as “Landlord”, and:

 

Iradimed, Corp.                                                               hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord unit(s) 101, 201, 301, 302. 303, 304 & 305 , herein after known as the “Premises”, within 7457 Aloma Avenue, herein after known as the “Building”, City of Winter Park, County of Orange, State of Florida, on the following terms and conditions:

 

1 - TERM. To have and to hold the above described Premises for a term commencing on the       1 st  day of

October  20 13 , to and including the 30 th  day of           June , 20 14 .

 

2. RENT. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises described above for the Term set forth in Paragraph 1 above at an annual rent of One Hundred and Fifteen Thousand, Four

 

Hundred and Ninety-Eight and no/100                          dollars($ 115,498.08 ) payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month (excepting the first month’s rent payable upon execution of this lease) at the office of Landlord or such other place as Landlord may designate,

 

without any set off or deduction whatsoever, at the monthly rate, during the first year, of Nine Thousand and

 

Thirty-Seven and 41/100                   dollars ($ 9,037.41 ) plus applicable sales tax. +587.43                                9624.84

In the event that all rent has not been received by the Landlord by the 5th day of each month during the lease term, a late charge of 5% of all past due amounts will be assessed.

 

3.         ADJUSTMENTS TO RENT. Commencing at the end of the first full year of the original term of this Lease, the rental amount provided in Paragraph 2 above shall be adjusted annually in accordance with the Consumer Price Index as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor. Such adjustment shall be computed as follows:

(a) The percentage of which the Price Index available as of the commencement date of the year in which the annual adjustment is to be made differs from the Price Index as of the commencement date of the next preceding year shall be multiplied by the annual minimum rental rate for the lease year preceding the year in which the adjustment is to be made; the product shall be added to such preceding lease year’s annual minimum rental for the lease year in which such adjustment is to be made.

(b) In no event shall the minimum rental for any calendar year be less than the annual minimum rental of the immediately preceding year.

(c) The minimum rental as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the lease year or part thereof for which such adjustment was made.

(d) In the event that there is any substantial change in the method by which the Price Index is computed, then, for the purposes of this Lease, the Price Index shall be adjusted to the figure which would have resulted had no change occurred in the manner in which such Price Index was computed. In the event such Price Index shall become unavailable, Landlord shall have the right to choose a substitute index which shall be reliable governmental or other nonpartisan publication evaluating substantially the same information as previously used in determining the Price Index.

 

4 - INCREASED TAXES AND INSURANCE, ETC. Tenant agrees to pay, without demand, set off, or deduction, the following:

(a) The proportionate share, determined by square footage of total Building, of all taxes imposed on the Premises during the Term of the Lease, in excess of, and over and above, those assessed or imposed at the time of making this Lease. Same shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord as additional rent on or before sixty (60) days from date of delivery by Landlord of notice to the Tenant concerning such increase.

(b) All increases in fire insurance premiums on the Premises due to an increase in the rate of fire insurance in excess of the rate on the premises at the time of making this Lease shall be paid as provided in “(a)” above.

 

5 - OCCUPANCY. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for      General Office & Manufacturing ______________________________________________________________, and for no other purpose.

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

1

 

 



 

6 - ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall make no changes in or to the Premises of any nature without Landlord’s prior written consent. Subject to the prior written consent of the Landlord, and to the provisions of this article, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements which are non-structural and which do not affect utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the Premises by using contractors or mechanics first approved by Landlord. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the Premises at any time, either by Tenant, or by Landlord in Tenant’s behalf, shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises unless Landlord by notice to Tenant no later than twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed as the termination of this lease elects to have them removed by Tenant, in which event, the same shall be removed from the Premises by Tenant forthwith, at Tenant’s expense.

 

7 - EXAMINATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant, having examined the Premises, is familiar with the condition thereof and relying solely on such examination will take them in their present condition, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises have been received in thoroughly good order, rentable condition and repair, of which the execution of this Lease and taking possession thereunder shall be conclusive evidence and that no representation as to the condition of the Premises has been made by the Landlord, or Landlord’s agents and that no obligation as to the repairing, adding to, or improving the Premises has been assumed by the Landlord, and that no oral arrangements have been entered into in consideration of making this Lease and that said Lease contains a full statement of the obligation of both parties hereto.

 

8 - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

(a) Tenant agrees, at its own cost, to replace promptly any and all plate glass or other glass in the Premises which may become broken, using glass of the same kind and quality. Tenant also agrees to maintain and replace any and all doors, interior and exterior, in the Premises as needed.

(b) Tenant shall, at its own expense, keep and maintain all of the Premises and appurtenances thereof, including, without limitation, heating and air-conditioning systems, ductwork, vents and filters, water and sewer systems, electrical, lighting, bulbs, ballasts, machinery, fixtures, plumbing, plumbing fixtures and equipment, in good order and repair throughout the Term of this Lease and any extensions and renewals thereof, including, without limitation, maintaining the Premises in a neat, orderly and attractive retail condition including all paint, wallpaper, carpet and other flooring, and to keep the Premises free of all insects, rodents and other pests. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage or injury which may be caused by or resulting from the Tenant’s failure to fully comply with all the terms and conditions contained herein.

(c) The Landlord shall provide for exterior maintenance and repairs of the common areas within the Building in accordance with generally accepted good practices. The Tenant shall, during the Tenn of this Lease, keep the Premises in as good a state of repair as it is at the time of the commencement of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

9 - UTILITIES.

(a) The Tenant will promptly pay all gas, power and electric light rates or charges which may become payable during the Term of this Lease. Landlord will pay all common areas of the previously mentioned utilities.

(b) Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installations and Tenant may not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other Tenants of the Building. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no way make Landlord liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain.

 

10. - INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. Landlord does not warrant that any services to be provided by Landlord will be free from interruption due to causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In the event of temporary interruption of services or unavoidable delay in the making of repairs, the same shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damage by abatement of rent or otherwise, nor shall the same relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

11 - INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY ON PREMISES. All property of any kind that may be on the Premises during the Term or continuance of this Lease shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and except for any gross negligence of the Landlord, the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person for any injury, loss or damage to property or to any person on the Premises.

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

2

 

 



 

12 - FIRE AND OTHER HAZARDS. In the event that the Premises, or the major part hereof, are destroyed by fire, lightning, storm or other casualty, the Landlord, at its option, may forthwith repair the damage to such Premises at its own cost and expense. The rental thereon shall cease as to that portion of the Premises so destroyed until the completion of such repairs and the Landlord will immediately refund the pro rata part of any such rentals paid in advance by the Tenant prior to such destruction; should the Premises be only partly destroyed, so that the major part thereof is usable by the Tenant, then the full rental shall not abate, and such injury or damage shall be restored by the Landlord as speedily as is practicable. If Landlord elects not to rebuild the Premises then this Lease shall terminate.

 

13. CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES. It is agreed that if the Premises, or any part thereof, or the whole or any part of the Building of which they are a part, shall be taken for any street or other public use by right of eminent domain so as to be thereof unfit for use, then the rent due, or a proportionate share thereof (according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained by the Premises) shall be abated until the Premises shall have been fully repaired or restored by the Landlord. In the event of such taking, the Tenant may, however, elect to terminate this lease in its entirety if the Landlord is unable or unwilling to repair or to restore the Premises in a tenantable condition for the use of the Tenant within sixty (60) days of the date of such taking. If the taking be partial, then the Tenant’s rental shall be reduced in the portion which the net rentable space taken bears to the net rentable space originally leased. In such condemnation proceedings Tenant may claim compensation for the taking of any removable installation which by the terms of this Lease Tenant would have been permitted to remove at expiration of the Lease, but Tenant shall be entitled to no additional award it being agreed that all damages allocable to full fee simple ownership of Premises shall in any event to be payable to Landlord. Tenant hereby waives any right it may have to such proceeds and agrees to execute such instruments as may be requested by Landlord to effectuate this paragraph.

 

14 - EXPIRATION OF TERM. At the expiration of the Term, the Tenant will peaceably yield up to the Landlord the Premises in good and tenantable repair. All fixtures and/or equipment as shall have been installed in the Premises by the Tenant so as to be affixed thereto may not be removed by Tenant at the expiration or termination of this Lease; provided, however, if prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, or within fifteen (15) days thereafter, the Landlord so directs, the Tenant shall promptly remove the fixtures and/or the equipment which were installed in the Premises by the Tenant and which are designated in said notice and repair any damage occasioned by such removal.

 

15 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The Tenant shall not assign this Lease, nor sublet the Premises or any part thereof, nor use the same or any part thereof, nor permit the same or any part thereof, to be used for any other purpose than as above stipulated in Paragraph 5.

 

16 - SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall, upon the execution of this Lease, deposit with Landlord as security for the payment of rent and the performance of all other covenants to be performed by Tenant, the sum of One Thousand, Eight Hundred and Fifty and no/100 dollars ($ 1,850.00 ).

Said security deposit shall be non-interest bearing. If Tenant defaults in the payment of any monthly rental installment, or fails to perform any other covenant within three (3) days after receipt of written demand therefor, Landlord, at its option, may apply sufficient sums from the security deposit towards payment thereof. If Landlord elects to so apply the security deposit, Tenant shall be obligated to immediately replenish the security deposit for the amount so applied by Landlord. The total security deposit shall be held by Landlord until expiration of the initial term or until expiration of any renewal term if any renewal option which exists is exercised, and the unused portion of the security deposit shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant at the end of the Term of this Lease or any renewal thereof. Provided, however, the Landlord may hold the security deposit for a period of thirty (30) days following surrender of the possession of the Premises, and may deduct from the amount refunded any rental due and payable, the costs of repairing any damage or replacing any damaged portion of the Premises or of the Building or other real estate of which the Premises form a part and the costs of cleaning the same if the Tenant fails to do so prior to surrender of possession. Provided, however, said Security Deposit does not constitute a limitation of any kind to a claim by Landlord against Tenant for nonpayment of rentals or other sums under this Lease or for costs of repair, replacement and cleaning of the Premises as discussed herein. In the event proceedings begin it is agreed that the Security Deposit held hereunder shall be deemed to be applied first to rent and other charges first due to Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of any such proceedings. The security deposit shall not be applied to rent except upon approval of Landlord.

 

17 - SIGNS. To protect and maintain the architectural quality and aesthetic appearance of the Building, Tenant shall not erect, install or maintain any sign, advertisement, or display device, including, without limitation, portable

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

3

 

 



 

signs and painted trucks, on the exterior of the Premises or upon any other part of the Building or property without the prior written approval of the Landlord. The Tenant shall promptly remove any sign, advertisement, or display device erected or maintained in violation of this provision and restore the Premises and Building to the condition prior to the sign or advertisement after notice from the Landlord. In such event, the Landlord may cause such sign, advertisement or display device to be removed and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of such removal and the restoration of the Premises and Building made necessary by the removal of the signage as additional rental amount. The location of the sign as well as the color, size, content and design thereof shall be subject to the approval of the Landlord.

 

18 - RIGHT TO INSPECT. The Landlord at all reasonable times, may enter into and upon the Premises for the purpose of inspection, making repairs or alterations as required hereunder. In exercising such right, the Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to not unduly interfere with the Tenant’s business.

 

19 - DEFAULT.

(a) If Tenant defaults in the prompt payment of rent and such default shall continue for three (3) days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Tenant; or if Tenant defaults in the performance or observance of any other provisions of this Lease, including Exhibit “A” attached, and such other default shall continue for five (5) days, after notice thereof shall have been given to Tenant; or if the leasehold interest of Tenant be levied upon under execution or attached by process of law; or if Tenant abandons the leased Premises; then and in any such event Landlord, if it so elects forthwith, or at any time thereafter while such default continues, either may terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease, or may terminate this Lease.

(b) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of the Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, the Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to the Landlord.

(c) Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if rent is not currently paid and Tenant is absent from the Premises for a period of fifteen (15) days. If the Tenant abandons the Premises or defaults hereunder in any respect or otherwise entitles the Landlord so to elect, and if the Landlord elects to terminate the Tenant’s right to possession only without terminating the Lease, the Landlord may, at the Landlord’s option, enter into the Premises, remove the Tenant’s signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession thereof as provided in the first paragraph of this Paragraph 19, without such entry and possession terminating the Lease or releasing the Tenant, in whole or in part, from the Tenant’s obligations to pay the rent hereunder for the full term. Upon and after entry into possession without termination of the Lease, the Landlord may relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of the Tenant to any person, firm or corporation other than the Tenant for such rent, for such time, and upon such terms as the Landlord, in the Landlord’s sole discretion, shall determine. In any such case, the Landlord may make repairs in or to the Premises, and redecorate the same to the extent deemed by the Landlord necessary or desirable and the Tenant shall, upon demand, pay the cost thereof together with the Landlord’s expenses of reletting. If the consideration collected by the Landlord upon any such reletting for the Tenant’s account is not sufficient to pay the full amount of unpaid rent reserved in this Lease, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating, and the Landlord’s expenses, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of each deficiency upon demand.

(d) Tenant shall pay all Landlord’s costs, charges and expenses, including the fees of counsel, agents and other retained by Landlord, incurred in enforcing any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or incurred by Landlord in any litigation including bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, negotiation or transaction in which Tenant causes Landlord to become involved or concerned.

(e) If Tenant violates any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or defaults in any of its obligations hereunder, other than the payment of rent or other sums payable hereunder, such violation may be restrained or such obligation enforced by injunction.

(f) Tenant agrees that it will promptly pay said rent at the times above stated; that, if any part of the rent remains due and unpaid for three (3) days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Tenant, Landlord shall have the option of declaring the balance of the entire rent payable during the term of this Lease to be immediately due and payable, and Landlord may then proceed to collect all of the unpaid rent called for by this Lease by distress or otherwise.

 

20 - INDEMNITY - LIABILITY INSURANCE.

(a) Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims for damages to goods, wares, merchandise and property in and about the Premises and from and against any and all claims for any personal injury or loss of life in and about the Premises.

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

4

 

 



 

(b) Tenant shall maintain in full force, during the term of this Lease, a policy or policies of comprehensive general liability insurance, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, written by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of Florida, which will insure Tenant and Landlord and shall list Landlord as an additional insured.. The coverage under such insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit for any accident involving Bodily Injury and Property Damage_

(c) Tenant shall maintain full insurance coverage for any and all damage or loss to plate glass windows on or within the Premises.

(d) Tenant shall deposit with Landlord copies or certificates of all policies required to be obtained by Tenant under this Lease, including an endorsement which states that such insurance shall not be canceled except after thirty (30) days notice in writing to Landlord and which lists Landlord as an additional insured..

 

21 - NOTICES. All notices required to be served upon the Landlord shall be served by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested at:

 

Roberts Supply Profit Sharing LLC

4203 Metric Drive

Winter Park, Florida 32792

 

or any other change of address that may be made from time-to-time, and all notices required to be served upon the Tenant shall be served by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested at the address of the Tenant as follows:

 

 

 

Iradimed

 

 

 

7457 Aloma Avenue

 

 

 

Winter Park, FL 32792

 

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given, delivered or served if and when deposited with the United States Post Office, postage prepaid, whether evidence of delivery received is obtained or not obtained. Alternatively, notice shall be deemed to be delivered to Tenant if hand delivered to Tenant, an employee of Tenant, or left at Premises.

 

22 - SUBORDINATION. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Premises or the Building of which it forms a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required by any mortgagee. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute promptly any subordination certificate that Landlord may request.

 

23 - RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD. Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant:

(a) To have pass keys to the Premises.

(b) To approve the weight, size and location of safes, computers, and other heavy articles or equipment in and about the Premises.

(c) At any time or times to decorate and to make, at Landlord’s own expense, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Premises, or any part of the Building and to perform any acts related to the safety, protection and reservation thereof, and during such operations to take into and through the Premises or any part of the Building all material and equipment required and to close or temporarily suspend operation of entrances, doors, corridors or others facilities, provided that Landlord shall cause as little inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances, and shall not do any act which permanently reduces the size of the Premises. Landlord may do any such work during ordinary business hours and Tenant shall pay Landlord for overtime and other expenses incurred if such work is done during other hours at Tenant’s request.

 

24 - LIENS. Tenant agrees that Tenant will pay all liens of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers, materialmen, and other liens of like character, and will indemnify Landlord against all legal costs and charges, bond premiums for release of liens, including reasonable attorneys fees incurred (whether litigation is necessary or not) in discharging the Premises or any part thereof from any liens, judgments, or encumbrances caused or suffered by Tenant. It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that the cost and charges above referred to shall be considered as rent due and shall be included in any lien for rent. The foregoing shall not be deemed to authorize any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements by Tenant. The Tenant herein shall not have the authority to create

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

5

 

 



 

any liens for labor or material on the Landlord’s interest in the above described property, and all persons contracting with the Tenant for the erection, installation, alteration, or repair of improvements on or to the Premises, and all materialmen, contractors, mechanics, and laborers are hereby charged with notice that they must look to the Tenant and to the Tenant’s interest only in the above described property to secure the payment of any bill for work done or material furnished during the rental period created by this Lease.

 

25 - WAIVER OF DEFAULTS. The waiver by the Landlord of any breach of this Lease by the Tenant shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of any duty or covenant imposed by this Lease.

 

26 - DEFINITION OF TERMS.

(a) The terms “Lease”, “Lease Agreement”, or “Agreement”, shall be inclusive of each other and shall also include any renewals, extensions or modifications of this Lease.

(b) The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include the successors and assigns for the parties hereto.

(c) The singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular whenever the context so requires or permits.

 

27 - RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall in all respects comply with and abide by the Rules and Regulations set forth by Landlord, and all amendments and additions thereto which may, from time to time, be made by Landlord. By execution of this Lease Agreement, Tenant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the existing Rules and Regulations for the Building attached hereto as Exhibit “A” all of which are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Lease Agreement. Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges that the Rules and Regulations are intended to provide for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building, for the preservation of order therein, and the well being and comfort of all tenants. If Tenant defaults in the performance or observance of any of the Rules and Regulations, as same may be amended from time to time, and such default shall continue for five (5) days after notice thereof shall have been given to Tenant, then Landlord, if it so elects, shall be entitled to the remedies set forth in Paragraph 19 of this Lease Agreement.

 

28 - CANCELLATION OF PREVIOUS LEASE. Upon the commencement of this Lease Agreement, all previous leases between Landlord and Tenant, if any, for space at 7457 Aloma Avenue, located in Winter Park,, Orange County, Florida, are deemed null and void, except that the Tenant shall remain liable for all mandatory obligations

 

accruing until                   9/30/13                                                

 

29 - GUARANTY. The Undersigned “Guarantor”, individually (and jointly and severally, if more than one) hereby guarantees the Rent and each and every of the covenants and obligations of the Tenant hereunder. Landlord, at its option, shall have the full right to proceed directly against the Guarantor hereunder without taking any action as provided in this Lease against the Tenant.

 

30 — RESTRICTION ON BEER AND WINE. Tenant is hereby restricted from selling beer or wine for take out or off-site consumption. Tenant may not sell or make available any beer or wine that could be taken out of Tenant’s Premises. Also, the Premises shall Never be used for a grocery store, delicatessen, or for the sale of motor fuels. Landlord shall have all rights that may be available at law or in the equity under Florida law to enforce this restriction (including suit for injunctive relief.) In any enforcement or for damages resulting from violation of this restriction, the Landlord shall be entitled to recover from the Tenant it’s costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

31 - RADON GAS. Radon is a naturally occurring gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your public health unit.

 

32 - ABANDONMENT. If during the term of this Lease Tenant shall abandon, vacate or remove from the Premises the major portion of the goods, wares, equipment, or furnishings usually kept on the Premises, or shall cease doing business in the Premises, or shall suffer the rent to be in arrears, Landlord may, at its option, cancel this Lease, in the manner stated in this Lease hereof, or Landlord may enter the Premises as agent of said Tenant, by force or otherwise, without being liable in any ways therefore, and relet the Premises with or without any furniture that may be therein, as the agent of Tenant, at such price and upon such terms and for such duration of time as Landlord may determine, and receive the rent therefore, applying same to the payment of the rent due by these

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

6

 

 



 

presents, and if the full rental herein provided shall not be realized by Landlord over and above the expenses of Landlord of such reletting, Tenant shall pay any deficiency upon demand.

 

33 - BANKRUPTCY. It is agreed between the parties hereto that if Tenant shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or an insolvent or take benefit of any federal reorganization or composition proceeding or make a general assignment or take the benefit of any insolvency law, or if Tenant’s leasehold interest under this lease shall be sold under any execution or process of law, or if a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver be appointed or elected or had for Tenant (whether under Federal or State laws), or if said Premises shall be abandoned or deserted, or if Tenant shall fail to perform any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, or if this Lease or the Term thereof be transferred or pass to or devolve upon any persons, firm, officer or corporation other than Tenant, by death of the Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, then and in any such event this Lease and the Term of this Lease, at Landlord’s option, shall expire and end five days after Landlord has given Tenant written notice (in the manner herein above provided) of such act, condition of default and Tenant hereby agrees immediately then to quit and surrender said Premises to Landlord; but this shall not impair or affect Landlord’s right to maintain summary or other proceedings for the recovery of the possession of the Premises in all cases provided by law. If the Term of this Lease shall be so terminated, Landlord may immediately or at any time thereafter reenter or repossess the Premises and remove all persons and property therefrom without being liable for trespass or damages. Landlord may elect to accept rent from such receiver, trustee, or other judicial officer during the Term of their occupancy in their fiduciary capacity without affecting Landlord’s rights as contained in this Lease, but no receiver, trustee, or other judicial officer shall ever have any rights, title or interest in or to the Premises by virtue of this Lease.

 

34 - WRITTEN AGREEMENT. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and all previous negotiations leading thereto, and it may be modified only by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No surrender of the Premises, or of the remainder of the Term of this Lease, shall be valid unless accepted by Landlord in writing.

 

35 - TIME. It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of all the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

36 - RENEWAL OPTIONS. Provided Tenant is not in default of any of the provisions of this Lease, Tenant may renew this lease as described below:

 

(a)

 

 

 

 

(b)If a Renewal Option is set forth in paragraph 36 (a) above, then this Lease will be automatically renewed and extended for the term set forth in the Renewal Option unless Tenant gives to Landlord, at least ninety (90) days before the term of this Lease (or any renewal or extension) expires, written notice that this Lease shall not be so renewed. If there is no Renewal Option set forth above, or if any and all Renewal Options have been exercised or renewed, then this Lease will be automatically renewed for successive Terms of one (1) year each unless Tenant give to Landlord, at least ninety (90) days before the Term of this Lease (or any renewed or extended Term) expires, written notice that this Lease shall not be so renewed. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall have the right to prevent any automatic renewal of this Lease, by giving Tenant written notice of termination of the Lease at the end of the then current term, which notice shall be given at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Lease Term. Each extended Term shall be upon the same terms, covenants, and conditions as provided in this Lease, with the rent and any additional rent during any extended Term to be adjusted in accordance with the Terms of this Lease.

 

37- ADDENDUM.

(a)           Exhibit “A”, “Rules and Regulations”, as per Paragraph 27 hereof.

(b)           Security Deposit transferred from prior lease.

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

7

 

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement of Lease to be executed as to the day any year first above written.

 

 

Signed and delivered by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Roberts Supply Profit Sharing LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Wayne P. Roberts

 

 

 Wayne P. Roberts - Manager

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

 /s/ Louis Waldman

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 Louis Waldman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

 

 

 

 

 

Form 10.07

 

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

8

 

 



 

OFFICE RULES AND REGULATIONS

Exhibit “A”

 

In an effort to protect and maintain the integrity of the Building and grounds and the rights of all of the Tenants within the complex, the following are the Rules and Regulations of the Building in accordance with Paragraph 27 of the Lease Agreement.

 

1. To protect and maintain the architectural quality and aesthetic appearance of the Building, no Tenant may place any sign or awning on the Building or display any merchandise or advertisement outside of the confines of its Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

2. If Tenant wishes to install curtains, blinds, or other window coverings, Tenant shall obtain prior written approval of Landlord as to color and material for the exterior lining or surface.

 

3. To further protect the quality and appearance of the Building, Tenant shall maintain its unit in a neat, clean and orderly manner.

 

4. Televisions, stereos, radios or other devices may be used within the confines of Tenant’s lease space, but in such a manner so as not to be heard or seen outside of its space.

 

5. In consideration of other tenants in the Building, Tenant will not cook or prepare any food or permit any cooking or preparation of food within the Premises.

 

6. Any advertisement conducted by the Tenant shall be compatible with the public image desired for the Building by the Landlord.

 

7. Generally, the Tenant shall accept deliveries through any door leading into Tenant’s place of business and in doing so, shall consider the interests of the Landlord and accept said deliveries at a place and in a manner so as to cause a minimum amount of interference, if any, to the Landlord in its operation of the Building and to the other tenants of the Building.

 

8. In the interest of safety for all of the tenants and the Building, no articles deemed hazardous due to the threat of fire or explosion shall be brought into the Building.

 

9. Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall place all garbage and refuse in the designated containers. It is required that prior to placing garbage and refuse in designated containers, that it be placed in plastic bags, fastened closed and that all boxes and/or other cardboard containers be broken down before placing in designated containers.

 

10. The Building will be open daily between the hours of 7:30 A.M. and 7:00 P.M., Monday through Saturday (excluding Holidays) Building closing hours may be extended during Holiday Seasons, and other occasions during the year with prior agreement of Landlord. Though the building closes at 7:00 P.M. daily, the exterior doors must be locked after 5:30 P.M. It is each Tenants’ responsibility to make sure that the building in secure after 5:30 P.M. daily.

 

11. As Landlord, in keeping with continuing the high quality of the property, reserve the right to make deletions and/or additions to theses Rules and Regulations as it becomes necessary for the benefit of all Tenants and the Building.

 

 

TENANT:

Iradimed Corp

BY:

/s/ Louis Waldman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 10.07

 

 

TENANT INITIALS       /s/ LW    

9

 

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

SUSI, LLC LEASE AGREEMENT

 

This lease agreement is made and entered into this 17th day of January, 2014 by and between Susi, LLC, A Florida limited liability company, herein after referred to as “Landlord”, and Iradimed Corporation hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the approximately 23,400 sq ft entire single story building, herein after known as the “Premises”, located at 1025 Willa Springs Drive herein after known as the “Building”, City of Winter Springs, County of Seminole, State of Florida, on the following terms and conditions:

 

1 - TERM. To have and to hold the above described Premises for a term commencing on the 1st day of June 2014, to and including the 31st day of May, 2019. Thereafter, the Lease shall automatically renew, if so provided in Section 36 hereof, unless Tenant provides notice to Landlord as set forth in Section 36.

 

TENANT INITIALS:     /s/ JH   

 

2. RENT. Landlord here leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises described

 

above for the Term set forth in Paragraph 1 above at an annual rent of - Three Hundred Ninety One Thousand and no/100 dollars ($ 391,000) payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month (excepting the first month’s rent payable upon execution of this lease) at the office of Landlord or such other place as Landlord may designate, without any set off or deduction whatsoever, at the monthly rate, during the first year, of Thirty Two Thousand, Five Hundred eighty Three and 33/100 dollars ($32,583.33) plus applicable sales tax.

In the event that all rent has not been received by the Landlord by the 10th day of each month during the lease term, a late charge of 5% of all past due amounts will be assessed.

 

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO RENT. Commencing at the end of the first full year of the original term of this Lease, the rental amount provided in Paragraph 2 above shall be adjusted annually in accordance with the Consumer Price Index as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor. Such adjustment shall be computed as follows:

(a) The percentage of which the Price Index available as of the commencement date of the year in which the annual adjustment is to be made differs from the Price Index as of the commencement date of the next preceding year shall be multiplied by the annual minimum rental rate for the lease year preceding the year in which the adjustment is to be made; the product shall be added to such preceding lease year’s annual minimum rental for the lease year in which such adjustment is to be made.

(b) In no event shall the minimum rental for any calendar year be less than the annual minimum rental of the immediately preceding year.

(c) The minimum rental as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the lease year or part thereof for which such adjustment was made.

(d) In the event that there is any substantial change in the method by which the Price Index is computed, then, for the purposes of this Lease, the Price Index shall be adjusted to the figure which would have resulted had no change occurred in the manner in which such Price Index was computed. In the event such Price Index shall become unavailable, Landlord shall have the right to choose a substitute index which shall be reliable governmental or other nonpartisan publication evaluating substantially the same information as previously used in determining the Price Index.

 

4 - INCREASED TAXES AND INSURANCE, ETC. Tenant agrees to pay, without demand, set off, or deduction, the following:

(a) The proportionate share, determined by square footage of total Building, of all taxes imposed on the Premises during the Term of the Lease, in excess of, and over and above, those assessed or imposed during the first year of making this Lease. Same shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord as additional rent on or before sixty (60) days from date of delivery by Landlord of notice to the Tenant concerning such increase.

(b) All increases in fire insurance premiums on the Premises due to an increase in the rate of fire insurance in excess of the rate on the premises during the first year of making this Lease shall be paid as provided in “(a)” above.

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

1

 

 



 

5 - OCCUPANCY. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the normal performance of it’s business as a medical device manufacturer, and for no other purpose.

 

6 - ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall make no changes in or to the Premises of any nature without Landlord’s prior written consent. Subject to the prior written consent of the Landlord, and to the provisions of this article, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements which are non-structural and which do not affect utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the Premises by using contractors or mechanics first approved by Landlord. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the Premises at any time, either by Tenant, or by Landlord in Tenant’s behalf, shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises unless Landlord by notice to Tenant no later than twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed as the termination of this lease elects to have them removed by Tenant, in which event, the same shall be removed from the Premises by Tenant forthwith, at Tenant’s expense.

 

7 - EXAMINATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant, having examined the Premises, is familiar with the condition thereof and relying solely on such examination will take them in their present condition, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises have been received in thoroughly good order, rentable condition and repair, of which the execution of this Lease and taking possession thereunder shall be conclusive evidence and that no representation as to the condition of the Premises has been made by the Landlord, or Landlord’s agents and that no obligation as to the repairing, adding to, or improving the Premises has been assumed by the Landlord, and that no oral arrangements have been entered into in consideration of making this Lease and that said Lease contains a full statement of the obligation of both parties hereto.

 

8 - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS / AIR CONDITIONING - HVAC.

(a) Tenant agrees, at its own cost, to replace promptly any and all plate glass or other glass in the Premises which may become broken, using glass of the same kind and quality. Tenant also agrees to maintain and replace any and all door, exterior and interior, in the Premises as needed.

(b) Tenant shall, at its own expense, keep and maintain all of the Premises and appurtenances thereof, including, without limitation, heating and air-conditioning systems, ductwork, vents and filters, water and sewer systems, electrical, lighting, bulbs, ballasts, machinery, fixtures, plumbing, plumbing fixtures and equipment, in good order and repair throughout the Term of this Lease and any extensions and renewals thereof, including, without limitation, maintaining the Premises in a neat, orderly and attractive retail condition including all paint, wallpaper, carpet and other flooring, and to keep the Premises free of all insects, rodents and other pests. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage or injury which may be caused by or resulting from the Tenant’s failure to fully comply with all the terms and conditions contained herein.

(c) The Tenant shall provide for exterior maintenance and repairs of the common areas within the Building in accordance with generally accepted good practices. The Tenant shall, during the Term of this Lease, keep the Premises in as good a state of repairs it is at the time of the commencement of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

TENANT INITIALS:     /s/ JH   

 

9- UTILITIES.

(a) The Tenant will promptly pay all water and electric rates or charges which may become payable during the Term of this Lease for the water and electricity reasonably used by the Tenant on the Premises. Landlord may have a separate power meter installed that regulates the electric power going to Tenant’s Premises only. At the time the meter is installed, Tenant will make the required deposit to the Power Company and from then on, promptly pay the electric rates and charges that become payable during the Term of the Lease. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will keep all doors and windows in and to the Premises closed (except for ordinary customer ingress and egress) at such times as heating and/or air conditioning is operating.

(b) Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installations and Tenant may not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other Tenants of the Building. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no way make Landlord liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain.

 

10. - INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. Landlord does not warrant that any services to be provided by Landlord will be free from interruption due to causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In the event of temporary

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

2

 

 



 

interruption of services or unavoidable delay in the making of repairs, the same shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises nor render Landlord liable to Tenant for damage by abatement of rent or otherwise, nor shall the same relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

11 - INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY ON PREMISES. All property of any kind that may be on the Premises during the Term or continuance of this Lease shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and except for any gross negligence of the Landlord, the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or any other person for any injury, loss or damage to property or to any person on the Premises.

 

12 - FIRE AND OTHER HAZARDS. In the event that the Premises, or the major part hereof, are destroyed by fire, lightning, storm or other casualty, the Landlord, at its option, may forthwith repair the damage to such Premises at its own cost and expense. The rental thereon shall cease as to that portion of the Premises so destroyed until the completion of such repairs and the Landlord will immediately refund the pro rata part of any such rentals paid in advance by the Tenant prior to such destruction; should the Premises be only partly destroyed, so that the major part thereof is usable by the Tenant, then the full rental shall not abate, and such injury or damage shall be restored by the Landlord as speedily as is practicable. If Landlord elects not to rebuild the Premises then this Lease shall terminate.

 

13. CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES. It is agreed that if the Premises, or any part thereof, or the whole or any part of the Building of which they are a part, shall be taken for any street or other public use by right of eminent domain so as to be thereof unfit for use, then the rent due, or a proportionate share thereof (according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained by the Premises) shall be abated until the Premises shall have been fully repaired or restored by the Landlord. In the event of such taking, the Tenant may, however, elect to terminate this lease in its entirety if the Landlord is unable or unwilling to repair or to restore the Premises in a tenantable condition for the use of the Tenant within sixty (60) days of the date of such taking. If the taking be partial, then the Tenant’s rental shall be reduced in the portion which the net rentable space taken bears to the net rentable space originally leased. In such condemnation proceedings Tenant may claim compensation for the taking of any removable installation which by the terms of this Lease Tenant would have been permitted to remove at expiration of the Lease, but Tenant shall be entitled to no additional award it being agreed that all damages allocable to full fee simple ownership of Premises shall in any event to be payable to Landlord. Tenant hereby waives any right it may have to such proceeds and agrees to execute such instruments as may be requested by Landlord to effectuate this paragraph.

 

14 - EXPIRATION OF TERM. At the expiration of the Term, the Tenant will peaceably yield up to the Landlord the Premises in good and tenantable repair. All fixtures and/or equipment as shall have been installed in the Premises by the Tenant so as to be affixed thereto may not be removed by Tenant at the expiration or termination of this Lease; provided, however, if prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, or within fifteen (15) days thereafter, the Landlord so directs, the Tenant shall promptly remove the fixtures and/or the equipment which were installed in the Premises by the Tenant and which are designated in said notice and repair any damage occasioned by such removal.

 

15 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The Tenant shall not assign this Lease, nor sublet the Premises or any part thereof without the express written consent of Landlord, which consent may be denied or granted in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord.

 

16 - SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall, upon the execution of this Lease, deposit with Landlord as security for the payment of rent and the performance of all other covenants to be performed by Tenant, the sum of zero ($0) dollars. Said security deposit shall be non-interest bearing. If Tenant defaults in the payment of any monthly rental installment, or fails to perform any other covenant within three (3) days after receipt of written demand therefor, Landlord, at its option, may apply sufficient sums from the security deposit towards payment thereof. If Landlord elects to so apply the security deposit, Tenant shall be obligated to immediately replenish the security deposit for the amount so applied by Landlord. The total security deposit shall be held by Landlord until expiration of the initial term or until expiration of any renewal term if any renewal option which exists is exercised, and the unused portion of the security deposit shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant at the end of the Term of this Lease or any renewal thereof. Provided, however, the Landlord may hold the security deposit for a period of thirty (30) days following surrender of the possession of the Premises, and may deduct from the amount refunded any rental due and payable, the costs of repairing any damage or replacing any damaged portion of the Premises or of the Building or other real estate of which the Premises form a part and the costs of cleaning the same if the Tenant fails to do so prior to

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

3

 

 



 

surrender of possession. Provided, however, said Security Deposit does not constitute a limitation of any kind to a claim by Landlord against Tenant for nonpayment of rentals or other sums under this Lease or for costs of repair, replacement and cleaning of the Premises as discussed herein. In the event proceedings begin it is agreed that the Security Deposit held hereunder shall be deemed to be applied first to rent and other charges first due to Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of any such proceedings. The security deposit shall not be applied to rent except upon approval of Landlord.

 

17 - SIGNS. Tenant shall not install signs in windows and doors of the Premises, or any other part of the Building or grounds, without first securing Landlord’s written consent. Any signs installed by Tenant with Landlord’s permission shall be maintained in good repair and shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration of this Lease at Tenant’s expense and the Premises shall be restored by Tenant.

 

18 - RIGHT TO INSPECT. The Landlord at all reasonable times, may enter into and upon the Premises for the purpose of inspection, making repairs or alterations as required hereunder. In exercising such right, the Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to not unduly interfere with the Tenant’s business.

 

19 - DEFAULT.

(a) If Tenant defaults in the prompt payment of rent and such default shall continue for three (3) days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Tenant; or if Tenant defaults in the performance or observance of any other provisions of this Lease, including Exhibit “A” attached, and such other default shall continue for five (5) days, after notice thereof shall have been given to Tenant; or if the leasehold interest of Tenant be levied upon under execution or attached by process of law; or if Tenant abandons the leased Premises; then and in any such event Landlord, if it so elects forthwith, or at any time thereafter while such default continues, either may terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease, or may terminate this Lease.

(b) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of the Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, the Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to the Landlord.

(c) Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if rent is not currently paid and Tenant is absent from the Premises for a period of fifteen (15) days. If the Tenant abandons the Premises or defaults hereunder in any respect or otherwise entitles the Landlord so to elect, and if the Landlord elects to terminate the Tenant’s right to possession only without terminating the Lease, the Landlord may, at the Landlord’s option, enter into the Premises, remove the Tenant’s signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession thereof as provided in the first paragraph of this Paragraph 19, without such entry and possession terminating the Lease or releasing the Tenant, in whole or in part, from the Tenant’s obligations to pay the rent hereunder for the full term. Upon and after entry into possession without termination of the Lease, the Landlord may relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of the Tenant to any person, firm or corporation other than the Tenant for such rent, for such time, and upon such terms as the Landlord, in the Landlord’s sole discretion, shall determine. In any such case, the Landlord may make repairs in or to the Premises, and redecorate the same to the extent deemed by the Landlord necessary or desirable and the Tenant shall, upon demand, pay the cost thereof together with the Landlord’s expenses of reletting. If the consideration collected by the Landlord upon any such reletting for the Tenant’s account is not sufficient to pay the full amount of unpaid rent reserved in this Lease, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating, and the Landlord’s expenses, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of each deficiency upon demand.

(d) Tenant shall pay all Landlord’s costs, charges and expenses, including the fees of counsel, agents and other retained by Landlord, incurred in enforcing any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or incurred by Landlord in any litigation including bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, negotiation or transaction in which Tenant causes Landlord to become involved or concerned.

(e) If Tenant violates any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or defaults in any of its obligations hereunder, other than the payment of rent or other sums payable hereunder, such violation may be restrained or such obligation enforced by injunction.

(f) Tenant agrees that it will promptly pay said rent at the times above stated; that, if any part of the rent remains due and unpaid for three (3) days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Tenant, Landlord shall have the option of declaring the balance of the entire rent payable during the term of this Lease to be immediately due and payable, and Landlord may then proceed to collect all of the unpaid rent called for by this Lease by distress or otherwise.

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

4

 

 



 

20 - INDEMNITY - LIABILITY INSURANCE.

(a) Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims for damages to goods, wares, merchandise and property in and about the Premises and from and against any and all claims for any personal injury or loss of life in and about the Premises.

(b) Tenant shall maintain in full force, during the term of this Lease, a policy or policies of comprehensive general liability insurance, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, written by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of Florida, which will insure Tenant and Landlord and shall list Landlord as an additional insured.. The coverage under such insurance shall not be less than one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit for any accident involving Bodily Injury and Property Damage.

(c) Tenant shall maintain full insurance coverage for any and all damage or Ioss to plate glass windows on or within the Premises.

(d) Tenant shall deposit with Landlord copies or certificates of all policies required to be obtained by Tenant under this Lease, including an endorsement which states that such insurance shall not be canceled except after thirty (30) days notice in writing to Landlord and which lists Landlord as an additional insured..

 

21 - NOTICES. All notices required to be served upon the Landlord shall be served by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested at:

 

Susi, LLC

4099 Scarlett Iris Place

Winter Park, Florida 32792

 

or any other change of address that may be made from time-to-time, and all notices required to be served upon the Tenant shall be served by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested at the address of the Tenant as follows:

 

Iradimed Corporation

7457 Aloma Ave.

Winter Park, Fl. 32792

Or

1025 Willa Springs Dr.

Winter Springs, Fl.

 

Facsimile No. 407 677-5037

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given, delivered or served if and when deposited with the United States Post Office, postage prepaid, whether evidence of delivery received is obtained or not obtained. Alternatively, notice shall be deemed to be delivered to Tenant if hand delivered to Tenant, an employee of Tenant, or left at Premises.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, for purposes of the notice requirement set forth in Section 83.20(2), Florida Statutes, delivery of such notice shall be deemed to have been fully given, made, sent, and received upon hand delivery to the Premises, or upon telecopy transmittal to Tenant at Tenant’s telecopier or facsimile number provided in Section 1 or at the Premises, or one (1) day after being deposited with Federal Express or other similar overnight delivery service addressed to Tenant’s notice address as provided above. The failure to deliver a copy of the notice required pursuant to Section 83.20(2), Florida Statutes to any part entitled to receive copies of notices under this Lease shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the method of service or the service or delivery of such notice.

 

22 - SUBORDINATION. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Premises or the Building of which it forms a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required by any mortgagee. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute promptly any subordination agreement and/or any estoppel certificate that Landlord or Landlord’s lender, if any, may request. In the event that Tenant fails to fully execute and return to Landlord any such subordination agreement and/or estoppel certificate within ten (10) days of request to Tenant by Landlord, the Tenant hereby appoints the Landlord as Tenant’s lawful attorney-in-fact and in such capacity hereby authorizes the Landlord to complete, execute and deliver any such estoppel certificate and/or subordination agreement in Tenant’s stead and on Tenant’s behalf. This power of attorney shall remain in full force and effect during the term of this lease and may not be revoked,

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

5

 

 



 

modified or terminated by Tenant during such time period without a written amendment to this lease executed by the Landlord and the Tenant.

 

23 - RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD. Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant:

(a) To have pass keys to the Premises.

(b) To approve the weight, size and location of safes and other heavy articles or equipment to be located in or about the Premises by Tenant or others.

(c) At any time or times to decorate and to make, at Landlord’s own expense, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Premises, or any part of the Building and to perform any acts related to the safety, protection and reservation thereof, and during such operations to take into and through the Premises or any part of the Building all material and equipment required and to close or temporarily suspend operation of entrances, doors, corridors or others facilities, provided that Landlord shall cause as little inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances, and shall not do any act which permanently reduces the size of the Premises. Landlord may do any such work during ordinary business hours and Tenant shall pay Landlord for overtime and other expenses incurred if such work is done during other hours at Tenant’s request.

 

24 - LIENS. Tenant agrees that it will make full and prompt payment of all sums necessary to pay for the costs of all repairs and permitted alterations, renovations, improvements, changes and other work done by Tenant in or to the Premises and further agrees to indemnify and save harmless Landlord and each Mortgagee from and against any and all costs and liabilities incurred by Landlord and each Mortgagee and against any and all construction, materialman’s, laborer’s and other statutory or common law liens arising out of or from such work, or the cost thereof, which may be asserted, claimed or charged against all or any part of the Premises or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the interest of Landlord in all or any part of the Premises shall not be subject to any liens of any kind for improvements or work made or done by or at the instance of Tenant, whether or not the same shall be made or done with the permission or by agreement between Tenant and Landlord, and this Lease expressly prohibits any construction, materialman’s, laborer’s or other statutory or common law liens for improvements or work made or done by or at the instance of Tenant, or concerning which Tenant is responsible for payment under the terms hereof or otherwise. Tenant hereby agrees to put all persons dealing with or contracting with Tenant or any contractor of Tenant on notice and all persons dealing with or contracting with Tenant or any contractor of Tenant are hereby put on notice of these provisions. In the event any notice, claim or lien shall be asserted or recorded against the interest of Landlord in the Premises, or any portion thereof, on the account of or extending from any improvement or work made or done by or at the instance of Tenant, or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or from any improvement or work the cost of which is the responsibility of Tenant, then Tenant agrees to have such notice, claim or lien canceled, discharged, released or transferred to other security in accordance with applicable Florida Statutes within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord to Tenant, and failure to do so shall be an Event of Default. Tenant agrees to join Landlord in the execution of a short form lease to be recorded in the Public Records of County in which the Premises is located for the purpose of giving constructive notice of the provisions of this paragraph. Such short form lease shall authorize and permit Landlord to record a termination thereof, without the joinder thereof by Tenant, for the sole and limited purpose of terminating the short form lease, of record, but such termination shall not terminate this Lease or affect or modify the provisions hereof.

 

25 - WAIVER OF DEFAULTS. The waiver by the Landlord of any breach of this Lease by the Tenant shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of any duty or covenant imposed by this Lease.

 

26 - DEFINITION OF TERMS.

(a) The terms “Lease”, “Lease Agreement”, or “Agreement”, shall be inclusive of each other and shall also include any renewals, extensions or modifications of this Lease.

(b) The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include the successors and assigns for the parties hereto.

(c) The singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular whenever the context so requires or permits.

 

27 - RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall in all respects comply with and abide by the Rules and Regulations set forth by Landlord, and all amendments and additions thereto which may, from time to time, be made by Landlord.

Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, governmental orders or regulations and applicable orders or directions from any public office or body having jurisdiction, whether now existing or hereinafter enacted

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

6

 

 


 

with respect to the Premises and the use or occupancy thereof. Tenant shall not make or permit any use of or improvement to the Premises which directly or indirectly is forbidden by law, ordinance, governmental regulations or order or direction of applicable public authority, which may be dangerous to persons or property or which may constitute a nuisance.

 

28 - CANCELLATION OF PREVIOUS LEASE. Upon the commencement of this Lease Agreement, all previous leases between Landlord and Tenant, if any, shall be terminated.

 

29 - GUARANTY. The Undersigned “Guarantor”, if indicated, individually (and jointly and severally, if more than one) hereby guarantees the payment of Rent and each and every of the covenants and obligations of the Tenant hereunder. Landlord, at its option, shall have the full right to proceed directly against the Guarantor hereunder without taking any action as provided in this Lease against the Tenant.

 

30 — RESTRICTION ON BEER, WINE & LIQUOR. Tenant is hereby restricted from selling beer, wine or liquor for take out or off-site consumption. Tenant may not sell or make available any beer or wine that could be taken out of Tenant’s Premises. Also, the Premises shall Never be used for a grocery store, delicatessen, or for the sale of motor fuels. Landlord shall have all rights that may be available at law or in the equity under Florida law to enforce this restriction (including suit for injunctive relief.) In any enforcement or for damages resulting from violation of this restriction, the Landlord shall be entitled to recover from the Tenant it’s costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

31 - RADON GAS. Radon is a naturally occurring gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your public health unit.

 

32 - ABANDONMENT. If during the term of this Lease Tenant shall abandon, vacate or remove from the Premises the major portion of the goods, wares, equipment, or furnishings usually kept on the Premises, or shall cease doing business in the Premises, or shall suffer the rent to be in arrears, Landlord may, at its option, cancel this Lease, in the manner stated in this Lease hereof, or Landlord may enter the Premises as agent of said Tenant, by force or otherwise, without being liable in any ways therefore, and relet the Premises with or without any furniture that may be therein, as the agent of Tenant, at such price and upon such terms and for such duration of time as Landlord may determine, and receive the rent therefore, applying same to the payment of the rent due by these presents, and if the full rental herein provided shall not be realized by Landlord over and above the expenses of Landlord of such reletting, Tenant shall pay any deficiency upon demand.

 

33 - BANKRUPTCY. It is agreed between the parties hereto that if Tenant shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or an insolvent or take benefit of any federal reorganization or composition proceeding or make a general assignment or take the benefit of any insolvency law, or if Tenant’s leasehold interest under this lease shall be sold under any execution or process of law, or if a trustee in bankruptcy or a receiver be appointed or elected or had for Tenant (whether under Federal or State laws), or if said Premises shall be abandoned or deserted, or if Tenant shall fail to perform any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, or if this Lease or the Term thereof be transferred or pass to or devolve upon any persons, firm, officer or corporation other than Tenant, by death of the Tenant, operation of law or otherwise, then and in any such event this Lease and the Term of this Lease, at Landlord’s option, shall expire and end five days after Landlord has given Tenant written notice (in the manner herein above provided) of such act, condition of default and Tenant hereby agrees immediately then to quit and surrender said Premises to Landlord; but this shall not impair or affect Landlord’s right to maintain summary or other proceedings for the recovery of the possession of the Premises in all cases provided by law. If the Term of this Lease shall be so terminated, Landlord may immediately or at any time thereafter reenter or repossess the Premises and remove all persons and property therefrom without being liable for trespass or damages. Landlord may elect to accept rent from such receiver, trustee, or other judicial officer during the Term of their occupancy in their fiduciary capacity without affecting Landlord’s rights as contained in this Lease, but no receiver, trustee, or other judicial officer shall ever have any rights, title or interest in or to the Premises by virtue of this Lease.

 

34 - WRITTEN AGREEMENT. This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and all previous negotiations leading thereto, and it may be modified only by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No surrender of the Premises, or of the remainder of the Term of this Lease, shall be valid unless accepted by Landlord in writing.

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

7

 

 



 

35 - TIME. It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of all the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

36 - RENEWAL OPTIONS. Provided Tenant is not in default of any of the provisions of this Lease, Tenant may renew this lease as described below:

 

(a) At the end of each Lease Term during the year 2019 and 2024 (Two additional renewals). ________

(b) If a Renewal Option is set forth in paragraph 36 (a) above, then this Lease will be automatically renewed and extended for the term set forth in the Renewal Option unless Tenant gives to Landlord, at least ninety (90) days before the term of this Lease (or any renewal or extension) expires, written notice that this Lease shall not be so renewed. If there is no Renewal Option set forth above, or if any and all Renewal Options have been exercised or renewed, then this Lease will be automatically renewed for successive Terms of one (1) year each unless Tenant gives to Landlord, at least ninety (90) days before the Term of this Lease (or any renewed or extended Term) expires, written notice that this Lease shall not be so renewed. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord shall have the right to prevent any automatic renewal of this Lease, by giving Tenant written notice of termination of the Lease at the end of the then current term, which notice shall be given at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Lease Term. Each extended Term shall be upon the same terms, covenants, and conditions as provided in this Lease, with the rent and any additional rent during any extended Term to be adjusted in accordance with the Terms of this Lease.

 

37 - ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE.

 

(a)           Tenant’s Responsibility . Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal or release of any biologically active or other hazardous substances, or materials within the Premises. Tenant shall not knowingly allow the storage or use of such substances or materials on or about the Premises in any manner not sanctioned by law or not in compliance with the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances or materials, nor allow to be brought onto or about the Premises any such materials or substances except to use in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, and then only after written notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such substances or materials. Tenant covenants and agrees that the Premises will at all times during its use or occupancy thereof be kept and maintained so as to comply with all now existing or hereafter enacted or issued statutes, laws, rules, ordinances, orders, permits and regulations of all state, federal, local and other governmental and regulatory authorities, agencies and bodies applicable to the Premises, pertaining to environmental matters or regulating, prohibiting or otherwise having to do with asbestos and all other toxic, radioactive, or hazardous wastes or material including, but not limited to, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as from time to time amended (all hereafter collectively called “Laws”).

 

(b)           Tenant’s Liability . Tenant shall hold Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee (“Mortgagee”), if any, free, harmless, and indemnified from any penalty, fine, claim, demand, liability, cost, or charge whatsoever which Landlord or Mortgagee shall incur, or which Landlord or Mortgagee would otherwise incur, by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with this Section 37 including, but not limited to: (i) the cost of bringing the Premises or related building into compliance with all Laws and in a non-contaminated state, the same condition as prior to the lease commencement date; (ii) the reasonable cost of all appropriate tests and examinations of the Premises to confirm that the Premises and any other contaminated areas have been brought into compliance with all Laws; and (iii) the reasonable fees and expenses of Landlord’s attorneys, engineers, and consultants incurred by Landlord and Mortgagee in enforcing and confirming compliance with this Section 37.

 

(c)           Property . For the purposes of this Section 37, the Premises shall include the related building; all improvements thereon; all personal property used in connection with the Premises (including that owned by Tenant); and the soil, ground water, and surface water of the related building.

 

(d)           Inspections by Landlord . Landlord and its engineers, technicians, and consultants (collectively the “Auditors”) may, from time to time as reasonably appropriate, conduct periodic tests and examinations (“Audits”) of the Premises to confirm and monitor Tenant’s compliance with this Section 37. Such Audits shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize the interference with Tenant’s permitted use hereunder; however in all cases, the Audits shall be of such nature and scope as shall be reasonably required by then existing technology to confirm Tenant’s compliance with this Section 37. Tenant shall fully cooperate with Landlord and its Auditors in the conduct of such Audits. The cost of such Audits shall be paid by Landlord unless an Audit shall disclose a material failure of Tenant to comply with this Section 37, in which case, the cost of such Audit, and the cost of all subsequent Audits

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

8

 

 



 

made during the lease term and within thirty (30) days thereafter (not to exceed two (2) such Audits per calendar year), shall be paid for on demand by Tenant.

 

(e)           Exclusions . Provided, however, the foregoing covenants and undertakings of Tenant contained in this Section 37 shall not apply to any condition or matter constituting a violation of any Law: (i) which existed prior to the commencement of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; (ii) which was not caused, in whole or in part, by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, partners, contractors or invitees; or (iii) to the extent such violation is caused by, or results from the acts or neglects of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees, officers, partners, contractors, guests, or invitees.

 

(f)            Tenant’s Liability After Termination of Lease . The covenants contained in this Section 37 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and shall continue for so long as Landlord and its successors and assigns may be subject to any expense, liability, charge, penalty, or obligation against which Tenant has agreed to indemnify Landlord under this Section 37.

 

38- ADDENDUM.

(a) Exhibit “A”, “Rules and Regulations”, as per Paragraph 27 hereof.

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

9

 

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement of Lease to be executed as to the day and year first above written.

 

Signed, and delivered in

 

“LANDLORD”

in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

SUSI, LLC, a Florida limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger Susi

Printed Name:

 

 

 

Roger Susi, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“TENANT”

 

 

 

 

 

Iradimed Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James B. Hawkins

Printed Name:

 

 

Printed Name:

James B. Hawkins

 

 

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GUARANTORS”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

None

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

10

 

 



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

In an effort to protect and maintain the integrity of the 1025 Willa Springs Drive building (the “Building”), the following are the Rules and Regulations of the Building in accordance with Paragraph 27 of the Lease Agreement.

 

1. Tenant agrees not to operate or install any coin or token vending machine or similar device for the sale of any goods, wares, merchandise, or services, other than pay telephones, pay lockers, food candy, or soft drinks, without the prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

2. To further protect the quality and appearance of the Building, Tenant shall maintain its store front in a neat, clean and orderly manner.

 

3. Televisions, stereos, radios or other devices may be used within the confines of Tenant’s lease space, but in such a manner so as not to be heard or seen outside of its space.

 

4. Tenant agrees not to use any sidewalk, walkway or any common areas of the building for the keeping or display of advertising, and/or sales of any merchandise or any objects including, but not by the way of limitation, the use of any of the foregoing for any newsstand, cigarette stand, sidewalk shop, or any business, occupation or undertaking. The sidewalk, entrances, passages, courts, vestibules, corridors and halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the respective stores. The Tenant shall not engage in or permit or promote any of the following activities in the Premises: loudspeakers audible from outside; and, auctions, fire, bankruptcy or “going out of business” sales.

 

5. Any advertisement conducted by the Tenant shall be compatible with the public image desired for the building and tenets use, as approved by Landloard.

 

6. Generally, the Tenant shall accept deliveries through any door leading into Tenant’s place of business and in doing so, shall consider the interests of the Landlord and accept said deliveries at a place and in a manner so as to cause a minimum amount of interference, if any, to the Landlord in its operation of the Building.

 

7. In the interest of safety for occupants and the Building, no articles deemed hazardous on account of fire or explosion shall be brought into the Building.

 

8. Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall place all garbage and refuse in the designated dumpster. It is required that prior to placing of garbage and refuse in designated containers that it be placed in plastic bags and fastened closed and that all boxes and/or other cardboard containers be broken down before placing in designated containers.

 

9. Tenant, Tenant’s employees and agents, shall park their automobiles only in areas as designated and marked. If Tenant or its employees shall fail to park their cars in the designated parking areas, then, without limiting any other remedy which Landlord may pursue in the event of Tenant’s default, Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant, an additional rental, the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per day per car parked in violation of the provisions of these parking requirements.

 

 

TENANT:

/s/ James B Hawkins

BY:

James B. Hawkins

 

TENANT INITIALS     /s/ JH   

11

 

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This agreement is made on the 16 day of December, 2013 between Iradimed Corporation, an Oklahoma corporation, having offices at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Winter Park, Florida (“Iradimed” or “Company”), and Christopher K. Scott (“Executive”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Iradimed desires to employ Executive upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, and;

 

WHEREAS, Executive wishes to be employed by Iradimed on the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts, mutual promises and covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound thereby, Iradimed and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.         Employment.   Iradimed shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment by Iradimed, for the period and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, beginning the 30th day of December 2013.

 

2.         Title and Duties.   Executive is being hired to serve Iradimed as Chief Financial Officer (CFO). Executive will report to the President and shall have such authority and responsibilities as delegated or assigned from time to time by the President. Executive have primary and overall responsibility over the accounting, reporting and control of the Company’s finances, including reports and communications with the Securities and Exchange Commission ( SEC). Executive shall apply financial and accounting principles as mandated by law and in accordance with GAAP. He shall apply his extensive knowledge as a CPA and as corporate financial executive to fairly and accurately maintain the financial records of the Company, while meeting production, revenue and profit goals.

 

3.         Term.   This Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Sections 7 and 8 below.

 

4.         Policies.   Except as provided herein, Executive shall be covered by and agrees to comply with all Iradimed policies on the same terms as are applicable to other full-time executives.

 

5.         Extent of Services.   Executive shall devote his entire business and professional time and attention to the business of Iradimed. Executive shall assume and perform his duties faithfully and with due diligence. Executive shall not engage in any other occupation or business activity for the duration of this Agreement without the prior written consent of Iradimed, which consent shall be given or withheld at Iradimed’ sole discretion.

 

 

1

 

 

Scott Employment Agreement

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

6.         Compensation.

 

(a)        Base Salary.   The Company shall pay Executive a minimum annual salary of one hundred forty-five thousand dollars ($145,000), or in the event of any portion of a year, a pro rata amount of such annual salary. Executive’s salary will be payable as earned in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practice. Executive shall also be entitled to a merit increase based on his base salary and subsequent to performance review, on his anniversary date beginning December 30, 2014 and each year thereafter while Executive is employed by the Company.

 

(b)        Annual Bonus.   Beginning the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, Executive will be eligible to receive cash bonus compensation based upon attaining specific goals as assigned by the President and overall profitability of the Company and with consideration of any special situations which the Executive may have demonstrated exemplary performance materially resulting in benefit to the Company, and the like. Annual Bonus potential shall be 30% of the Executive’s then prevailing annual base salary.

 

(c)        Equity Compensation.   The Company shall provide Executive with a stock option award that will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Iradimed Stock Option Agreement executed by Executive and Company. The initial stock option grant will be awarded December 31, 2013 as 54,974 option shares which represents 1% of the outstanding shares plus previously granted options. Future options shall be periodically awarded at the Board of Directors discretion and per demonstrated merit.

 

(d)       Benefits.   Executive will be eligible to participate in Iradimed employee benefit plans that apply to all executive employees generally, including without limitation, deferred compensation, health and dental insurance programs, 401(k) plan, and fourteen (14) days of annual paid personal leave ( vacation).

 

7.         Termination By Iradimed.

 

(a)        Termination For Cause.   Iradimed may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for  “Cause” upon: (a) any material breach of this Agreement; (b) any gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of his duties as an Iradimed employee; (c) Executive’s commission of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (d) Executive’s commission or participation in any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty; (e) Executive’s willful breach of an Iradimed policy; or (f) Executive’s inability to effectively perform his duties as CFO. Executive shall not be terminated under subparagraphs (a), (e) or (f) herein, unless he has received written notice of such breach from the Company’s President, has had an opportunity to respond to the notice, and has failed substantially, where possible, to cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days of such notice.

 

 

2

 

 

Scott Employment Agreement

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(b)        Termination Without Cause.   In the event Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason other than Cause, such termination shall be deemed “Without Cause.”

 

8.         Termination By Executive.

 

(a)        Termination for Good Reason.   Executive may terminate his employment hereunder by tendering his resignation to Iradimed. Unless otherwise consented to in writing by Executive, a resignation by Executive shall be for “Good Reason,” where such resignation is tendered within sixty (60) days following: (a) a reduction in Executive’s minimum salary; (b) a significant diminution of Executive’s authority; or (c) the relocation of Executive’s place of employment outside of a fifty (50) mile radius from its present location. For purposes of this Agreement, significant diminution of authority is recognized as notification to Executive of a change in status, position, responsibilities, or any adverse change to compensation which is not broadly applied to management in the Company, which, in Executive’s reasonable judgment, represents a material adverse change from his status, position or responsibility. Prior to accepting Executive’s resignation for any of the reasons set forth in this paragraph, the Company shall have an opportunity to rectify the matter that gave rise to Executive’s resignation. If the matter is not rectified within fifteen (15) days, Executive’s resignation shall be deemed accepted by the Company.

 

(b)        Resignation in connection with a Control Transaction.   A resignation of Executive shall also be for “Good Reason” where such resignation is tendered within sixty (60) days following any of the events listed below and such event occurs within twelve (12) months following a Control Transaction as defined in Section 8(c):

 

(i)         an assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with, or a significant change in the nature or scope of Executive’s authority or duties from, those held by Executive immediately prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(ii)        a reduction in Executive’s annual salary or material bonus program reduction to the annual salary or bonus program in effect immediately prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(iii)       the relocation of Executive’s place of employment outside of a fifty (50) mile radius from its present location;

 

(iv)       the failure to provide Executive with a number of paid personal leave days at least equal to the number of paid personal leave days to which he was entitled in the last full calendar year prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(v)        the failure to provide Executive with substantially the same fringe benefits that were provided to Executive immediately prior to the Control Transaction, or with a package of fringe benefits that, though one or more of such benefits may vary from those in effect immediately prior to the

 

 

3

 

 

Scott Employment Agreement

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Control Transaction, is, in Executive’s opinion, substantially at least as beneficial to Executive in all material respects to such fringe benefits taken as a whole;

 

(c)        Control Transaction.   In this Agreement, a “Control Transaction” means a change in control of the Company defined as a transfer of ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock.

 

9.         Disability.   If, during the term of this Agreement, Executive becomes disabled such that he is not able to effectively discharge his duties under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of six (6) continuous months, Iradimed’s obligations under this Agreement shall cease, except that Executive may participate in any Iradimed-provided group disability benefits in accordance with the terms of those plans.

 

10.       Consequences of Termination.

 

(a)        Termination Compensation

 

(i)         In the event that Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder Without Cause or Executive resigns from Iradimed with Good Reason, then Iradimed shall pay to Executive the full amount of any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination, his accrued and unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, his approved business expenses, the full amount of any unpaid cash bonus awarded for any fiscal years prior to the date of termination and an amount equal to six (6) months Base Salary. Such payment shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of such termination.

 

(ii)        In the event that Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause or Executive resigns without Good Reason, Iradimed shall pay Executive his earned and unpaid Base Salary and his accrued and unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, and approved business expenses and Iradimed shall have no obligation to make any further payments to or to provide any further benefits hereunder to Executive. Such payment shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of resignation or termination.

 

(b)        Change of Control Compensation

 

Should a Change of Control event as in 8 (c) above occur resulting in Executive resigning for reasons as per 8 (b) above, Iradimed shall pay Executive the full amount of any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination, his accrued but unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, his approved business expenses, the full amount of any unpaid cash bonus awarded for any fiscal years prior to the resignation plus an amount equal to his then current annual salary, but in no case less than $145,000.

 

 

4

 

 

Scott Employment Agreement

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

11.       Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation/Confidentiality.   Executive agrees to execute a Covenant Not to Compete and Confidentiality Agreement simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.

 

12.       Ownership of Developments.   All information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material which Executive develops or conceives during his employment, (1) which are along the lines of business, work or investigations of the Company, or (2) which result from or are suggested by any work performed by Executive on behalf of the Company, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, shall be promptly disclosed to the Company, and Executive will promptly execute and deliver all documents and do all other things necessary and proper to make all such information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material the absolute property of the Company. Executive agrees to assist the Company in every proper way to obtain for the Company’s benefit copyrights, patents, or other appropriate legal protection for information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material that become the exclusive property of the Company.

 

13.       Notices.   Any notice required or desired to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed given if in writing and sent by certified mail to the addresses set forth below. Notice shall be deemed given immediately if delivered in person or within three (3) days after mailing by certified mail to the following addresses:

 

Christopher K. Scott

 

Roger Susi, President
Iradimed Corporation
7457 Aloma Ave.
Winter Park, FL 32792

 

Any party may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this paragraph for the giving of notice.

 

14.       Assignment.   Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal and that he therefore may not assign his rights or delegate his duties under this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Iradimed, its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any entity which is or may become affiliated with or related to Iradimed.

 

15.       Waiver.   Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition. The waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement by any party shall not be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term of condition.

 

16.       Entire Agreement.   This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein. No modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto. Section headings are for convenience only, and are

 

 

5

 

 

Scott Employment Agreement

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

neither a part of this Agreement nor a limitation of the scope of the particular sections to which they refer.

 

17.       Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

18.       Severability.   The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any provision(s) or any part of any provision(s) is held to be illegal, void or invalid under applicable law, such provision(s) may be changed to the extent reasonably necessary to make the provision(s), as so changed, legal, valid and binding, and to reflect the original intentions of the parties as nearly as possible in accordance with applicable law. This Agreement shall be construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either party.

 

19.       Venue and Jurisdiction.   The parties to this Agreement hereby expressly and irrevocably elect as the sole judicial forum for the adjudication of any matters arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and consent and subject themselves to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Florida and/or the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Orlando Division.

 

20.       Execution in Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as signatories.

 

21.       Attorneys Fees and Costs.   In the event of any litigation, including arbitration, between or among the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party all costs incurred and reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees in all investigations, arbitrations, trials, bankruptcies and appeals. If any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement is submitted to arbitration, the arbitrator or arbitrators shall have the power and authority to, and the parties herby direct that such arbitrator or arbitrators shall, determine entitlement to attorneys fees and costs, and the amount of such attorneys’ fees and costs, to be awarded to the prevailing party. The parties agree and acknowledge that this provision, while it references arbitration, shall not be read to require the parties to submit to arbitration unless they agree to submit to arbitration in a separate, explicit, provision of this Agreement or in a separate written agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

6

 

 

Scott Employment Agreement

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

Roger Susi

 

President

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher K. Scott

 

Christopher K. Scott

 

Executive

 

 

 

7

 

 

Scott Employment Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This agreement is made on this 14th day of April, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) between Iradimed Corporation, having offices at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Winter Park, Florida (“ Iradimed ” or “ Company ”), and ROGER SUSI (“ Executive ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS , Iradimed desires to employ Executive upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, and;

 

WHEREAS , Executive wishes to be employed by Iradimed on the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the facts, mutual promises and covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound thereby, Iradimed and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment .  Iradimed shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment by Iradimed, for the period and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, beginning on the Effective Date.

 

2.                                       Title and Duties.  Executive is being hired to serve Iradimed as Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and President.  Executive will report to the Board of Directors and shall have such authority and responsibilities as delegated or assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors, including primary and overall responsibility over the day to day operations and control of the Company’s business.

 

3.                                       Term.  This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue until t erminated in accordance with Sections 7 and 8 below.

 

4.                                       Policies.  Except as provided herein, Executive shall be covered by and agrees to comply with all Iradimed policies on the same terms as are applicable to other full time executives.

 

5.                                       Extent of Services.  Executive shall devote substantially his entire business and professional time and attention to the business of Iradimed during normal business hours.  Executive shall assume and perform his duties faithfully and with due diligence.

 

6.                                       Compensation.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  The Company shall pay Executive a minimum annual salary of two hundred twenty five thousand dollars ($225,000) (the “ Base Salary ”), or in the event of any portion of a year, a pro rata amount of such annual salary.  Executive’s salary will be payable as earned in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practice.  Executive shall also be entitled to a merit increase based on his base salary and subsequent to performance review, on his anniversary date and each year thereafter while Executive is employed by the Company.

 

1



 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus .  Beginning the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, Executive will be eligible to receive cash bonus compensation based upon discretion of the Board of Directors and overall profitability of the Company and with consideration of any special situations which the Executive may have demonstrated exemplary performance materially resulting in benefit to the Company, and the like.

 

(c)                                   Benefits .  Executive will be eligible to participate in Iradimed employee benefit plans that apply to all executive employees generally, including without limitation, deferred compensation, health and dental insurance programs, 401(k) plan, fourteen (14) days of annual paid personal leave (vacation), and reimbursement for car and cell phone expenses and normal and necessary business expenses.

 

7.                                       Termination By Iradimed.

 

(a)                                  Termination For Cause .  Iradimed may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “ Cause ” upon: (a) any material breach of this Agreement; (b) any gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of his duties as an Iradimed employee; (c) Executive’s commission of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (d) Executive’s commission or participation in any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty; (e) Executive’s willful breach of an Iradimed policy; or (f) Executive’s inability to effectively perform his duties as CEO and President.  Executive shall not be terminated under subparagraphs (a), (e) or (f) herein, unless he has received written notice of such breach from the Company’s Board of Directors, has had an opportunity to respond to the notice, and has failed substantially, where possible, to cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days of such notice.

 

(b)                                  Termination Without Cause .  In the event Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason other than Cause, such termination shall be deemed “ Without Cause .”

 

8.                                       Termination By Executive.

 

(a)                                  Termination for Good Reason .  Executive may terminate his employment hereunder by tendering his resignation to Iradimed.  Unless otherwise consented to in writing by Executive, a resignation by Executive shall be for “ Good Reason ,” where such resignation is tendered within sixty (60) days following: (a) a reduction in Executive’s minimum salary: (b) a significant diminution of Executive’s authority; or (c) the relocation of Executive’s

 

2



 

place of employment outside of a fifty (50) mile radius from its present location.  For purposes of this Agreement, significant diminution of authority is recognized as notification to Executive of a change in status, position, responsibilities, or any adverse change to compensation which is not broadly applied to management in the Company, which, in Executive’s reasonable judgment, represents a material adverse change from his status, position or responsibility.  Prior to accepting Executive’s resignation for any of the reasons set forth in this paragraph, the Company shall have an opportunity to rectify the matter that gave rise to Executive’s resignation.  If the matter is not rectified within fifteen (15) days, Executive’s resignation shall be deemed accepted by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Resignation in connection with a Control Transaction .  A resignation of Executive shall also be for “ Good Reason ” where such resignation is tendered within sixty (60) days following any of the events listed below and such event occurs within twelve (12) months following a Control Transaction as defined in Section 8(c):

 

(i)                                      an assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with, or a significant change in the nature or scope of Executive’s authority or duties from, those held by Executive immediately prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(ii)                                   a reduction in Executive’s annual salary or material bonus program reduction to the annual salary or bonus program in effect immediately prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(iii)                                the relocation of Executive’s place of employment outside of a fifty (50) mile radius from its present location;

 

(iv)                               the failure to provide Executive with a number of paid personal leave days at least equal to the number of paid personal leave days to which he was entitled in the last full calendar year prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(v)                                  the failure to provide Executive with substantially the same fringe benefits that were provided to Executive immediately prior to the Control Transaction, or with a package of fringe benefits that, though one or more of such benefits may vary from those in effect immediately prior to the Control Transaction, is, in Executive’s opinion, substantially at least as beneficial to Executive in all material respects to such fringe benefits taken as a whole;

 

(c)                                   Control Transaction .  In this Agreement, a “ Control Transaction ” means a change in control of the Company defined as a transfer of ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock.

 

3



 

9.                                       Disability.   If, during the terms of this Agreement, Executive becomes disabled such that he is not able to effectively discharge his duties under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of six (6) continuous months, Iradimed’s obligations under this Agreement shall cease, except that Executive may participate in any Iradimed-provided group disability benefits in accordance with the terms of those plans.

 

10.                                Consequences of Termination.

 

(a)                                  Termination Compensation

 

(i)                                      In the event that Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder Without Cause or Executive resigns from Iradimed with Good Reason, then Iradimed shall pay to Executive the full amount of a earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination, his accrued and unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, his approved business expenses, the full amount of any unpaid cash bonus awarded for any fiscal years prior to the date of termination and an amount equal to twelve (12) months Base Salary.  Such payment shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of such termination.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause or Executive resigns without Good Reason, Iradimed shall pay Executive his earned and unpaid Base Salary and his accrued and unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, and approved business expenses and Iradimed shall have no obligation to make any further payments to or to provide any further benefits hereunder to Executive.  Such payment shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of resignation or termination.

 

(b)                                  Change of Control Compensation.  Should a Change of Control event as in 8(c) above occur resulting in Executive resigning for reasons as per 8(b) above, Iradimed shall pay Executive the full amount of any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination, his accrued but unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, his approved business expenses, the full amount of any unpaid cash bonus awarded for any fiscal years prior to the resignation plus an amount equal to three (3) times his then current annual salary.

 

11.                                Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation/Confidentiality.   Executive agrees to execute a Non-Solicitation, Non-Compete and Confidentiality Agreement simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.

 

4



 

12.                                Ownership of Developments.  All information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material which Executive develops or conceives during his employment, (1) which are along the lines of business, work or investigations of the Company, or (2) which result from or are suggested by any work performed by Executive on behalf of the Company, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, shall be promptly disclosed to the Company, and Executive will promptly execute and deliver all documents and do all other things necessary and proper to make all such information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material the absolute property of the Company.  Executive agrees to assist the Company in every proper way to obtain for the Company’s benefit copyrights, patents, or other appropriate legal protection for information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material that become the exclusive property of the Company.  Executive agrees to abide by the terms of the Employee Innovation and Proprietary Information Agreement entered into between Executive and the Company.

 

13.                                Notices.   Any notice required or desired to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed given if in writing and sent by certified mail to the addresses set forth below.  Notice shall be deemed given immediately if delivered in person or within three (3) days after mailing by certified mail to the following addresses:

 

Roger Susi

Board of Directors

 

Iradimed Corporation

 

7457 Aloma Ave

 

Winter Park, FL 32792
Attn: Chairman of the Board

 

Any party may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this paragraph for the giving of notice.

 

14.                                Assignment.  Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal and that be therefore may not assign his rights or delegate his duties under this Agreement.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Iradimed, its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any entity which is or may become affiliated with or related to Iradimed.

 

15.                                Waiver .  Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not he deemed a waiver of such term or condition.  The waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement by any party shall not be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term of condition.

 

16.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Non-Solicitation, Non-Compete and Confidentiality Agreement, and the Employee Innovation and Proprietary Information Agreement contain the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein.  No modification of this Agreement shalt be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.  Section headings are for convenience only, and are neither a part of this Agreement nor a limitation of the scope of the particular sections to which they refer.

 

5



 

17.                                Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

18.                                Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any provision(s) or any part of any provision(s) is held to be illegal, void or invalid under applicable law, such provision(s) may be changed to the extent reasonably necessary to make the provision(s), as so changed, legal, valid and binding, and to reflect the original intentions of the parties as nearly as possible in accordance with applicable law.  This Agreement shall be construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either party.

 

19.                                Venue and Jurisdiction.   The parties to this Agreement hereby expressly and irrevocably elect as the sole judicial forum for the adjudication of any matters arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and consent and subject themselves to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Florida and/or the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Orlando Division.

 

20.                                Execution in Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as signatories.

 

21.                                Attorneys Fees and Costs .  In the event of any litigation, including arbitration, between or among the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party all costs incurred and reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees in all investigations, arbitrations, trials, bankruptcies and appeals.  If any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement is submitted to arbitration, the arbitrator or arbitrators shall have the power and authority to, and the parties herby direct that such arbitrator or arbitrators shall, determine entitlement to attorneys’ fees and costs, and the amount of such attorneys’ fees and costs, to be awarded to the prevailing party.  The parties agree and acknowledge that this provision, while it references arbitration, shall not be read to require the parties to submit to arbitration unless they agree to submit to arbitration in a separate, explicit, provision of this Agreement or in a separate written agreement.

 

[signature page follows]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jim Hawkins

 

Jim Hawkins

 

Chairman of Board

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

 

 

Roger Susi

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.10

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This agreement is made on the 7 day of December, 2011 between Iradimed Corporation, an Oklahoma corporation, having offices at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Winter Park, Florida (“Iradimed” or “Company’’), and Brent Johnson (“Executive”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS, Iradimed desires to employ Executive upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, and;

 

WHEREAS, Executive wishes to be employed by Iradimed on the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts, mutual promises and covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound thereby, Iradimed and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment.   Iradimed shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment by Iradimed, for the period and upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, beginning the 2 nd  day of January 2012.

 

2.                                       Title and Duties.   Executive shall serve Iradimed as Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing.  Executive will report to the President and shall have such authority and responsibilities as delegated or assigned from time to time as delegated or assigned by the President.  Executive shall primarily be responsible for meeting revenue and sales cost objectives (Revenue Plan), an initial such Revenue Plan is hereby attached for reference, and for developing and maintaining sales personnel meeting such Plan goals.

 

3.                                       Term.   This Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Sections 7 and 8 below.

 

4.                                       Policies.   Except as provided herein, Executive shall be covered by and agrees to comply with all Iradimed policies on the same terms as are applicable to other full-time executives.

 

5.                                       Extent of Services.   Executive shall devote his entire business and professional time and attention to the business of Iradimed.  Executive shall assume and perform his duties faithfully and with due diligence.  Executive shall not engage in any other occupation or business activity for the duration of this Agreement without the prior written consent of Iradimed, which consent shall be given or withheld at Iradimed’s sole discretion.

 



 

6.                                       Compensation.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary.   The Company shall pay Executive a minimum annual salary of one hundred seventy five thousand dollars ($175,000), or in the event of any portion of a year, a pro rata amount of such annual salary.  Executive’s salary will be payable as earned in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practice.  Executive shall also be entitled to a merit increase based on his base salary and subsequent to performance review, on his anniversary date beginning on January 3, 2013 and each year thereafter while Executive is employed by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Bonuses.   For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, Executive will be eligible to receive cash bonus compensation as follows: (a) cash bonus paid quarterly on meeting or exceeding 66% (two thirds) of total sales revenues at a rate payout of $25,000 at the 2012 Revenue Plan (example $25,000 / $5,000,000 = .005% x quarterly sales revenue); (b) $25,000 end of year bonus payable on achievement of 100% of the 2012 Revenue Plan; (c) end of year overachievement of plan bonus payable as $1,000 for each percentage that 2012 actual revenues exceed 2012 revenue plan.  For 2013 and beyond the bonus plan will be commensurate on the growth and ongoing success of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Equity Compensation.   The Company shall provide Executive with a stock option award that will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Iradimed Stock Option Agreement executed by Executive and Company.  The stock option award will be granted based on the total number of shares outstanding at the time of the award to include preferred stock, common stock and granted options (less 100,000 currently un-exercised options granted to sales personnel) and be awarded on the following schedule: (a) 5% of total shares outstanding awarded on commencement of employment at a company valuation of $8,000,000; (b) 3% of total shares outstanding awarded on November 1, 2012 at a company valuation of $8,000,000; (c) 2% of total shares outstanding awarded on December 31, 2013 at the company’s current valuation at the time of the grant.

 

(d)                                  Benefits.   Executive will be eligible to participate in Iradimed employee benefit plans that apply to all executive employees generally, including without limitation, deferred compensation, health and dental insurance programs, 401 (k) plan, twenty (20) days of paid personal leave, car allowance of not less than $600.00 per month plus fuel expenses, life insurance and similar plans and programs in accordance with the rules established for individual participation in any such plan.

 

7.                                       Termination By Iradimed.

 

(a)                                  Termination For Cause.  Iradimed may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “Cause” upon: (a) any material breach of this Agreement; (b) any gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of his duties as an Iradimed employee; (c) Executive’s commission of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (d) Executive’s commission or participation in any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty; (e) Executive’s willful breach of an Iradimed policy.  Executive shall not be terminated under subparagraphs (a) or (e) herein, unless he has received written notice of such breach from the Company’s President, has had an opportunity to respond to the notice, and has failed substantially to cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days of such notice.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Termination Without Cause.   In the event Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason other than Cause, such termination shall be deemed “Without Cause.”

 

8.                                       Termination By Executive.

 

(a)                                  Termination for Good Reason.   Executive may terminate his employment hereunder by tendering his resignation to Iradimed.  Unless otherwise consented to in writing by Executive, a resignation by Executive shall be for “Good Reason,” where such resignation is tendered within sixty (60) days following: (a) a reduction in Executive’s minimum salary; (b) a significant diminution of Executive’s authority; or (c) the relocation of Executive’s place of employment outside of a fifty (50) mile radius from its present location.  For purposes of this Agreement, significant diminution of authority is recognized as notification to Executive of a change in status, position, responsibilities, or any adverse change to compensation which is not broadly applied to management in the Company, which, in Executive’s reasonable judgment, represents a material adverse change from his status, position or responsibility.  Prior to accepting Executive’s resignation for any of the reasons set forth in this paragraph, the Company shall have an opportunity to rectify the matter that gave rise to Executive’s resignation. If the matter is not rectified within fifteen (15) days, Executive’s resignation shall be deemed accepted by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Resignation in connection with a Control Transaction .  A resignation of Executive shall also be for “Good Reason” where such resignation is tendered within sixty (60) days following any of the events listed below and such event occurs within twelve (12) months following a Control Transaction as defined in Section 8(c):

 

(i)                                      an assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with, or a significant change in the nature or scope of Executive’s authority or duties from, those held by Executive immediately prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(ii)                                   a reduction in Executive’s annual salary or bonus program in effect immediately prior to the Control Transaction;

 

(iii)                                the relocation of Executive’s place of employment outside of a fifty (50) mile radius from its present location;

 

(iv)                               the failure to provide Executive with a number of paid personal leave days at least equal to the number of paid personal leave days to which he was entitled in the last full calendar year prior to the Control Transaction;

 

3



 

(v)                                  the failure to provide Executive with substantially the same fringe benefits that were provided to Executive immediately prior to the Control Transaction, or with a package of fringe benefits that, though one or more of such benefits may vary from those in effect immediately prior to the Control Transaction, is, in Executive’s opinion, substantially at least as beneficial to Executive in all material respects to such fringe benefits taken as a whole;

 

(vi)                               the failure to obtain the express written assumption of and agreement to perform the obligations in this Agreement by any successor.

 

(c)                                   Control Transaction.   In this Agreement, a “Control Transaction” means a change in control of the Company defined as a transfer of ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock.

 

9.                                       Disability.   If, during the term of this Agreement, Executive becomes disabled such that he is not able to effectively discharge his duties under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of six (6) continuous months, Iradimed’s obligations under this Agreement shall cease, except that Executive may participate in any Iradimed-provided group disability benefits in accordance with the terms of those plans.

 

10.                                Consequences of Termination.

 

(a)                                  Compensation.

 

(i)                                      In the event that Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder Without Cause or Executive resigns from Iradimed with Good Reason, then Iradimed shall pay to Executive the full amount of any earned but unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination, his accrued and unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, his approved business expenses, the full amount of any unpaid cash bonus for any fiscal years prior to the date of termination and an amount equal to twelve (12) months Base Salary.  Such payment shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of resignation or termination.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that Iradimed terminates Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause or Executive resigns without Good Reason, Iradimed shall pay Executive his earned and unpaid Base Salary and his accrued and unused vacation leave as of the last day worked, and approved business expenses and Iradimed shall have no obligation to make any further payments to or to provide any further benefits hereunder to Executive.  Such payment shall be made within fifteen (15) days of the effective date of resignation or termination.

 

11.                                Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation/Confidentiality.   Executive agrees to execute a Covenant Not to Compete and Confidentiality Agreement simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.

 

4



 

12.                                Ownership of Developments.  All information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material which Executive develops or conceives during his employment, (1) which are along the lines of business, work or investigations of the Company, or (2) which result from or are suggested by any work performed by Executive on behalf of the Company, shall be the exclusive property of the Company, shall be promptly disclosed to the Company, and Executive will promptly execute and deliver all documents and do all other things necessary and proper to make all such information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material the absolute property of the Company.  Executive agrees to assist the Company in every proper way to obtain for the Company’s benefit copyrights, patents, or other appropriate legal protection for information, data, ideas, customer lists or other material that become the exclusive property of the Company.

 

13.                                Notices.   Any notice required or desired to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed given if in writing and sent by certified mail to the addresses set forth below. Notice shall be deemed given immediately if delivered in person or within three (3) days after mailing by certified mail to the following addresses:

 

Brent Johnson

 

Roger Susi, President
Iradimed Corporation
7457 Aloma Ave.
Winter Park, FL 32792

 

Any party may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this paragraph for the giving of notice.

 

14.                                Assignment.   Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal and that he therefore may not assign his rights or delegate his duties under this Agreement.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Iradimed, its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any entity which is or may become affiliated with or related to Iradimed.

 

15.                                Waiver.   Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition.  The waiver of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement by any party shall not be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term of condition.

 

16.                                Entire Agreement.   This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations, or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein.  No modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.  Section headings are for convenience only, and are neither a part of this Agreement nor a limitation of the scope of the particular sections to which they refer.

 

17.                                Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

5



 

18.                                Severability.   The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if any provision(s) or any part of any provision(s) is held to be illegal, void or invalid under applicable law, such provision(s) may be changed to the extent reasonably necessary to make the provision(s), as so changed, legal, valid and binding, and to reflect the original intentions of the parties as nearly as possible in accordance with applicable law.  This Agreement shall be construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either party.

 

19.                                Venue and Jurisdiction.   The parties to this Agreement hereby expressly and irrevocably elect as the sole judicial forum for the adjudication of any matters arising under or in connection with this Agreement, and consent and subject themselves to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Florida and/or the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Orlando Division.

 

20.                                Execution in Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as signatories.

 

21.                                Attorneys Fees and Costs.   In the event of any litigation, including arbitration, between or among the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party all costs incurred and reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees in all investigations, arbitrations, trials, bankruptcies and appeals.  If any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement is submitted to arbitration, the arbitrator or arbitrators shall have the power and authority to, and the parties herby direct that such arbitrator or arbitrators shall, determine entitlement to attorneys fees and costs, and the amount of such attorneys’ fees and costs, to be awarded to the prevailing party.  The parties agree and acknowledge that this provision, while it references arbitration, shall not be read to require the parties to submit to arbitration unless they agree to submit to arbitration in a separate, explicit, provision of this Agreement or in a separate written agreement.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

Roger Susi

 

President

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brent Johnson

 

Brent Johnson

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.11

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

SUPPLY AGREEMENT

 

between

 

Iradimed Corp.

 

and

 

Fukoku Co., Ltd.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

THIS Supplier Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of January 26, 2014 (“Effective Date”) by and between Iradimed Corp ., having its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Ave. Winter Park, FL 32792 USA (“Iradimed”)

 

And

 

Fukoku Co., Ltd.  Motor Division having its principal place of business at Kurakake Dai-Ichi Kyogo Danchi, Oura-Machi, Gunma 370-0614, Japan (“Supplier”)

 

WHEREAS Iradimed is engaged in the development, design engineering, marketing, sales and delivery of various MRI compatible systems and equipment, including MR IV fluid pumping and control devices.

 

WHEREAS Supplier is engaged amongst other things, in the development, design engineering, manufacturing, marketing and sales of Ultra sonic motors and control devises;

 

WHEREAS, subject to Suppliers competitiveness and Iradimeds’ demands, Iradimed desires to purchase from Supplier as its sole suppler, a regular quantity of MR compatible ( non-magnetic) ultra sonic motors and control devices (“Products”) for integration into Iradimeds’ medical systems and Supplier shall sell and deliver to Iradimed such ordered Products, accordingly;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1                                                                            TERM

 

1.1                                Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Agreement shall have a term of Five (5) years from the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.2                                Unless terminated earlier in accordance with article 13, this Agreement shall remain in effect until January 25, 2019, and thereafter may be further renewed with mutual written consent of Iradimed and Supplier six (6) months before from expiry date of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2                                                                            SUPPLY OF THE PRODUCTS

 

For purpose of this Agreement, the “Products” mean the specified Ultra Sonic motors as described in Exhibit A and its modified version agreed in writing by the Parties. Subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, Supplier agrees to sell the Products and its control device to Iradimed, Iradimed agrees to purchase the Products and its control device from the Supplier. Supplier further agrees to not sell the Products to any other third party as long as Iradimed perform the yearly minimum purchase obligation as stipulated in Article 3.

 

Also, the Parties confirmed and agreed that the Products have been or will be designed and manufactured by Supplier with Iradimed specification and requirements input, Ultra sonic motors as Exhibit A have been modified and improved from prototype as follows; (i)  **** , (ii)  **** , (iii)  **** , (iv)  **** , and (v)  **** .

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Therefore, the Parties confirmed that the Ultra sonic motors described in Exhibit A may be, from time to time, modified thereafter. Provided, however, that, such modifications shall be valid only by an Agreement in writing signed by the Parties.

 

ARTICLE 3                                                                            YEARLY MINIMUM PURCHASE OBLIGATION

 

Iradimed shall present Supplier with the latest forecast of yearly purchase for each calendar year, at least three (3) months prior to the first date of each contractual year hereinafter set forth.

 

As one of the main conditions prerequisite to the continuation of this Agreement, Iradimed guarantees to purchase the Products from Supplier during the term, in a quantity per year not less than:

 

Each contractual year and yearly minimum purchase of the Products shall be as follows:

 

1 st  year (2014): five hundred (500) units

 

2 nd  year (2015): six hundred (600) units

 

3 rd  (2016) thru 5 th  (2018): seven hundred (700 units) per year

 

ARTICLE 4                                                                            QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM

 

Supplier’s quality control system shall comply with and be maintained in accordance with the quality standard; ISO9001/2000 agreed by the parties hereto, or its latest version. Iradimed, or its designates are entitled to carry out, with reasonable prior notice to the Supplier, quality audits at Supplier’s premises according to the filed-work audit standards agreed by the parties.

 

ARTICLE 5                                                                            CHANGE

 

Supplier may not change, substitute or modify the Products without Iradimeds’ prior written Approval.

 

ARTICLE 6                                                                            PAYMENT CONDITION

 

Unless otherwise agreed, Iradimed shall pay in advance by telegraphic transfer in Japanese Yen, all invoices issued by the Supplier, within seven (7) days from the date of invoice, at the selling price to Iradimed by Supplier as set forth the price list of the Products agreed between the parties effective on the order by Iradimed as confirmed by Supplier.

 

ARTICLE 7                                                                            DELIVERY TERM

 

Supplier shall prepare products for delivery within ninety (90) days from purchase order date by Iradimed and seven (7) days prior to the deadline of the delivery, and notify Iradimed accordingly as it become available. Supplier shall send Iradimed the Products within three (3) business days after receipt of Payment, by airfreight (including International Express Mailing Service).

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Except as the parties may otherwise agree in writing, all sales of the Products by Supplier to Iradimed hereunder shall be made on the basis of F.O.B. any Japanese -or airport (including post office).

 

ARTICLE 8                                                                            TITLE AND RISK

 

The title to and risk of the Products shall pass to Iradimed at the time when delivered by Supplier at F.O.B. point.

 

ARTICLE 9                                                                            WARRANTY

 

9.1                                Supplier warrants that the Products meet the Specification required by Iradimed and the designs by the Supplier and are free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty by the Supplier shall continue for a period of twelve (12) months from at the date of the shipment stipulated in the Article 9.3.

 

9.2                                Supplier shall not be responsible for such defect in the event that such defect arises from:

 

(i)                                      wilful damage to or misuse of the Products by Iradimed, its employees or customers; or

 

(ii)                                   proven negligence or misconduct on the part of Iradimed, its employees or customers;

 

(iii)                                failure by Iradimed, its employees or customers to comply with the written instructions contained in the Supplier’s Manual or similar.

 

9.3                                Without prejudice to the Iradimed’s other rights under this Agreement or at law, if Iradimed discovers any breach of the warranty stipulated in Article 9.1 on the Products delivered within twelve (12) months from the issuing date of the air waybill, it may at its sole discretion;

 

(i)                                      notify Supplier that it requires Supplier to replace the Products or replace any part thereof; or

 

(ii)                                   replace the Products or repair any part thereof itself or arrange for such repair to be undertaken by a third party in which case necessary reimbursement is made with respect to such repairs being undertaken by a third party.

 

9.4                                The warranty set forth herein is in lieu of any and all other warranties express or implied including the warranties or merchantability and/or fitness for special purpose.

 

Supplier shall not be liable for any indirect and/or consequential damages.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

ARTICLE 10                                                                     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

In no event shall Supplier be liable to Iradimed, whether in contract or in tort or under any other legal theory, for lost profits or revenues, loss of use or similar economic loss, or for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential or similar damages arising out of or in connection with the sale, storage, use, maintenance, condition or possession of the Products, or for any claim made against Iradimed by any other party, even if Supplier has been advised of the possibility of such claim.

 

In no event shall Supplier’s liability under any claim made by Iradimed exceed the purchase price actually paid by Iradimed for the Products in respect of which such claim is made.

 

ARTICLE 11                                                                     CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Except as required by law, regulation, legal process, or similar process, each party:

 

(i)                                      shall keep all Confidential Information confidential and shall not disclose and Confidential Information to any third party; and

 

(ii)                                   shall not use any Confidential Information for any purpose other than the evolution of the proposed transaction or the consummation of the proposed transaction.

 

ARTICLE 12                                                                     FORCE MAJEURE

 

Neither party shall be held responsible for failure or delay to perform all or any part of this Agreement if the performance of any part of this Agreement shall be interfered with for any length of time by riots, war, acts of God, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, strikes or any other similar or dissimilar causes which are beyond the control of the parties hereto. If such delay or failure shall continue for a period of more than three (3) months, either party hereto may terminate this Agreement with a written notice to the party, without any liability being attached to any of the party hereto.

 

ARTICLE 13                                                                     TERMINATION

 

Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice if:

 

(i)                                      the other party fails to perform any obligation under this Agreement including but not limited to failure or default in payment any money when due hereunder, and such failure not being cured within (21) days after the date or notice hereof requiring the other party to remedy such failure;

 

(ii)                                   default in yearly minimum purchase obligation of article 3;

 

(iii)                                the other party makes or offers to make a corporate arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

(iv)                               a petition or resolution for the making of the winding up, or the dissolution of the other party is presented or passed; or

 

(v)                                  a liquidator, receiver, administrator takes possession of or is appointed over the Whole or any part of the assets of the other party;

 

(vi)                               Neither party may terminate this Agreement other than pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Expiry or valid termination hereof shall not affect any accrued rights or liabilities of either party or claims which either party may have against the other for prior breach.

 

ARTICLE 14                                                                     OBLIGATION AFTER TERMINATION

 

14.1                         The provisions of the Agreement shall, in the event of expiration or termination thereof, continue to apply to rights and duties of the parties existing under this Agreement or sales contract thereunder, at the time of termination or expiration of this Agreement, provided, however, that Supplier shall have an option to cancel without any liability an order accepted but not performed before such termination or expiration.

 

14.2                         Iradimed shall not be entitled to indemnities, damages or other compensation of any kind as a result of expiration or termination of this Agreement, except for fault of Supplier.

 

ARTICLE 15                                                                     GOVERNING LAW

 

15.1                         This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of Japan.

 

15.2                         The courts of Japan are to have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and the documents to be entererd into pursuant to it. Iradimed and Supplier irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of such courts. This ARTICLE 14.2 shall not limit its right to bring Proceeding in any other court of competent jurisdiction in any country.

 

ARTICLE 16                                                                     GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

16.1                         This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument duly executed by Iradimed and Supplier.

 

16.2                         This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

16.3                         This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties and merges all prior discussions and negotiations between them.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

16.4                         Notices will be addressed as follows:

 

If to Iradimed:

Iradimed Corp

 

 

 

7457 Aloma Ave.

 

 

 

Winter Park, FL 32792 USA

 

 

 

Roger Susi

 

 

 

Fax no: #001 407 677-5037

 

 

If to Supplier:

Fukoku Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Motor Division

 

 

 

Kurakake Dai-Ichi Kyogo Danchi, Oura-Machi

 

 

 

Gunma 370-0614

 

 

 

JAPAN

 

 

 

Attn: Daisuke Takahata

 

 

 

Fax no: 81 276-89-1433

 

16.5                         If there is any conflict between any provisions of this Agreement with any provision of an Exhibit or purchase order, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

16.6                         Each party represents and warrants to others, that it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any agreements related hereto and, subject terms and conditions hereof, this Agreement, when executed will be a valid and legally binding obligation of such party according to its provisions;

 

16.7                         Notwithstanding the preparation or existence of any other language, the Japanese version prevail.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in a manner legally binding upon them.

 

Iradimed Corp

 

Fukoku Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Winter Park, FL 32792 USA

 

Gunma, Japan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Roger Susi

 

Signature:

/s/ Daisuke Takahata

 

 

 

Name: Roger Susi

 

Name: Daisuke Takahata

 

 

 

Title: President

 

Title: General Manager

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date: 3 March, 2014

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR CERTAIN REDACTED PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (****) TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE.  THE CONFIDENTIAL PORTION HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Exhibit A

 

****

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

JULY 05, 2006

 

 

PTAS

*700273157A*

KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP

*700273157A*

2040 MAIN STREET

 

FOURTEENTH FLOOR

 

IRVINE, CA 92614

 

 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
NOTICE OF RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENT DOCUMENT

 

THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENT HAS BEEN RECORDED BY THE ASSIGNMENT DIVISION OF THE U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE.  A COMPLETE MICROFILM COPY IS AVAILABLE AT THE ASSIGNMENT SEARCH ROOM ON THE REEL AND FRAME NUMBER REFERENCED BELOW.

 

PLEASE REVIEW ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS NOTICE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS RECORDATION NOTICE REFLECTS THE DATA PRESENT IN THE PATENT AND TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM.  IF YOU SHOULD FIND ANY ERRORS OR HAVE QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS NOTICE, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EMPLOYEE WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THIS NOTICE AT 571-272-3350.  PLEASE SEND REQUEST FOR CORRECTION TO:  U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE, MAIL STOP:  ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH, P.O. BOX 1450, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22313.

 

RECORDATION DATE: 06/28/2006

REEL/FRAME: 017873/0768

 

NUMBER OF PAGES: 3

 

BRIEF:  ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR’S INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS).
DOCKET NUMBER:  IRAD.001A

 

ASSIGNOR:

SUSI, ROGER E.

DOC DATE: 06/26/2006

 

ASSIGNEE:

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

7457 ALOMA AVENUE

 

SUITE 201

 

WINTER PARK, FLORIDA 32792

 

 

 

SERIAL NUMBER: 10174341

FILING DATE: 06/17/2002

PATENT NUMBER:

ISSUE DATE:

TITLE:  NON-MAGNETIC MEDICAL INFUSION DEVICE

 



 

017873/0768     PAGE 2

 

DIANE RUSSELE, PARALEGAL
ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH
PUBLIC RECORDS DIVISION

 



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

WHEREAS, I, Roger E. Susi, a United States citizen, have invented certain new and useful improvements in a NON-MAGNETIC MEDICAL INFUSION DEVICE for which I have filed an application for Letters Patent in the United States, Application No. 10/174,341, filed on June 17, 2002;

 

AND WHEREAS, IRADIMED CORPORATION (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), an Oklahoma Corporation, .with its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792, desires to acquire the entire right, title, and interest in and to the said improvements and the said Application:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to me in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, the said inventor, do hereby acknowledge that I have sold, assigned, transferred and set over, and by these presents do hereby sell, assign, transfer and set over, unto the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to and under the said improvements, and the said application and all provisional applications relating thereto, and all divisions, renewals and continuations thereof, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for Letters Patent which may hereafter be filed for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States, and all Letters Patent which may be granted for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals and reissues thereof; and I hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country or countries foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patent for said improvements to the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this instrument.

 

AND I DO HEREBY sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of the said Letters Patent before or after issuance.

 

AND I HEREBY covenant and agree that I will communicate to the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to me respecting said improvements, and testify in any legal proceeding, sign all lawful papers, execute all divisional, continuing and reissue applications, make all rightful oaths and generally do everything possible to aid the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, to ·obtain and enforce proper patent protection for said improvements in all countries.

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 26 day of June, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Roger E. Susi

 

Roger E. Susi

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 6/26/06, before me, Chris Williamson, personally appeared Roger E. Susi personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity(ies), and that by his signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Chris Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

JULY 05, 2006

 

 

PTAS

*700273158A*

KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP

*700273158A*

2040 MAIN STREET

 

FOURTEENTH FLOOR

 

IRVINE, CA  92614

 

 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
NOTICE OF RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENT DOCUMENT

 

THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENT HAS BEEN RECORDED BY THE ASSIGNMENT DIVISION OF THE U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE.  A COMPLETE MICROFILM COPY IS AVAILABLE AT THE ASSIGNMENT SEARCH ROOM ON THE REEL AND FRAME NUMBER REFERENCED BELOW.

 

PLEASE REVIEW ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS NOTICE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS RECORDATION NOTICE REFLECTS THE DATA PRESENT IN THE PATENT AND TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM.  IF YOU SHOULD FIND ANY ERRORS OR HAVE QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS NOTICE, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EMPLOYEE WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THIS NOTICE AT 571-272-3350.  PLEASE SEND REQUEST FOR CORRECTION TO:  U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE, MAIL STOP:  ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH, P.O. BOX 1450, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22313.

 

RECORDATION DATE:  06/28/2006

REEL/FRAME:  017873/0780

 

NUMBER OF PAGES:  3

 

BRIEF:  ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR’S INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS).
DOCKET NUMBER:  IRAD.002A

 

ASSIGNOR:

SUSI, ROGER E.

DOC DATE:  06/26/2006

 

ASSIGNEE:

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

7457 ALOMA AVENUE

 

SUITE 201

 

WINTER PARK, FLORIDA 32792

 

 

 

SERIAL NUMBER:  10964333

FILING DATE: 10/12/2004

PATENT NUMBER:

ISSUE DATE:

TITLE:  NON-MAGNETIC MEDICAL INFUSION DEVICE

 



 

017873/0780     PAGE 2

 

THERESA FREDERICK, EXAMINER
ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH
PUBLIC RECORDS DIVISION

 



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

WHEREAS, I, Roger E. Susi, a United States citizen, have invented certain new and useful improvements in a NON-MAGNETIC MEDICAL INFUSION DEVICE for which I have filed an application for Letters Patent in the United States, Application No. 10/964,333, filed on October 12, 2004;

 

AND WHEREAS, IRADIMED CORPORATION (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), an Oklahoma Corporation, with its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792, desires to acquire the entire right, title, and interest in and to the said improvements and the said Application:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to me in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, the said inventor, do hereby acknowledge that I have sold, assigned, transferred and set over, and by these presents do hereby sell, assign, transfer and set over, unto the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to and under the said improvements, and the said application and all provisional applications relating thereto, and all divisions, renewals and continuations thereof, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for Letters Patent which may hereafter be filed for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States, and all Letters Patent which may be granted for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals and reissues thereof; and I hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country or countries foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patent for said improvements to the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this instrument.

 

AND I DO HEREBY sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of the said Letters Patent before or after issuance.

 

AND I HEREBY covenant and agree that I will communicate to the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to me respecting said improvements, and testify in any legal proceeding, sign all lawful papers, execute all divisional, continuing and reissue applications, make all rightful oaths and generally do everything possible to aid the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, to obtain and enforce proper patent protection for said improvements in all countries.

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 26 day of June, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Roger E. Susi

 

Roger E. Susi

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 6/26/06, before me, Chris Williamson, personally appeared Roger E. Susi personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity(ies), and that by his signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Chris Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

JULY 05, 2006

 

 

PTAS

*700273159A*

KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP

*700273159A*

2040 MAIN STREET

 

FOURTEENTH FLOOR

 

IRVINE, CA 92614

 

 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
NOTICE OF RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENT DOCUMENT

 

THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENT HAS BEEN RECORDED BY THE ASSIGNMENT DIVISION OF THE U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE.  A COMPLETE MICROFILM COPY IS AVAILABLE AT THE ASSIGNMENT SEARCH ROOM ON THE REEL AND FRAME NUMBER REFERENCED BELOW.

 

PLEASE REVIEW ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS NOTICE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS RECORDATION NOTICE REFLECTS THE DATA PRESENT IN THE PATENT AND TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM.  IF YOU SHOULD FIND ANY ERRORS OR HAVE QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS NOTICE, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EMPLOYEE WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THIS NOTICE AT 571-272-3350.  PLEASE SEND REQUEST FOR CORRECTION TO:  U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE, MAIL STOP:  ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH, P.O. BOX 1450, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22313.

 

RECORDATION DATE: 06/28/2006

REEL/FRAME: 017873/0771

 

NUMBER OF PAGES: 3

 

BRIEF:  ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR’S INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS).
DOCKET NUMBER:  IRAD.2CPCP

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

SUSI, ROGER E.

DOC DATE: 06/26/2006

 

ASSIGNEE:

IRADIMED CORPORATION

7457 ALOMA AVENUE

SUITE 201

WINTER PARK, FLORIDA  32792

 

SERIAL NUMBER: 11271705

FILING DATE: 11/10/2005

PATENT NUMBER:

ISSUE DATE:

TITLE: LIQUID INFUSION APPARATUS

 

 



 

017873/0771     PAGE 2

 

THERESA FREDERICK, EXAMINER
ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH
PUBLIC RECORDS DIVISION

 



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

WHEREAS, I, Roger E. Susi, a United States citizen, have invented certain new and useful improvements in a LIQUID INFUSION APPARATUS for which I have filed an application for Letters Patent in the United States, Application No. 11/271,705, filed on November 10, 2005;

 

AND WHEREAS, IRADIMED CORPORATION (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), an Oklahoma Corporation, with its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792, desires to acquire the entire right, title, and interest in and to the said improvements and the said Application:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to me in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, the said inventor, do hereby acknowledge that I have sold, assigned, transferred and set over, and by these presents do hereby sell, assign, transfer and set over, unto the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to and under the said improvements, and the said application and all provisional applications relating thereto, and all divisions, renewals and continuations thereof, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for Letters Patent which may hereafter be filed for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States, and all Letters Patent which may be granted for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals and reissues thereof; and I hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country or countries foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patent for said improvements to the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this instrument.

 

AND I DO HEREBY sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of the said Letters Patent before or after issuance.

 

AND I HEREBY covenant and agree that I will communicate to the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to me respecting said improvements, and testify in any legal proceeding, sign all lawful papers, execute all divisional, continuing and reissue applications, make all rightful oaths and generally do everything possible to aid the said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, to obtain and enforce proper patent protection for said improvements in all countries.

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 26 day of June, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Roger E. Susi

 

Roger E. Susi

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 6/26/06, before me, Chris Williamson, personally appeared Roger E. Susi personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity(ies), and that by his signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Chris Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

NOVEMBER 14, 2007

 

 

PTAS

*500398703A*

KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP

 

2040 MAIN STREET

 

FOURTEENTH FLOOR

 

IRVINE, CA 92614

 

 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
NOTICE OF RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENT DOCUMENT

 

THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENT HAS BEEN RECORDED BY THE ASSIGNMENT DIVISION OF THE U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE.  A COMPLETE MICROFILM COPY IS AVAILABLE AT THE ASSIGNMENT SEARCH ROOM ON THE REEL AND FRAME NUMBER REFERENCED BELOW.

 

PLEASE REVIEW ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS NOTICE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS RECORDATION NOTICE REFLECTS THE DATA PRESENT IN THE PATENT AND TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM.  IF YOU SHOULD FIND ANY ERRORS OR HAVE QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS NOTICE, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EMPLOYEE WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THIS NOTICE AT 571-272-3350.  PLEASE SEND REQUEST FOR CORRECTION TO:  U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE, MAIL STOP:  ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH, P.O. BOX 1450, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22313.

 

RECORDATION DATE: 11/14/2007

REEL/FRAME: 020113/0321

 

NUMBER OF PAGES: 3

 

BRIEF:  ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR’S INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS).
DOCKET NUMBER:  IRAD.003PR

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

SUSI, ROGER E.

DOC DATE: 10/29/2007

 

ASSIGNEE:

IRADIMED CORPORATION

7457 ALOMA AVENUE

SUITE 201

WINTER PARK, FLORIDA 32792

 

SERIAL NUMBER: 60949812

FILING DATE: 07/13/2007

PATENT NUMBER:

ISSUE DATE:

TITLE: SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH AN INFUSION DEVICE

 



 

020113/0321     PAGE 2

 

ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH
PUBLIC RECORDS DIVISION

 



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

WHEREAS, I, Roger E. Susi, a United States citizen, have invented certain new and useful improvements in a SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH AN INFUSION DEVICE for which I have filed an application for Letters Patent in the United States, Application No. 60/949,812, filed on July 13, 2007;

 

AND WHEREAS, IRADIMED CORPORATION (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), an Oklahoma Corporation, with its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792, desires to acquire the entire right, title, and interest in and to the said improvements and the said Application:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to me in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, said inventor, do hereby acknowledge that I have sold, assigned, transferred and set over, and by these presents do hereby sell, assign, transfer and set over, unto said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to and under said improvements, and said application including all provisional applications relating thereto (including but not limited to U.S. Provisional Application No(s). 60/949,812, filed July 13, 2007 (respectively if plural applications)), and all divisions, renewals and continuations thereof, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for Letters Patent which may hereafter be filed for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States, and all Letters Patent which may be granted for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals and reissues thereof; and I hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country or countries foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patent for said improvements to said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this instrument.

 

AND I DO HEREBY sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of said Letters Patent before or after issuance.

 

AND I HEREBY covenant and agree that I will communicate to said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to me respecting said improvements, and testify in any legal proceeding, sign all lawful papers, execute all divisional, continuing and reissue applications, make all rightful oaths and generally do everything possible to aid said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, to obtain and enforce proper patent protection for said improvements in all countries.

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 29 day of October, 2007.

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

Roger Susi

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 10/29/07, before me, Chris Williamson, notary public, personally appeared Roger Susi personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacity(ies), and that by their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Chris Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

AUGUST 28, 2008

 

 

PTAS

*500633746A*

KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP

2040 MAIN STREET

FOURTEENTH FLOOR

IRVINE, CA  92614

 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
NOTICE OF RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENT DOCUMENT

 

THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENT HAS BEEN RECORDED BY THE ASSIGNMENT DIVISION OF THE U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE.  A COMPLETE MICROFILM COPY IS AVAILABLE AT THE ASSIGNMENT SEARCH ROOM ON THE REEL AND FRAME NUMBER REFERENCED BELOW.

 

PLEASE REVIEW ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS NOTICE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS RECORDATION NOTICE REFLECTS THE DATA PRESENT IN THE PATENT AND TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM.  IF YOU SHOULD FIND ANY ERRORS OR HAVE QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS NOTICE, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EMPLOYEE WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THIS NOTICE AT 571-272-3350.  PLEASE SEND REQUEST FOR CORRECTION TO:  U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE, MAIL STOP:  ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH, P.O. BOX 1450, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22313.

 

RECORDATION DATE: 08/28/2008

REEL/FRAME: 021458/0085

 

NUMBER OF PAGES: 3

 

BRIEF:  ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR’S INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS).
DOCKET NUMBER:  IRAD.002C1

 

ASSIGNOR:

SUSI, ROGER E.

DOC DATE: 08/28/2008

 

ASSIGNEE:

IRADIMED CORPORATION

 

7457 ALOMA AVENUE

 

SUITE 201

 

WINTER PARK, FLORIDA 32792

 

 

 

SERIAL NUMBER: 12138172

FILING DATE: 06/12/2008

PATENT NUMBER:

ISSUE DATE:

TITLE:  NON-MAGNETIC MEDICAL INFUSION DEVICE

 



 

021458/0085     PAGE 2

 

ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH
PUBLIC RECORDS DIVISION

 



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

WHEREAS, I, Roger E. Susi, a US citizen; have invented certain new and useful improvements in a NON-MAGNETIC MEDICAL INFUSION DEVICE for which I have filed an application for Letters Patent in the United States, Application No. 12/138,172, filed on June 12, 2008;

 

AND WHEREAS, IRADIMED CORPORATION (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), an Oklahoma Corporation, with its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792, desires to acquire the entire right, title, and interest in and to said improvements and said Application:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to me in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, said inventor, do hereby acknowledge that I have sold, assigned, transferred and set over, and by these presents do hereby sell, assign, transfer and set over, unto said ASSIGNEE, his successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to and under said improvements, and said application including all provisional applications relating thereto, and all divisions, renewals and continuations thereof, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for Letters Patent which may hereafter be filed for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States, and all Letters Patent which may be granted for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals and reissues thereof; and I hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country or countries foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patent for said improvements to said ASSIGNEE, his successors, legal representatives and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this instrument.

 

AND I DO HEREBY sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, his successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation· of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of said Letters Patent before or after issuance.

 

AND I HEREBY covenant and agree that I will communicate to said ASSIGNEE, his successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to me respecting said improvements, and testify in any legal proceeding, sign all lawful papers, execute all divisional, continuing and reissue applications, make all rightful oaths and generally do everything possible to aid said ASSIGNEE, his successors, legal representatives and assigns, to obtain and enforce proper patent protection for said improvements in all countries.

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 28 day of August, 2008.

 

 

 

/s/ Roger E. Susi

 

Roger E. Susi

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 8/28/2008, before me, Christopher A. Williamson, notary public, personally appeared Roger E. Susi who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Christopher Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 


 



Exhibit 10.17

 

DECEMBER 10, 2008

 

 

PTAS

*5007264466A*

KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP

 

2040 MAIN STREET

 

FOURTEENTH FLOOR

 

IRVINE, CA 92614

 

 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
NOTICE OF RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENT DOCUMENT

 

THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENT HAS BEEN RECORDED BY THE ASSIGNMENT DIVISION OF THE U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE.  A COMPLETE MICROFILM COPY IS AVAILABLE AT THE ASSIGNMENT SEARCH ROOM ON THE REEL AND FRAME NUMBER REFERENCED BELOW.

 

PLEASE REVIEW ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS NOTICE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS RECORDATION NOTICE REFLECTS THE DATA PRESENT IN THE PATENT AND TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM.  IF YOU SHOULD FIND ANY ERRORS OR HAVE QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS NOTICE, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EMPLOYEE WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THIS NOTICE AT 571-272-3350.  PLEASE SEND REQUEST FOR CORRECTION TO:  U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE, MAIL STOP:  ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH, P.O. BOX 1450, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22313.

 

RECORDATION DATE: 12/10/2008

REEL/FRAME: 021955/0115

 

NUMBER OF PAGES: 5

 

BRIEF:  ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR’S INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS).
DOCKET NUMBER:  IRAD.003A

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

SUSI, ROGER E.

DOC DATE: 12/03/2008

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

HEFELE, DAVID

DOC DATE: 12/03/2008

 

ASSIGNEE:

IRADIMED CORPORATION

7457 ALOMA AVENUE

SUITE 201

WINTER PARK, FLORIDA 32792

 

SERIAL NUMBER: 12172906

FILING DATE: 07/14/2008

PATENT NUMBER:

ISSUE DATE:

TITLE: SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH AN INFUSION DEVICE

 



 

021955/0115     PAGE 2

 

ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH
PUBLIC RECORDS DIVISION

 



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

WHEREAS, We, Roger Susi, a US citizen, and David Hefele, a US citizen, have invented certain new and useful improvements in a SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH AN INFUSION DEVICE for which we have filed an application for Letters Patent in the United States, Application No. 12/172,906 filed on July 14, 2008;

 

AND WHEREAS, IRADIMED CORPORATION (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), an Oklahoma Corporation, with its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792, desires to acquire the entire right, title, and interest in and to said improvements and said Application:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to me in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, said inventor, do hereby acknowledge that I have sold, assigned, transferred and set over, and by these presents do hereby sell, assign, transfer and set over, unto said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to and under said improvements, and said application including all provisional applications relating thereto (including but not limited to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/949,812, filed July 13, 2007), and all divisions, renewals and continuations thereof, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for Letters Patent which may hereafter be filed for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States, and all Letters Patent which may be granted for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals and reissues thereof; and I hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country or countries foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patent for said improvements to said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this instrument.

 

AND WE DO HEREBY sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, his successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of said Letters Patent before or after issuance.

 

AND WE HEREBY covenant and agree that we will communicate to said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to us respecting said improvements, and testify in any legal proceeding, sign all lawful papers, execute all divisional, continuing and reissue applications, make all rightful oaths and generally do everything possible to aid said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, to obtain and enforce proper patent protection for said improvements in all countries.

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 3 day of December, 2008.

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

Roger Susi

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 12/3/08, before me, Chris Williamson, notary public, personally appeared Roger Susi who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Florida that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Chris Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 3 day of December, 2008.

 

 

 

/s/ David Hefele

 

David Hefele

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 12/3/08, before me, Chris Williamson, notary public, personally appeared David Hefele who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Florida that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Chris Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

DECEMBER 17, 2009

 

 

PTAS

*501043514A*

KNOBBE MARTENS OLSON & BEAR LLP

 

2040 MAIN STREET

 

FOURTEENTH FLOOR

 

IRVINE, CA 92614

 

 

UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
NOTICE OF RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENT DOCUMENT

 

THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENT HAS BEEN RECORDED BY THE ASSIGNMENT DIVISION OF THE U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE.  A COMPLETE MICROFILM COPY IS AVAILABLE AT THE ASSIGNMENT SEARCH ROOM ON THE REEL AND FRAME NUMBER REFERENCED BELOW.

 

PLEASE REVIEW ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS NOTICE.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS RECORDATION NOTICE REFLECTS THE DATA PRESENT IN THE PATENT AND TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM.  IF YOU SHOULD FIND ANY ERRORS OR HAVE QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS NOTICE, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EMPLOYEE WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THIS NOTICE AT 571-272-3350.  PLEASE SEND REQUEST FOR CORRECTION TO:  U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE, MAIL STOP:  ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH, P.O. BOX 1450, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22313.

 

RECORDATION DATE: 12/16/2009

REEL/FRAME: 023664/0996

 

NUMBER OF PAGES: 3

 

BRIEF:  ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR’S INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS).
DOCKET NUMBER:  IRAD.007A

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

SUSI, ROGER

DOC DATE: 12/15/2009

 

ASSIGNEE:

IRADIMED CORPORATION

7457 ALOMA AVENUE

SUITE 201

WINTER PARK, FLORIDA 32792

 

SERIAL NUMBER: 12639825

FILING DATE: 06/17/2002

PATENT NUMBER:

ISSUE DATE:

 

TITLE:                  SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INDICATING STATUS OF A PHYSIOLOGICAL PARAMETER

 



 

023664/0996     PAGE 2

 

ASSIGNMENT SERVICES BRANCH
PUBLIC RECORDS DIVISION

 



 

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

WHEREAS, I, Roger Susi, a United States citizen, have invented certain new and useful improvements in SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INDICATING STATUS OF A PHYSIOLOGICAL PARAMETER for which I have executed an application for Letters Patent in the United States, filed on even date herewith;

 

AND WHEREAS, IRADIMED CORPORATION (hereinafter “ASSIGNEE”), an Oklahoma Corporation, with its principal place of business at 7457 Aloma Avenue, Suite 201, Winter Park, FL 32792, desires to acquire the entire right, title, and interest in and to said improvements and said Application:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) to me in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, said inventor, do hereby acknowledge that I have sold, assigned, transferred and set over, and by these presents do hereby sell, assign, transfer and set over, unto said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, the entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to and under said improvements, and said application including all provisional applications relating thereto (including but not limited to U.S. Provisional Applications, filed (respectively if plural applications)), and all divisions, renewals and continuations thereof, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues and extensions thereof, and all rights of priority under International Conventions and applications for Letters Patent which may hereafter be filed for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States, and all Letters Patent which may be granted for said improvements in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals and reissues thereof;·and I hereby authorize and request the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country or countries foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patent for said improvements to said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this instrument.

 

AND I DO HEREBY sell, assign, transfer, and convey to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but·not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, ·and retain damages for past infringements of said Letters Patent before or after issuance.

 

AND I HEREBY covenant and agree that I will communicate to said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to me respecting said ·improvements, and testify in any legal proceeding, sign all lawful papers, execute all divisional, continuing and reissue applications, make all rightful oaths and generally do everything possible to aid said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, to obtain and enforce proper patent protection for said improvements in all countries.

 



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 15 day of December, 2009.

 

 

 

/s/ Roger Susi

 

Roger Susi

 

 

STATE OF

}

 

 

}

ss.

COUNTY OF

}

 

 

On 15 December, before me, Chris Williamson, notary public, personally appeared Roger Susi who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity(ies), and that by his signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[SEAL]

/s/ Christopher Williamson

 

Notary Signature

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of iRadimed Corporation of our report dated June 18, 2014, relating to our audit of the financial statements appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in this Prospectus.

 

/s/ McGladrey

Orlando, Florida

June 18, 2014